1 /* Everything about breakpoints, for GDB.
3 Copyright (C) 1986-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 This file is part of GDB.
7 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
12 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
21 #include "arch-utils.h"
26 #include "breakpoint.h"
27 #include "tracepoint.h"
29 #include "expression.h"
36 #include "gdbthread.h"
40 #include "gdb-demangle.h"
41 #include "filenames.h"
47 #include "completer.h"
50 #include "cli/cli-script.h"
55 #include "exceptions.h"
61 #include "xml-syscall.h"
62 #include "parser-defs.h"
63 #include "gdb_regex.h"
65 #include "cli/cli-utils.h"
66 #include "continuations.h"
70 #include "dummy-frame.h"
74 /* readline include files */
75 #include "readline/readline.h"
76 #include "readline/history.h"
78 /* readline defines this. */
81 #include "mi/mi-common.h"
82 #include "extension.h"
84 /* Enums for exception-handling support. */
85 enum exception_event_kind
92 /* Prototypes for local functions. */
94 static void enable_delete_command (char *, int);
96 static void enable_once_command (char *, int);
98 static void enable_count_command (char *, int);
100 static void disable_command (char *, int);
102 static void enable_command (char *, int);
104 static void map_breakpoint_numbers (char *, void (*) (struct breakpoint *,
108 static void ignore_command (char *, int);
110 static int breakpoint_re_set_one (void *);
112 static void breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint *);
114 static void create_sals_from_address_default (char **,
115 struct linespec_result *,
119 static void create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch *,
120 struct linespec_result *,
121 char *, char *, enum bptype,
122 enum bpdisp, int, int,
124 const struct breakpoint_ops *,
125 int, int, int, unsigned);
127 static void decode_linespec_default (struct breakpoint *, char **,
128 struct symtabs_and_lines *);
130 static void clear_command (char *, int);
132 static void catch_command (char *, int);
134 static int can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value *);
136 static void break_command_1 (char *, int, int);
138 static void mention (struct breakpoint *);
140 static struct breakpoint *set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch *,
142 const struct breakpoint_ops *);
143 static struct bp_location *add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *,
144 const struct symtab_and_line *);
146 /* This function is used in gdbtk sources and thus can not be made
148 struct breakpoint *set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
149 struct symtab_and_line,
151 const struct breakpoint_ops *);
153 static struct breakpoint *
154 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint *orig,
156 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
159 static void breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR, CORE_ADDR, int, int);
161 static CORE_ADDR adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
165 static void describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch *,
166 struct program_space *, CORE_ADDR,
167 struct obj_section *, int);
169 static int watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
170 struct bp_location *loc2);
172 static int breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location *bl,
173 struct address_space *aspace,
176 static void breakpoints_info (char *, int);
178 static void watchpoints_info (char *, int);
180 static int breakpoint_1 (char *, int,
181 int (*) (const struct breakpoint *));
183 static int breakpoint_cond_eval (void *);
185 static void cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *);
187 static void commands_command (char *, int);
189 static void condition_command (char *, int);
198 static int remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location *, insertion_state_t);
199 static int remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location *, insertion_state_t);
201 static enum print_stop_action print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs);
203 static int watchpoint_check (void *);
205 static void maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *, int);
207 static int hw_breakpoint_used_count (void);
209 static int hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint *);
211 static int hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint *except,
213 int *other_type_used);
215 static void hbreak_command (char *, int);
217 static void thbreak_command (char *, int);
219 static void enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint *, enum bpdisp,
222 static void stop_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
224 static void stopin_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
226 static void stopat_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
228 static void tcatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
230 static void detach_single_step_breakpoints (void);
232 static int find_single_step_breakpoint (struct address_space *aspace,
235 static void free_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc);
236 static void incref_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc);
237 static void decref_bp_location (struct bp_location **loc);
239 static struct bp_location *allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint *bpt);
241 static void update_global_location_list (int);
243 static void update_global_location_list_nothrow (int);
245 static int is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt);
247 static void insert_breakpoint_locations (void);
249 static int syscall_catchpoint_p (struct breakpoint *b);
251 static void tracepoints_info (char *, int);
253 static void delete_trace_command (char *, int);
255 static void enable_trace_command (char *, int);
257 static void disable_trace_command (char *, int);
259 static void trace_pass_command (char *, int);
261 static void set_tracepoint_count (int num);
263 static int is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b);
265 static struct bp_location **get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address);
267 /* Return 1 if B refers to a static tracepoint set by marker ("-m"), zero
270 static int strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint *b);
272 /* The abstract base class all breakpoint_ops structures inherit
274 struct breakpoint_ops base_breakpoint_ops;
276 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherited by all breakpoint_ops
277 that are implemented on top of software or hardware breakpoints
278 (user breakpoints, internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
279 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
281 /* Internal breakpoints class type. */
282 static struct breakpoint_ops internal_breakpoint_ops;
284 /* Momentary breakpoints class type. */
285 static struct breakpoint_ops momentary_breakpoint_ops;
287 /* Momentary breakpoints for bp_longjmp and bp_exception class type. */
288 static struct breakpoint_ops longjmp_breakpoint_ops;
290 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular user created
292 struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
294 /* Breakpoints set on probes. */
295 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops;
297 /* Dynamic printf class type. */
298 struct breakpoint_ops dprintf_breakpoint_ops;
300 /* One (or perhaps two) breakpoints used for software single
303 static void *single_step_breakpoints[2];
304 static struct gdbarch *single_step_gdbarch[2];
306 /* The style in which to perform a dynamic printf. This is a user
307 option because different output options have different tradeoffs;
308 if GDB does the printing, there is better error handling if there
309 is a problem with any of the arguments, but using an inferior
310 function lets you have special-purpose printers and sending of
311 output to the same place as compiled-in print functions. */
313 static const char dprintf_style_gdb[] = "gdb";
314 static const char dprintf_style_call[] = "call";
315 static const char dprintf_style_agent[] = "agent";
316 static const char *const dprintf_style_enums[] = {
322 static const char *dprintf_style = dprintf_style_gdb;
324 /* The function to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
325 call into the inferior. The value is simply a string that is
326 copied into the command, so it can be anything that GDB can
327 evaluate to a callable address, not necessarily a function name. */
329 static char *dprintf_function = "";
331 /* The channel to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
332 call into the inferior; if a nonempty string, it will be passed to
333 the call as the first argument, with the format string as the
334 second. As with the dprintf function, this can be anything that
335 GDB knows how to evaluate, so in addition to common choices like
336 "stderr", this could be an app-specific expression like
337 "mystreams[curlogger]". */
339 static char *dprintf_channel = "";
341 /* True if dprintf commands should continue to operate even if GDB
343 static int disconnected_dprintf = 1;
345 /* A reference-counted struct command_line. This lets multiple
346 breakpoints share a single command list. */
347 struct counted_command_line
349 /* The reference count. */
352 /* The command list. */
353 struct command_line *commands;
356 struct command_line *
357 breakpoint_commands (struct breakpoint *b)
359 return b->commands ? b->commands->commands : NULL;
362 /* Flag indicating that a command has proceeded the inferior past the
363 current breakpoint. */
365 static int breakpoint_proceeded;
368 bpdisp_text (enum bpdisp disp)
370 /* NOTE: the following values are a part of MI protocol and
371 represent values of 'disp' field returned when inferior stops at
373 static const char * const bpdisps[] = {"del", "dstp", "dis", "keep"};
375 return bpdisps[(int) disp];
378 /* Prototypes for exported functions. */
379 /* If FALSE, gdb will not use hardware support for watchpoints, even
380 if such is available. */
381 static int can_use_hw_watchpoints;
384 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
385 struct cmd_list_element *c,
388 fprintf_filtered (file,
389 _("Debugger's willingness to use "
390 "watchpoint hardware is %s.\n"),
394 /* If AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE, gdb will not attempt to create pending breakpoints.
395 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE, gdb will automatically create pending breakpoints
396 for unrecognized breakpoint locations.
397 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO, gdb will query when breakpoints are unrecognized. */
398 static enum auto_boolean pending_break_support;
400 show_pending_break_support (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
401 struct cmd_list_element *c,
404 fprintf_filtered (file,
405 _("Debugger's behavior regarding "
406 "pending breakpoints is %s.\n"),
410 /* If 1, gdb will automatically use hardware breakpoints for breakpoints
411 set with "break" but falling in read-only memory.
412 If 0, gdb will warn about such breakpoints, but won't automatically
413 use hardware breakpoints. */
414 static int automatic_hardware_breakpoints;
416 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
417 struct cmd_list_element *c,
420 fprintf_filtered (file,
421 _("Automatic usage of hardware breakpoints is %s.\n"),
425 /* If on, gdb will keep breakpoints inserted even as inferior is
426 stopped, and immediately insert any new breakpoints. If off, gdb
427 will insert breakpoints into inferior only when resuming it, and
428 will remove breakpoints upon stop. If auto, GDB will behave as ON
429 if in non-stop mode, and as OFF if all-stop mode.*/
431 static enum auto_boolean always_inserted_mode = AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO;
434 show_always_inserted_mode (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
435 struct cmd_list_element *c, const char *value)
437 if (always_inserted_mode == AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO)
438 fprintf_filtered (file,
439 _("Always inserted breakpoint "
440 "mode is %s (currently %s).\n"),
442 breakpoints_always_inserted_mode () ? "on" : "off");
444 fprintf_filtered (file, _("Always inserted breakpoint mode is %s.\n"),
449 breakpoints_always_inserted_mode (void)
451 return (always_inserted_mode == AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE
452 || (always_inserted_mode == AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO && non_stop));
455 static const char condition_evaluation_both[] = "host or target";
457 /* Modes for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
458 static const char condition_evaluation_auto[] = "auto";
459 static const char condition_evaluation_host[] = "host";
460 static const char condition_evaluation_target[] = "target";
461 static const char *const condition_evaluation_enums[] = {
462 condition_evaluation_auto,
463 condition_evaluation_host,
464 condition_evaluation_target,
468 /* Global that holds the current mode for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
469 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode_1 = condition_evaluation_auto;
471 /* Global that we use to display information to the user (gets its value from
472 condition_evaluation_mode_1. */
473 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode = condition_evaluation_auto;
475 /* Translate a condition evaluation mode MODE into either "host"
476 or "target". This is used mostly to translate from "auto" to the
477 real setting that is being used. It returns the translated
481 translate_condition_evaluation_mode (const char *mode)
483 if (mode == condition_evaluation_auto)
485 if (target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
486 return condition_evaluation_target;
488 return condition_evaluation_host;
494 /* Discovers what condition_evaluation_auto translates to. */
497 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode (void)
499 return translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode);
502 /* Return true if GDB should evaluate breakpoint conditions or false
506 gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p (void)
508 const char *mode = breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ();
510 return (mode == condition_evaluation_host);
513 void _initialize_breakpoint (void);
515 /* Are we executing breakpoint commands? */
516 static int executing_breakpoint_commands;
518 /* Are overlay event breakpoints enabled? */
519 static int overlay_events_enabled;
521 /* See description in breakpoint.h. */
522 int target_exact_watchpoints = 0;
524 /* Walk the following statement or block through all breakpoints.
525 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE does so even if the statement deletes the
526 current breakpoint. */
528 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS(B) for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next)
530 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE(B,TMP) \
531 for (B = breakpoint_chain; \
532 B ? (TMP=B->next, 1): 0; \
535 /* Similar iterator for the low-level breakpoints. SAFE variant is
536 not provided so update_global_location_list must not be called
537 while executing the block of ALL_BP_LOCATIONS. */
539 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS(B,BP_TMP) \
540 for (BP_TMP = bp_location; \
541 BP_TMP < bp_location + bp_location_count && (B = *BP_TMP); \
544 /* Iterates through locations with address ADDRESS for the currently selected
545 program space. BP_LOCP_TMP points to each object. BP_LOCP_START points
546 to where the loop should start from.
547 If BP_LOCP_START is a NULL pointer, the macro automatically seeks the
548 appropriate location to start with. */
550 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR(BP_LOCP_TMP, BP_LOCP_START, ADDRESS) \
551 for (BP_LOCP_START = BP_LOCP_START == NULL ? get_first_locp_gte_addr (ADDRESS) : BP_LOCP_START, \
552 BP_LOCP_TMP = BP_LOCP_START; \
554 && (BP_LOCP_TMP < bp_location + bp_location_count \
555 && (*BP_LOCP_TMP)->address == ADDRESS); \
558 /* Iterator for tracepoints only. */
560 #define ALL_TRACEPOINTS(B) \
561 for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next) \
562 if (is_tracepoint (B))
564 /* Chains of all breakpoints defined. */
566 struct breakpoint *breakpoint_chain;
568 /* Array is sorted by bp_location_compare - primarily by the ADDRESS. */
570 static struct bp_location **bp_location;
572 /* Number of elements of BP_LOCATION. */
574 static unsigned bp_location_count;
576 /* Maximum alignment offset between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS and
577 ADDRESS for the current elements of BP_LOCATION which get a valid
578 result from bp_location_has_shadow. You can use it for roughly
579 limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATION to scan for shadow bytes for
580 an address you need to read. */
582 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max;
584 /* Maximum offset plus alignment between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS
585 + bp_target_info.SHADOW_LEN and ADDRESS for the current elements of
586 BP_LOCATION which get a valid result from bp_location_has_shadow.
587 You can use it for roughly limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATION to
588 scan for shadow bytes for an address you need to read. */
590 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max;
592 /* The locations that no longer correspond to any breakpoint, unlinked
593 from bp_location array, but for which a hit may still be reported
595 VEC(bp_location_p) *moribund_locations = NULL;
597 /* Number of last breakpoint made. */
599 static int breakpoint_count;
601 /* The value of `breakpoint_count' before the last command that
602 created breakpoints. If the last (break-like) command created more
603 than one breakpoint, then the difference between BREAKPOINT_COUNT
604 and PREV_BREAKPOINT_COUNT is more than one. */
605 static int prev_breakpoint_count;
607 /* Number of last tracepoint made. */
609 static int tracepoint_count;
611 static struct cmd_list_element *breakpoint_set_cmdlist;
612 static struct cmd_list_element *breakpoint_show_cmdlist;
613 struct cmd_list_element *save_cmdlist;
615 /* Return whether a breakpoint is an active enabled breakpoint. */
617 breakpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint *b)
619 return (b->enable_state == bp_enabled);
622 /* Set breakpoint count to NUM. */
625 set_breakpoint_count (int num)
627 prev_breakpoint_count = breakpoint_count;
628 breakpoint_count = num;
629 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("bpnum"), num);
632 /* Used by `start_rbreak_breakpoints' below, to record the current
633 breakpoint count before "rbreak" creates any breakpoint. */
634 static int rbreak_start_breakpoint_count;
636 /* Called at the start an "rbreak" command to record the first
640 start_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
642 rbreak_start_breakpoint_count = breakpoint_count;
645 /* Called at the end of an "rbreak" command to record the last
649 end_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
651 prev_breakpoint_count = rbreak_start_breakpoint_count;
654 /* Used in run_command to zero the hit count when a new run starts. */
657 clear_breakpoint_hit_counts (void)
659 struct breakpoint *b;
665 /* Allocate a new counted_command_line with reference count of 1.
666 The new structure owns COMMANDS. */
668 static struct counted_command_line *
669 alloc_counted_command_line (struct command_line *commands)
671 struct counted_command_line *result
672 = xmalloc (sizeof (struct counted_command_line));
675 result->commands = commands;
679 /* Increment reference count. This does nothing if CMD is NULL. */
682 incref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line *cmd)
688 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
689 destroy the counted_command_line. Sets *CMDP to NULL. This does
690 nothing if *CMDP is NULL. */
693 decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line **cmdp)
697 if (--(*cmdp)->refc == 0)
699 free_command_lines (&(*cmdp)->commands);
706 /* A cleanup function that calls decref_counted_command_line. */
709 do_cleanup_counted_command_line (void *arg)
711 decref_counted_command_line (arg);
714 /* Create a cleanup that calls decref_counted_command_line on the
717 static struct cleanup *
718 make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line **cmdp)
720 return make_cleanup (do_cleanup_counted_command_line, cmdp);
724 /* Return the breakpoint with the specified number, or NULL
725 if the number does not refer to an existing breakpoint. */
728 get_breakpoint (int num)
730 struct breakpoint *b;
733 if (b->number == num)
741 /* Mark locations as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
742 evaluating conditions on its side. */
745 mark_breakpoint_modified (struct breakpoint *b)
747 struct bp_location *loc;
749 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
750 evaluating conditions and if the user has
751 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
753 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
754 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
757 if (!is_breakpoint (b))
760 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
761 loc->condition_changed = condition_modified;
764 /* Mark location as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
765 evaluating conditions on its side. */
768 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (struct bp_location *loc)
770 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
771 evaluating conditions and if the user has
772 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
774 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
775 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
779 if (!is_breakpoint (loc->owner))
782 loc->condition_changed = condition_modified;
785 /* Sets the condition-evaluation mode using the static global
786 condition_evaluation_mode. */
789 set_condition_evaluation_mode (char *args, int from_tty,
790 struct cmd_list_element *c)
792 const char *old_mode, *new_mode;
794 if ((condition_evaluation_mode_1 == condition_evaluation_target)
795 && !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
797 condition_evaluation_mode_1 = condition_evaluation_mode;
798 warning (_("Target does not support breakpoint condition evaluation.\n"
799 "Using host evaluation mode instead."));
803 new_mode = translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode_1);
804 old_mode = translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode);
806 /* Flip the switch. Flip it even if OLD_MODE == NEW_MODE as one of the
807 settings was "auto". */
808 condition_evaluation_mode = condition_evaluation_mode_1;
810 /* Only update the mode if the user picked a different one. */
811 if (new_mode != old_mode)
813 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_tmp;
814 /* If the user switched to a different evaluation mode, we
815 need to synch the changes with the target as follows:
817 "host" -> "target": Send all (valid) conditions to the target.
818 "target" -> "host": Remove all the conditions from the target.
821 if (new_mode == condition_evaluation_target)
823 /* Mark everything modified and synch conditions with the
825 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_tmp)
826 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
830 /* Manually mark non-duplicate locations to synch conditions
831 with the target. We do this to remove all the conditions the
832 target knows about. */
833 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_tmp)
834 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->inserted)
835 loc->needs_update = 1;
839 update_global_location_list (1);
845 /* Shows the current mode of breakpoint condition evaluation. Explicitly shows
846 what "auto" is translating to. */
849 show_condition_evaluation_mode (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
850 struct cmd_list_element *c, const char *value)
852 if (condition_evaluation_mode == condition_evaluation_auto)
853 fprintf_filtered (file,
854 _("Breakpoint condition evaluation "
855 "mode is %s (currently %s).\n"),
857 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ());
859 fprintf_filtered (file, _("Breakpoint condition evaluation mode is %s.\n"),
863 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP that is used by
864 bsearch. This comparison function only cares about addresses, unlike
865 the more general bp_location_compare function. */
868 bp_location_compare_addrs (const void *ap, const void *bp)
870 struct bp_location *a = *(void **) ap;
871 struct bp_location *b = *(void **) bp;
873 if (a->address == b->address)
876 return ((a->address > b->address) - (a->address < b->address));
879 /* Helper function to skip all bp_locations with addresses
880 less than ADDRESS. It returns the first bp_location that
881 is greater than or equal to ADDRESS. If none is found, just
884 static struct bp_location **
885 get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address)
887 struct bp_location dummy_loc;
888 struct bp_location *dummy_locp = &dummy_loc;
889 struct bp_location **locp_found = NULL;
891 /* Initialize the dummy location's address field. */
892 memset (&dummy_loc, 0, sizeof (struct bp_location));
893 dummy_loc.address = address;
895 /* Find a close match to the first location at ADDRESS. */
896 locp_found = bsearch (&dummy_locp, bp_location, bp_location_count,
897 sizeof (struct bp_location **),
898 bp_location_compare_addrs);
900 /* Nothing was found, nothing left to do. */
901 if (locp_found == NULL)
904 /* We may have found a location that is at ADDRESS but is not the first in the
905 location's list. Go backwards (if possible) and locate the first one. */
906 while ((locp_found - 1) >= bp_location
907 && (*(locp_found - 1))->address == address)
914 set_breakpoint_condition (struct breakpoint *b, char *exp,
917 xfree (b->cond_string);
918 b->cond_string = NULL;
920 if (is_watchpoint (b))
922 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
929 struct bp_location *loc;
931 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
936 /* No need to free the condition agent expression
937 bytecode (if we have one). We will handle this
938 when we go through update_global_location_list. */
945 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint %d now unconditional.\n"), b->number);
949 const char *arg = exp;
951 /* I don't know if it matters whether this is the string the user
952 typed in or the decompiled expression. */
953 b->cond_string = xstrdup (arg);
954 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
956 if (is_watchpoint (b))
958 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
960 innermost_block = NULL;
962 w->cond_exp = parse_exp_1 (&arg, 0, 0, 0);
964 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
965 w->cond_exp_valid_block = innermost_block;
969 struct bp_location *loc;
971 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
975 parse_exp_1 (&arg, loc->address,
976 block_for_pc (loc->address), 0);
978 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
982 mark_breakpoint_modified (b);
984 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
987 /* Completion for the "condition" command. */
989 static VEC (char_ptr) *
990 condition_completer (struct cmd_list_element *cmd,
991 const char *text, const char *word)
995 text = skip_spaces_const (text);
996 space = skip_to_space_const (text);
1000 struct breakpoint *b;
1001 VEC (char_ptr) *result = NULL;
1005 /* We don't support completion of history indices. */
1006 if (isdigit (text[1]))
1008 return complete_internalvar (&text[1]);
1011 /* We're completing the breakpoint number. */
1012 len = strlen (text);
1018 xsnprintf (number, sizeof (number), "%d", b->number);
1020 if (strncmp (number, text, len) == 0)
1021 VEC_safe_push (char_ptr, result, xstrdup (number));
1027 /* We're completing the expression part. */
1028 text = skip_spaces_const (space);
1029 return expression_completer (cmd, text, word);
1032 /* condition N EXP -- set break condition of breakpoint N to EXP. */
1035 condition_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
1037 struct breakpoint *b;
1042 error_no_arg (_("breakpoint number"));
1045 bnum = get_number (&p);
1047 error (_("Bad breakpoint argument: '%s'"), arg);
1050 if (b->number == bnum)
1052 /* Check if this breakpoint has a "stop" method implemented in an
1053 extension language. This method and conditions entered into GDB
1054 from the CLI are mutually exclusive. */
1055 const struct extension_language_defn *extlang
1056 = get_breakpoint_cond_ext_lang (b, EXT_LANG_NONE);
1058 if (extlang != NULL)
1060 error (_("Only one stop condition allowed. There is currently"
1061 " a %s stop condition defined for this breakpoint."),
1062 ext_lang_capitalized_name (extlang));
1064 set_breakpoint_condition (b, p, from_tty);
1066 if (is_breakpoint (b))
1067 update_global_location_list (1);
1072 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bnum);
1075 /* Check that COMMAND do not contain commands that are suitable
1076 only for tracepoints and not suitable for ordinary breakpoints.
1077 Throw if any such commands is found. */
1080 check_no_tracepoint_commands (struct command_line *commands)
1082 struct command_line *c;
1084 for (c = commands; c; c = c->next)
1088 if (c->control_type == while_stepping_control)
1089 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command can "
1090 "only be used for tracepoints"));
1092 for (i = 0; i < c->body_count; ++i)
1093 check_no_tracepoint_commands ((c->body_list)[i]);
1095 /* Not that command parsing removes leading whitespace and comment
1096 lines and also empty lines. So, we only need to check for
1097 command directly. */
1098 if (strstr (c->line, "collect ") == c->line)
1099 error (_("The 'collect' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1101 if (strstr (c->line, "teval ") == c->line)
1102 error (_("The 'teval' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1106 /* Encapsulate tests for different types of tracepoints. */
1109 is_tracepoint_type (enum bptype type)
1111 return (type == bp_tracepoint
1112 || type == bp_fast_tracepoint
1113 || type == bp_static_tracepoint);
1117 is_tracepoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
1119 return is_tracepoint_type (b->type);
1122 /* A helper function that validates that COMMANDS are valid for a
1123 breakpoint. This function will throw an exception if a problem is
1127 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
1128 struct command_line *commands)
1130 if (is_tracepoint (b))
1132 struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
1133 struct command_line *c;
1134 struct command_line *while_stepping = 0;
1136 /* Reset the while-stepping step count. The previous commands
1137 might have included a while-stepping action, while the new
1141 /* We need to verify that each top-level element of commands is
1142 valid for tracepoints, that there's at most one
1143 while-stepping element, and that the while-stepping's body
1144 has valid tracing commands excluding nested while-stepping.
1145 We also need to validate the tracepoint action line in the
1146 context of the tracepoint --- validate_actionline actually
1147 has side effects, like setting the tracepoint's
1148 while-stepping STEP_COUNT, in addition to checking if the
1149 collect/teval actions parse and make sense in the
1150 tracepoint's context. */
1151 for (c = commands; c; c = c->next)
1153 if (c->control_type == while_stepping_control)
1155 if (b->type == bp_fast_tracepoint)
1156 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1157 "cannot be used for fast tracepoint"));
1158 else if (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint)
1159 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1160 "cannot be used for static tracepoint"));
1163 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1164 "can be used only once"));
1169 validate_actionline (c->line, b);
1173 struct command_line *c2;
1175 gdb_assert (while_stepping->body_count == 1);
1176 c2 = while_stepping->body_list[0];
1177 for (; c2; c2 = c2->next)
1179 if (c2->control_type == while_stepping_control)
1180 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command cannot be nested"));
1186 check_no_tracepoint_commands (commands);
1190 /* Return a vector of all the static tracepoints set at ADDR. The
1191 caller is responsible for releasing the vector. */
1194 static_tracepoints_here (CORE_ADDR addr)
1196 struct breakpoint *b;
1197 VEC(breakpoint_p) *found = 0;
1198 struct bp_location *loc;
1201 if (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint)
1203 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
1204 if (loc->address == addr)
1205 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p, found, b);
1211 /* Set the command list of B to COMMANDS. If breakpoint is tracepoint,
1212 validate that only allowed commands are included. */
1215 breakpoint_set_commands (struct breakpoint *b,
1216 struct command_line *commands)
1218 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b, commands);
1220 decref_counted_command_line (&b->commands);
1221 b->commands = alloc_counted_command_line (commands);
1222 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1225 /* Set the internal `silent' flag on the breakpoint. Note that this
1226 is not the same as the "silent" that may appear in the breakpoint's
1230 breakpoint_set_silent (struct breakpoint *b, int silent)
1232 int old_silent = b->silent;
1235 if (old_silent != silent)
1236 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1239 /* Set the thread for this breakpoint. If THREAD is -1, make the
1240 breakpoint work for any thread. */
1243 breakpoint_set_thread (struct breakpoint *b, int thread)
1245 int old_thread = b->thread;
1248 if (old_thread != thread)
1249 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1252 /* Set the task for this breakpoint. If TASK is 0, make the
1253 breakpoint work for any task. */
1256 breakpoint_set_task (struct breakpoint *b, int task)
1258 int old_task = b->task;
1261 if (old_task != task)
1262 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1266 check_tracepoint_command (char *line, void *closure)
1268 struct breakpoint *b = closure;
1270 validate_actionline (line, b);
1273 /* A structure used to pass information through
1274 map_breakpoint_numbers. */
1276 struct commands_info
1278 /* True if the command was typed at a tty. */
1281 /* The breakpoint range spec. */
1284 /* Non-NULL if the body of the commands are being read from this
1285 already-parsed command. */
1286 struct command_line *control;
1288 /* The command lines read from the user, or NULL if they have not
1290 struct counted_command_line *cmd;
1293 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that sets the commands for
1294 commands_command. */
1297 do_map_commands_command (struct breakpoint *b, void *data)
1299 struct commands_info *info = data;
1301 if (info->cmd == NULL)
1303 struct command_line *l;
1305 if (info->control != NULL)
1306 l = copy_command_lines (info->control->body_list[0]);
1309 struct cleanup *old_chain;
1312 str = xstrprintf (_("Type commands for breakpoint(s) "
1313 "%s, one per line."),
1316 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, str);
1318 l = read_command_lines (str,
1321 ? check_tracepoint_command : 0),
1324 do_cleanups (old_chain);
1327 info->cmd = alloc_counted_command_line (l);
1330 /* If a breakpoint was on the list more than once, we don't need to
1332 if (b->commands != info->cmd)
1334 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b, info->cmd->commands);
1335 incref_counted_command_line (info->cmd);
1336 decref_counted_command_line (&b->commands);
1337 b->commands = info->cmd;
1338 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1343 commands_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
1344 struct command_line *control)
1346 struct cleanup *cleanups;
1347 struct commands_info info;
1349 info.from_tty = from_tty;
1350 info.control = control;
1352 /* If we read command lines from the user, then `info' will hold an
1353 extra reference to the commands that we must clean up. */
1354 cleanups = make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&info.cmd);
1356 if (arg == NULL || !*arg)
1358 if (breakpoint_count - prev_breakpoint_count > 1)
1359 arg = xstrprintf ("%d-%d", prev_breakpoint_count + 1,
1361 else if (breakpoint_count > 0)
1362 arg = xstrprintf ("%d", breakpoint_count);
1365 /* So that we don't try to free the incoming non-NULL
1366 argument in the cleanup below. Mapping breakpoint
1367 numbers will fail in this case. */
1372 /* The command loop has some static state, so we need to preserve
1374 arg = xstrdup (arg);
1377 make_cleanup (xfree, arg);
1381 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg, do_map_commands_command, &info);
1383 if (info.cmd == NULL)
1384 error (_("No breakpoints specified."));
1386 do_cleanups (cleanups);
1390 commands_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
1392 commands_command_1 (arg, from_tty, NULL);
1395 /* Like commands_command, but instead of reading the commands from
1396 input stream, takes them from an already parsed command structure.
1398 This is used by cli-script.c to DTRT with breakpoint commands
1399 that are part of if and while bodies. */
1400 enum command_control_type
1401 commands_from_control_command (char *arg, struct command_line *cmd)
1403 commands_command_1 (arg, 0, cmd);
1404 return simple_control;
1407 /* Return non-zero if BL->TARGET_INFO contains valid information. */
1410 bp_location_has_shadow (struct bp_location *bl)
1412 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
1416 if (bl->target_info.shadow_len == 0)
1417 /* BL isn't valid, or doesn't shadow memory. */
1422 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address
1423 MEMADDR, by replacing a memory breakpoint with its shadowed
1426 If READBUF is not NULL, this buffer must not overlap with the of
1427 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents buffer. Otherwise, a
1428 failed assertion internal error will be raised. */
1431 one_breakpoint_xfer_memory (gdb_byte *readbuf, gdb_byte *writebuf,
1432 const gdb_byte *writebuf_org,
1433 ULONGEST memaddr, LONGEST len,
1434 struct bp_target_info *target_info,
1435 struct gdbarch *gdbarch)
1437 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
1438 CORE_ADDR bp_addr = 0;
1442 if (!breakpoint_address_match (target_info->placed_address_space, 0,
1443 current_program_space->aspace, 0))
1445 /* The breakpoint is inserted in a different address space. */
1449 /* Addresses and length of the part of the breakpoint that
1451 bp_addr = target_info->placed_address;
1452 bp_size = target_info->shadow_len;
1454 if (bp_addr + bp_size <= memaddr)
1456 /* The breakpoint is entirely before the chunk of memory we are
1461 if (bp_addr >= memaddr + len)
1463 /* The breakpoint is entirely after the chunk of memory we are
1468 /* Offset within shadow_contents. */
1469 if (bp_addr < memaddr)
1471 /* Only copy the second part of the breakpoint. */
1472 bp_size -= memaddr - bp_addr;
1473 bptoffset = memaddr - bp_addr;
1477 if (bp_addr + bp_size > memaddr + len)
1479 /* Only copy the first part of the breakpoint. */
1480 bp_size -= (bp_addr + bp_size) - (memaddr + len);
1483 if (readbuf != NULL)
1485 /* Verify that the readbuf buffer does not overlap with the
1486 shadow_contents buffer. */
1487 gdb_assert (target_info->shadow_contents >= readbuf + len
1488 || readbuf >= (target_info->shadow_contents
1489 + target_info->shadow_len));
1491 /* Update the read buffer with this inserted breakpoint's
1493 memcpy (readbuf + bp_addr - memaddr,
1494 target_info->shadow_contents + bptoffset, bp_size);
1498 const unsigned char *bp;
1499 CORE_ADDR placed_address = target_info->placed_address;
1500 int placed_size = target_info->placed_size;
1502 /* Update the shadow with what we want to write to memory. */
1503 memcpy (target_info->shadow_contents + bptoffset,
1504 writebuf_org + bp_addr - memaddr, bp_size);
1506 /* Determine appropriate breakpoint contents and size for this
1508 bp = gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (gdbarch, &placed_address, &placed_size);
1510 /* Update the final write buffer with this inserted
1511 breakpoint's INSN. */
1512 memcpy (writebuf + bp_addr - memaddr, bp + bptoffset, bp_size);
1516 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address MEMADDR,
1517 by replacing any memory breakpoints with their shadowed contents.
1519 If READBUF is not NULL, this buffer must not overlap with any of
1520 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents buffers. Otherwise,
1521 a failed assertion internal error will be raised.
1523 The range of shadowed area by each bp_location is:
1524 bl->address - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1525 up to bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1526 The range we were requested to resolve shadows for is:
1527 memaddr ... memaddr + len
1528 Thus the safe cutoff boundaries for performance optimization are
1529 memaddr + len <= (bl->address
1530 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max)
1532 bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max <= memaddr */
1535 breakpoint_xfer_memory (gdb_byte *readbuf, gdb_byte *writebuf,
1536 const gdb_byte *writebuf_org,
1537 ULONGEST memaddr, LONGEST len)
1539 /* Left boundary, right boundary and median element of our binary
1541 unsigned bc_l, bc_r, bc;
1544 /* Find BC_L which is a leftmost element which may affect BUF
1545 content. It is safe to report lower value but a failure to
1546 report higher one. */
1549 bc_r = bp_location_count;
1550 while (bc_l + 1 < bc_r)
1552 struct bp_location *bl;
1554 bc = (bc_l + bc_r) / 2;
1555 bl = bp_location[bc];
1557 /* Check first BL->ADDRESS will not overflow due to the added
1558 constant. Then advance the left boundary only if we are sure
1559 the BC element can in no way affect the BUF content (MEMADDR
1560 to MEMADDR + LEN range).
1562 Use the BP_LOCATION_SHADOW_LEN_AFTER_ADDRESS_MAX safety
1563 offset so that we cannot miss a breakpoint with its shadow
1564 range tail still reaching MEMADDR. */
1566 if ((bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1568 && (bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1575 /* Due to the binary search above, we need to make sure we pick the
1576 first location that's at BC_L's address. E.g., if there are
1577 multiple locations at the same address, BC_L may end up pointing
1578 at a duplicate location, and miss the "master"/"inserted"
1579 location. Say, given locations L1, L2 and L3 at addresses A and
1582 L1@A, L2@A, L3@B, ...
1584 BC_L could end up pointing at location L2, while the "master"
1585 location could be L1. Since the `loc->inserted' flag is only set
1586 on "master" locations, we'd forget to restore the shadow of L1
1589 && bp_location[bc_l]->address == bp_location[bc_l - 1]->address)
1592 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
1594 for (bc = bc_l; bc < bp_location_count; bc++)
1596 struct bp_location *bl = bp_location[bc];
1597 CORE_ADDR bp_addr = 0;
1601 /* bp_location array has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
1602 if (bl->owner->type == bp_none)
1603 warning (_("reading through apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
1606 /* Performance optimization: any further element can no longer affect BUF
1609 if (bl->address >= bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1610 && memaddr + len <= (bl->address
1611 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max))
1614 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl))
1617 one_breakpoint_xfer_memory (readbuf, writebuf, writebuf_org,
1618 memaddr, len, &bl->target_info, bl->gdbarch);
1621 /* Now process single-step breakpoints. These are not found in the
1622 bp_location array. */
1623 for (i = 0; i < 2; i++)
1625 struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt = single_step_breakpoints[i];
1629 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = single_step_gdbarch[i];
1631 one_breakpoint_xfer_memory (readbuf, writebuf, writebuf_org,
1632 memaddr, len, bp_tgt, gdbarch);
1639 /* Return true if BPT is either a software breakpoint or a hardware
1643 is_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt)
1645 return (bpt->type == bp_breakpoint
1646 || bpt->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint
1647 || bpt->type == bp_dprintf);
1650 /* Return true if BPT is of any hardware watchpoint kind. */
1653 is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt)
1655 return (bpt->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
1656 || bpt->type == bp_read_watchpoint
1657 || bpt->type == bp_access_watchpoint);
1660 /* Return true if BPT is of any watchpoint kind, hardware or
1664 is_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt)
1666 return (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt)
1667 || bpt->type == bp_watchpoint);
1670 /* Returns true if the current thread and its running state are safe
1671 to evaluate or update watchpoint B. Watchpoints on local
1672 expressions need to be evaluated in the context of the thread that
1673 was current when the watchpoint was created, and, that thread needs
1674 to be stopped to be able to select the correct frame context.
1675 Watchpoints on global expressions can be evaluated on any thread,
1676 and in any state. It is presently left to the target allowing
1677 memory accesses when threads are running. */
1680 watchpoint_in_thread_scope (struct watchpoint *b)
1682 return (b->base.pspace == current_program_space
1683 && (ptid_equal (b->watchpoint_thread, null_ptid)
1684 || (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, b->watchpoint_thread)
1685 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid))));
1688 /* Set watchpoint B to disp_del_at_next_stop, even including its possible
1689 associated bp_watchpoint_scope breakpoint. */
1692 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (struct watchpoint *w)
1694 struct breakpoint *b = &w->base;
1696 if (b->related_breakpoint != b)
1698 gdb_assert (b->related_breakpoint->type == bp_watchpoint_scope);
1699 gdb_assert (b->related_breakpoint->related_breakpoint == b);
1700 b->related_breakpoint->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
1701 b->related_breakpoint->related_breakpoint = b->related_breakpoint;
1702 b->related_breakpoint = b;
1704 b->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
1707 /* Assuming that B is a watchpoint:
1708 - Reparse watchpoint expression, if REPARSE is non-zero
1709 - Evaluate expression and store the result in B->val
1710 - Evaluate the condition if there is one, and store the result
1712 - Update the list of values that must be watched in B->loc.
1714 If the watchpoint disposition is disp_del_at_next_stop, then do
1715 nothing. If this is local watchpoint that is out of scope, delete
1718 Even with `set breakpoint always-inserted on' the watchpoints are
1719 removed + inserted on each stop here. Normal breakpoints must
1720 never be removed because they might be missed by a running thread
1721 when debugging in non-stop mode. On the other hand, hardware
1722 watchpoints (is_hardware_watchpoint; processed here) are specific
1723 to each LWP since they are stored in each LWP's hardware debug
1724 registers. Therefore, such LWP must be stopped first in order to
1725 be able to modify its hardware watchpoints.
1727 Hardware watchpoints must be reset exactly once after being
1728 presented to the user. It cannot be done sooner, because it would
1729 reset the data used to present the watchpoint hit to the user. And
1730 it must not be done later because it could display the same single
1731 watchpoint hit during multiple GDB stops. Note that the latter is
1732 relevant only to the hardware watchpoint types bp_read_watchpoint
1733 and bp_access_watchpoint. False hit by bp_hardware_watchpoint is
1734 not user-visible - its hit is suppressed if the memory content has
1737 The following constraints influence the location where we can reset
1738 hardware watchpoints:
1740 * target_stopped_by_watchpoint and target_stopped_data_address are
1741 called several times when GDB stops.
1744 * Multiple hardware watchpoints can be hit at the same time,
1745 causing GDB to stop. GDB only presents one hardware watchpoint
1746 hit at a time as the reason for stopping, and all the other hits
1747 are presented later, one after the other, each time the user
1748 requests the execution to be resumed. Execution is not resumed
1749 for the threads still having pending hit event stored in
1750 LWP_INFO->STATUS. While the watchpoint is already removed from
1751 the inferior on the first stop the thread hit event is kept being
1752 reported from its cached value by linux_nat_stopped_data_address
1753 until the real thread resume happens after the watchpoint gets
1754 presented and thus its LWP_INFO->STATUS gets reset.
1756 Therefore the hardware watchpoint hit can get safely reset on the
1757 watchpoint removal from inferior. */
1760 update_watchpoint (struct watchpoint *b, int reparse)
1762 int within_current_scope;
1763 struct frame_id saved_frame_id;
1766 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
1767 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
1768 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
1769 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b))
1772 if (b->base.disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
1777 /* Determine if the watchpoint is within scope. */
1778 if (b->exp_valid_block == NULL)
1779 within_current_scope = 1;
1782 struct frame_info *fi = get_current_frame ();
1783 struct gdbarch *frame_arch = get_frame_arch (fi);
1784 CORE_ADDR frame_pc = get_frame_pc (fi);
1786 /* If we're in a function epilogue, unwinding may not work
1787 properly, so do not attempt to recreate locations at this
1788 point. See similar comments in watchpoint_check. */
1789 if (gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (frame_arch, frame_pc))
1792 /* Save the current frame's ID so we can restore it after
1793 evaluating the watchpoint expression on its own frame. */
1794 /* FIXME drow/2003-09-09: It would be nice if evaluate_expression
1795 took a frame parameter, so that we didn't have to change the
1798 saved_frame_id = get_frame_id (get_selected_frame (NULL));
1800 fi = frame_find_by_id (b->watchpoint_frame);
1801 within_current_scope = (fi != NULL);
1802 if (within_current_scope)
1806 /* We don't free locations. They are stored in the bp_location array
1807 and update_global_location_list will eventually delete them and
1808 remove breakpoints if needed. */
1811 if (within_current_scope && reparse)
1820 s = b->exp_string_reparse ? b->exp_string_reparse : b->exp_string;
1821 b->exp = parse_exp_1 (&s, 0, b->exp_valid_block, 0);
1822 /* If the meaning of expression itself changed, the old value is
1823 no longer relevant. We don't want to report a watchpoint hit
1824 to the user when the old value and the new value may actually
1825 be completely different objects. */
1826 value_free (b->val);
1830 /* Note that unlike with breakpoints, the watchpoint's condition
1831 expression is stored in the breakpoint object, not in the
1832 locations (re)created below. */
1833 if (b->base.cond_string != NULL)
1835 if (b->cond_exp != NULL)
1837 xfree (b->cond_exp);
1841 s = b->base.cond_string;
1842 b->cond_exp = parse_exp_1 (&s, 0, b->cond_exp_valid_block, 0);
1846 /* If we failed to parse the expression, for example because
1847 it refers to a global variable in a not-yet-loaded shared library,
1848 don't try to insert watchpoint. We don't automatically delete
1849 such watchpoint, though, since failure to parse expression
1850 is different from out-of-scope watchpoint. */
1851 if (!target_has_execution)
1853 /* Without execution, memory can't change. No use to try and
1854 set watchpoint locations. The watchpoint will be reset when
1855 the target gains execution, through breakpoint_re_set. */
1856 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints)
1858 if (b->base.ops->works_in_software_mode (&b->base))
1859 b->base.type = bp_watchpoint;
1861 error (_("Can't set read/access watchpoint when "
1862 "hardware watchpoints are disabled."));
1865 else if (within_current_scope && b->exp)
1868 struct value *val_chain, *v, *result, *next;
1869 struct program_space *frame_pspace;
1871 fetch_subexp_value (b->exp, &pc, &v, &result, &val_chain, 0);
1873 /* Avoid setting b->val if it's already set. The meaning of
1874 b->val is 'the last value' user saw, and we should update
1875 it only if we reported that last value to user. As it
1876 happens, the code that reports it updates b->val directly.
1877 We don't keep track of the memory value for masked
1879 if (!b->val_valid && !is_masked_watchpoint (&b->base))
1885 frame_pspace = get_frame_program_space (get_selected_frame (NULL));
1887 /* Look at each value on the value chain. */
1888 for (v = val_chain; v; v = value_next (v))
1890 /* If it's a memory location, and GDB actually needed
1891 its contents to evaluate the expression, then we
1892 must watch it. If the first value returned is
1893 still lazy, that means an error occurred reading it;
1894 watch it anyway in case it becomes readable. */
1895 if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_memory
1896 && (v == val_chain || ! value_lazy (v)))
1898 struct type *vtype = check_typedef (value_type (v));
1900 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked
1901 for it explicitly, never if they just happen to
1902 appear in the middle of some value chain. */
1904 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
1905 && TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY))
1909 struct bp_location *loc, **tmp;
1911 addr = value_address (v);
1913 if (b->base.type == bp_read_watchpoint)
1915 else if (b->base.type == bp_access_watchpoint)
1918 loc = allocate_bp_location (&b->base);
1919 for (tmp = &(b->base.loc); *tmp != NULL; tmp = &((*tmp)->next))
1922 loc->gdbarch = get_type_arch (value_type (v));
1924 loc->pspace = frame_pspace;
1925 loc->address = addr;
1926 loc->length = TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v));
1927 loc->watchpoint_type = type;
1932 /* Change the type of breakpoint between hardware assisted or
1933 an ordinary watchpoint depending on the hardware support
1934 and free hardware slots. REPARSE is set when the inferior
1939 enum bp_loc_type loc_type;
1940 struct bp_location *bl;
1942 reg_cnt = can_use_hardware_watchpoint (val_chain);
1946 int i, target_resources_ok, other_type_used;
1949 /* Use an exact watchpoint when there's only one memory region to be
1950 watched, and only one debug register is needed to watch it. */
1951 b->exact = target_exact_watchpoints && reg_cnt == 1;
1953 /* We need to determine how many resources are already
1954 used for all other hardware watchpoints plus this one
1955 to see if we still have enough resources to also fit
1956 this watchpoint in as well. */
1958 /* If this is a software watchpoint, we try to turn it
1959 to a hardware one -- count resources as if B was of
1960 hardware watchpoint type. */
1961 type = b->base.type;
1962 if (type == bp_watchpoint)
1963 type = bp_hardware_watchpoint;
1965 /* This watchpoint may or may not have been placed on
1966 the list yet at this point (it won't be in the list
1967 if we're trying to create it for the first time,
1968 through watch_command), so always account for it
1971 /* Count resources used by all watchpoints except B. */
1972 i = hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (&b->base, type, &other_type_used);
1974 /* Add in the resources needed for B. */
1975 i += hw_watchpoint_use_count (&b->base);
1978 = target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (type, i, other_type_used);
1979 if (target_resources_ok <= 0)
1981 int sw_mode = b->base.ops->works_in_software_mode (&b->base);
1983 if (target_resources_ok == 0 && !sw_mode)
1984 error (_("Target does not support this type of "
1985 "hardware watchpoint."));
1986 else if (target_resources_ok < 0 && !sw_mode)
1987 error (_("There are not enough available hardware "
1988 "resources for this watchpoint."));
1990 /* Downgrade to software watchpoint. */
1991 b->base.type = bp_watchpoint;
1995 /* If this was a software watchpoint, we've just
1996 found we have enough resources to turn it to a
1997 hardware watchpoint. Otherwise, this is a
1999 b->base.type = type;
2002 else if (!b->base.ops->works_in_software_mode (&b->base))
2004 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints)
2005 error (_("Can't set read/access watchpoint when "
2006 "hardware watchpoints are disabled."));
2008 error (_("Expression cannot be implemented with "
2009 "read/access watchpoint."));
2012 b->base.type = bp_watchpoint;
2014 loc_type = (b->base.type == bp_watchpoint? bp_loc_other
2015 : bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint);
2016 for (bl = b->base.loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
2017 bl->loc_type = loc_type;
2020 for (v = val_chain; v; v = next)
2022 next = value_next (v);
2027 /* If a software watchpoint is not watching any memory, then the
2028 above left it without any location set up. But,
2029 bpstat_stop_status requires a location to be able to report
2030 stops, so make sure there's at least a dummy one. */
2031 if (b->base.type == bp_watchpoint && b->base.loc == NULL)
2033 struct breakpoint *base = &b->base;
2034 base->loc = allocate_bp_location (base);
2035 base->loc->pspace = frame_pspace;
2036 base->loc->address = -1;
2037 base->loc->length = -1;
2038 base->loc->watchpoint_type = -1;
2041 else if (!within_current_scope)
2043 printf_filtered (_("\
2044 Watchpoint %d deleted because the program has left the block\n\
2045 in which its expression is valid.\n"),
2047 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b);
2050 /* Restore the selected frame. */
2052 select_frame (frame_find_by_id (saved_frame_id));
2056 /* Returns 1 iff breakpoint location should be
2057 inserted in the inferior. We don't differentiate the type of BL's owner
2058 (breakpoint vs. tracepoint), although insert_location in tracepoint's
2059 breakpoint_ops is not defined, because in insert_bp_location,
2060 tracepoint's insert_location will not be called. */
2062 should_be_inserted (struct bp_location *bl)
2064 if (bl->owner == NULL || !breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner))
2067 if (bl->owner->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
2070 if (!bl->enabled || bl->shlib_disabled || bl->duplicate)
2073 if (user_breakpoint_p (bl->owner) && bl->pspace->executing_startup)
2076 /* This is set for example, when we're attached to the parent of a
2077 vfork, and have detached from the child. The child is running
2078 free, and we expect it to do an exec or exit, at which point the
2079 OS makes the parent schedulable again (and the target reports
2080 that the vfork is done). Until the child is done with the shared
2081 memory region, do not insert breakpoints in the parent, otherwise
2082 the child could still trip on the parent's breakpoints. Since
2083 the parent is blocked anyway, it won't miss any breakpoint. */
2084 if (bl->pspace->breakpoints_not_allowed)
2087 /* Don't insert a breakpoint if we're trying to step past its
2089 if ((bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2090 || bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2091 && stepping_past_instruction_at (bl->pspace->aspace,
2098 /* Same as should_be_inserted but does the check assuming
2099 that the location is not duplicated. */
2102 unduplicated_should_be_inserted (struct bp_location *bl)
2105 const int save_duplicate = bl->duplicate;
2108 result = should_be_inserted (bl);
2109 bl->duplicate = save_duplicate;
2113 /* Parses a conditional described by an expression COND into an
2114 agent expression bytecode suitable for evaluation
2115 by the bytecode interpreter. Return NULL if there was
2116 any error during parsing. */
2118 static struct agent_expr *
2119 parse_cond_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope, struct expression *cond)
2121 struct agent_expr *aexpr = NULL;
2122 volatile struct gdb_exception ex;
2127 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2128 that may show up. */
2129 TRY_CATCH (ex, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
2131 aexpr = gen_eval_for_expr (scope, cond);
2136 /* If we got here, it means the condition could not be parsed to a valid
2137 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2138 It's no use iterating through the conditions. */
2142 /* We have a valid agent expression. */
2146 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint conditions to be
2147 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with different
2148 conditions, we will add such conditions to the list. The idea is that the
2149 target will evaluate the list of conditions and will only notify GDB when
2150 one of them is true. */
2153 build_target_condition_list (struct bp_location *bl)
2155 struct bp_location **locp = NULL, **loc2p;
2156 int null_condition_or_parse_error = 0;
2157 int modified = bl->needs_update;
2158 struct bp_location *loc;
2160 /* Release conditions left over from a previous insert. */
2161 VEC_free (agent_expr_p, bl->target_info.conditions);
2163 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
2164 evaluating conditions and if the user has
2165 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
2167 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
2168 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
2171 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2172 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
2173 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
2174 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
2175 response back to GDB. */
2176 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2179 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num)
2183 struct agent_expr *aexpr;
2185 /* Re-parse the conditions since something changed. In that
2186 case we already freed the condition bytecodes (see
2187 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2188 need to parse the condition to bytecodes again. */
2189 aexpr = parse_cond_to_aexpr (bl->address, loc->cond);
2190 loc->cond_bytecode = aexpr;
2192 /* Check if we managed to parse the conditional expression
2193 correctly. If not, we will not send this condition
2199 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2200 went wrong or we have a null condition expression. */
2201 if (!loc->cond_bytecode)
2203 null_condition_or_parse_error = 1;
2209 /* If any of these happened, it means we will have to evaluate the conditions
2210 for the location's address on gdb's side. It is no use keeping bytecodes
2211 for all the other duplicate locations, thus we free all of them here.
2213 This is so we have a finer control over which locations' conditions are
2214 being evaluated by GDB or the remote stub. */
2215 if (null_condition_or_parse_error)
2217 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2220 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num)
2222 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2224 if (!loc->cond_bytecode)
2227 free_agent_expr (loc->cond_bytecode);
2228 loc->cond_bytecode = NULL;
2233 /* No NULL conditions or failed bytecode generation. Build a condition list
2234 for this location's address. */
2235 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2239 && is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
2240 && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num
2241 && loc->owner->enable_state == bp_enabled
2243 /* Add the condition to the vector. This will be used later to send the
2244 conditions to the target. */
2245 VEC_safe_push (agent_expr_p, bl->target_info.conditions,
2246 loc->cond_bytecode);
2252 /* Parses a command described by string CMD into an agent expression
2253 bytecode suitable for evaluation by the bytecode interpreter.
2254 Return NULL if there was any error during parsing. */
2256 static struct agent_expr *
2257 parse_cmd_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope, char *cmd)
2259 struct cleanup *old_cleanups = 0;
2260 struct expression *expr, **argvec;
2261 struct agent_expr *aexpr = NULL;
2262 volatile struct gdb_exception ex;
2263 const char *cmdrest;
2264 const char *format_start, *format_end;
2265 struct format_piece *fpieces;
2267 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
2274 if (*cmdrest == ',')
2276 cmdrest = skip_spaces_const (cmdrest);
2278 if (*cmdrest++ != '"')
2279 error (_("No format string following the location"));
2281 format_start = cmdrest;
2283 fpieces = parse_format_string (&cmdrest);
2285 old_cleanups = make_cleanup (free_format_pieces_cleanup, &fpieces);
2287 format_end = cmdrest;
2289 if (*cmdrest++ != '"')
2290 error (_("Bad format string, non-terminated '\"'."));
2292 cmdrest = skip_spaces_const (cmdrest);
2294 if (!(*cmdrest == ',' || *cmdrest == '\0'))
2295 error (_("Invalid argument syntax"));
2297 if (*cmdrest == ',')
2299 cmdrest = skip_spaces_const (cmdrest);
2301 /* For each argument, make an expression. */
2303 argvec = (struct expression **) alloca (strlen (cmd)
2304 * sizeof (struct expression *));
2307 while (*cmdrest != '\0')
2312 expr = parse_exp_1 (&cmd1, scope, block_for_pc (scope), 1);
2313 argvec[nargs++] = expr;
2315 if (*cmdrest == ',')
2319 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2320 that may show up. */
2321 TRY_CATCH (ex, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
2323 aexpr = gen_printf (scope, gdbarch, 0, 0,
2324 format_start, format_end - format_start,
2325 fpieces, nargs, argvec);
2328 do_cleanups (old_cleanups);
2332 /* If we got here, it means the command could not be parsed to a valid
2333 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2334 It's no use iterating through the other commands. */
2338 /* We have a valid agent expression, return it. */
2342 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint commands to be
2343 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with
2344 different commands, we will add any such to the list. */
2347 build_target_command_list (struct bp_location *bl)
2349 struct bp_location **locp = NULL, **loc2p;
2350 int null_command_or_parse_error = 0;
2351 int modified = bl->needs_update;
2352 struct bp_location *loc;
2354 /* Release commands left over from a previous insert. */
2355 VEC_free (agent_expr_p, bl->target_info.tcommands);
2357 if (!target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
2360 /* For now, limit to agent-style dprintf breakpoints. */
2361 if (dprintf_style != dprintf_style_agent)
2364 /* For now, if we have any duplicate location that isn't a dprintf,
2365 don't install the target-side commands, as that would make the
2366 breakpoint not be reported to the core, and we'd lose
2368 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2371 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
2372 && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num
2373 && loc->owner->type != bp_dprintf)
2377 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2378 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
2379 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
2380 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
2381 response back to GDB. */
2382 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2385 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num)
2389 struct agent_expr *aexpr;
2391 /* Re-parse the commands since something changed. In that
2392 case we already freed the command bytecodes (see
2393 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2394 need to parse the command to bytecodes again. */
2395 aexpr = parse_cmd_to_aexpr (bl->address,
2396 loc->owner->extra_string);
2397 loc->cmd_bytecode = aexpr;
2403 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2404 went wrong or we have a null command expression. */
2405 if (!loc->cmd_bytecode)
2407 null_command_or_parse_error = 1;
2413 /* If anything failed, then we're not doing target-side commands,
2415 if (null_command_or_parse_error)
2417 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2420 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
2421 && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num)
2423 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2425 if (loc->cmd_bytecode == NULL)
2428 free_agent_expr (loc->cmd_bytecode);
2429 loc->cmd_bytecode = NULL;
2434 /* No NULL commands or failed bytecode generation. Build a command list
2435 for this location's address. */
2436 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2439 if (loc->owner->extra_string
2440 && is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
2441 && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num
2442 && loc->owner->enable_state == bp_enabled
2444 /* Add the command to the vector. This will be used later
2445 to send the commands to the target. */
2446 VEC_safe_push (agent_expr_p, bl->target_info.tcommands,
2450 bl->target_info.persist = 0;
2451 /* Maybe flag this location as persistent. */
2452 if (bl->owner->type == bp_dprintf && disconnected_dprintf)
2453 bl->target_info.persist = 1;
2456 /* Insert a low-level "breakpoint" of some type. BL is the breakpoint
2457 location. Any error messages are printed to TMP_ERROR_STREAM; and
2458 DISABLED_BREAKS, and HW_BREAKPOINT_ERROR are used to report problems.
2459 Returns 0 for success, 1 if the bp_location type is not supported or
2462 NOTE drow/2003-09-09: This routine could be broken down to an
2463 object-style method for each breakpoint or catchpoint type. */
2465 insert_bp_location (struct bp_location *bl,
2466 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream,
2467 int *disabled_breaks,
2468 int *hw_breakpoint_error,
2469 int *hw_bp_error_explained_already)
2471 enum errors bp_err = GDB_NO_ERROR;
2472 const char *bp_err_message = NULL;
2473 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
2475 if (!should_be_inserted (bl) || (bl->inserted && !bl->needs_update))
2478 /* Note we don't initialize bl->target_info, as that wipes out
2479 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents if the breakpoint
2480 is still inserted at that location. This in turn breaks
2481 target_read_memory which depends on these buffers when
2482 a memory read is requested at the breakpoint location:
2483 Once the target_info has been wiped, we fail to see that
2484 we have a breakpoint inserted at that address and thus
2485 read the breakpoint instead of returning the data saved in
2486 the breakpoint location's shadow contents. */
2487 bl->target_info.placed_address = bl->address;
2488 bl->target_info.placed_address_space = bl->pspace->aspace;
2489 bl->target_info.length = bl->length;
2491 /* When working with target-side conditions, we must pass all the conditions
2492 for the same breakpoint address down to the target since GDB will not
2493 insert those locations. With a list of breakpoint conditions, the target
2494 can decide when to stop and notify GDB. */
2496 if (is_breakpoint (bl->owner))
2498 build_target_condition_list (bl);
2499 build_target_command_list (bl);
2500 /* Reset the modification marker. */
2501 bl->needs_update = 0;
2504 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2505 || bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2507 if (bl->owner->type != bp_hardware_breakpoint)
2509 /* If the explicitly specified breakpoint type
2510 is not hardware breakpoint, check the memory map to see
2511 if the breakpoint address is in read only memory or not.
2513 Two important cases are:
2514 - location type is not hardware breakpoint, memory
2515 is readonly. We change the type of the location to
2516 hardware breakpoint.
2517 - location type is hardware breakpoint, memory is
2518 read-write. This means we've previously made the
2519 location hardware one, but then the memory map changed,
2522 When breakpoints are removed, remove_breakpoints will use
2523 location types we've just set here, the only possible
2524 problem is that memory map has changed during running
2525 program, but it's not going to work anyway with current
2527 struct mem_region *mr
2528 = lookup_mem_region (bl->target_info.placed_address);
2532 if (automatic_hardware_breakpoints)
2534 enum bp_loc_type new_type;
2536 if (mr->attrib.mode != MEM_RW)
2537 new_type = bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint;
2539 new_type = bp_loc_software_breakpoint;
2541 if (new_type != bl->loc_type)
2543 static int said = 0;
2545 bl->loc_type = new_type;
2548 fprintf_filtered (gdb_stdout,
2549 _("Note: automatically using "
2550 "hardware breakpoints for "
2551 "read-only addresses.\n"));
2556 else if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2557 && mr->attrib.mode != MEM_RW)
2558 warning (_("cannot set software breakpoint "
2559 "at readonly address %s"),
2560 paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address));
2564 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
2565 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_off
2566 || bl->section == NULL
2567 || !(section_is_overlay (bl->section)))
2569 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
2570 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
2574 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2576 bp_err = GENERIC_ERROR;
2581 bp_err_message = e.message;
2586 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
2587 Shall we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
2588 if (!overlay_events_enabled)
2590 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active,
2591 so we must try to set a breakpoint at the LMA.
2592 This will not work for a hardware breakpoint. */
2593 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2594 warning (_("hardware breakpoint %d not supported in overlay!"),
2598 CORE_ADDR addr = overlay_unmapped_address (bl->address,
2600 /* Set a software (trap) breakpoint at the LMA. */
2601 bl->overlay_target_info = bl->target_info;
2602 bl->overlay_target_info.placed_address = addr;
2604 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
2605 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
2609 val = target_insert_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
2610 &bl->overlay_target_info);
2612 bp_err = GENERIC_ERROR;
2617 bp_err_message = e.message;
2620 if (bp_err != GDB_NO_ERROR)
2621 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2622 "Overlay breakpoint %d "
2623 "failed: in ROM?\n",
2627 /* Shall we set a breakpoint at the VMA? */
2628 if (section_is_mapped (bl->section))
2630 /* Yes. This overlay section is mapped into memory. */
2631 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
2635 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2637 bp_err = GENERIC_ERROR;
2642 bp_err_message = e.message;
2647 /* No. This breakpoint will not be inserted.
2648 No error, but do not mark the bp as 'inserted'. */
2653 if (bp_err != GDB_NO_ERROR)
2655 /* Can't set the breakpoint. */
2657 /* In some cases, we might not be able to insert a
2658 breakpoint in a shared library that has already been
2659 removed, but we have not yet processed the shlib unload
2660 event. Unfortunately, some targets that implement
2661 breakpoint insertion themselves can't tell why the
2662 breakpoint insertion failed (e.g., the remote target
2663 doesn't define error codes), so we must treat generic
2664 errors as memory errors. */
2665 if ((bp_err == GENERIC_ERROR || bp_err == MEMORY_ERROR)
2666 && bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2667 && (solib_name_from_address (bl->pspace, bl->address)
2668 || shared_objfile_contains_address_p (bl->pspace,
2671 /* See also: disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs. */
2672 bl->shlib_disabled = 1;
2673 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bl->owner);
2674 if (!*disabled_breaks)
2676 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2677 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
2679 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2680 "Temporarily disabling shared "
2681 "library breakpoints:\n");
2683 *disabled_breaks = 1;
2684 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2685 "breakpoint #%d\n", bl->owner->number);
2690 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2692 *hw_breakpoint_error = 1;
2693 *hw_bp_error_explained_already = bp_err_message != NULL;
2694 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2695 "Cannot insert hardware breakpoint %d%s",
2696 bl->owner->number, bp_err_message ? ":" : ".\n");
2697 if (bp_err_message != NULL)
2698 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream, "%s.\n", bp_err_message);
2702 if (bp_err_message == NULL)
2705 = memory_error_message (TARGET_XFER_E_IO,
2706 bl->gdbarch, bl->address);
2707 struct cleanup *old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, message);
2709 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2710 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n"
2712 bl->owner->number, message);
2713 do_cleanups (old_chain);
2717 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2718 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d: %s\n",
2733 else if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
2734 /* NOTE drow/2003-09-08: This state only exists for removing
2735 watchpoints. It's not clear that it's necessary... */
2736 && bl->owner->disposition != disp_del_at_next_stop)
2740 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
2741 && bl->owner->ops->insert_location != NULL);
2743 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2745 /* If trying to set a read-watchpoint, and it turns out it's not
2746 supported, try emulating one with an access watchpoint. */
2747 if (val == 1 && bl->watchpoint_type == hw_read)
2749 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_temp;
2751 /* But don't try to insert it, if there's already another
2752 hw_access location that would be considered a duplicate
2754 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_temp)
2756 && loc->watchpoint_type == hw_access
2757 && watchpoint_locations_match (bl, loc))
2761 bl->target_info = loc->target_info;
2762 bl->watchpoint_type = hw_access;
2769 bl->watchpoint_type = hw_access;
2770 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2773 /* Back to the original value. */
2774 bl->watchpoint_type = hw_read;
2778 bl->inserted = (val == 0);
2781 else if (bl->owner->type == bp_catchpoint)
2785 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
2786 && bl->owner->ops->insert_location != NULL);
2788 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2791 bl->owner->enable_state = bp_disabled;
2795 Error inserting catchpoint %d: Your system does not support this type\n\
2796 of catchpoint."), bl->owner->number);
2798 warning (_("Error inserting catchpoint %d."), bl->owner->number);
2801 bl->inserted = (val == 0);
2803 /* We've already printed an error message if there was a problem
2804 inserting this catchpoint, and we've disabled the catchpoint,
2805 so just return success. */
2812 /* This function is called when program space PSPACE is about to be
2813 deleted. It takes care of updating breakpoints to not reference
2817 breakpoint_program_space_exit (struct program_space *pspace)
2819 struct breakpoint *b, *b_temp;
2820 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_temp;
2822 /* Remove any breakpoint that was set through this program space. */
2823 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_temp)
2825 if (b->pspace == pspace)
2826 delete_breakpoint (b);
2829 /* Breakpoints set through other program spaces could have locations
2830 bound to PSPACE as well. Remove those. */
2831 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_temp)
2833 struct bp_location *tmp;
2835 if (loc->pspace == pspace)
2837 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2838 if (loc->owner->loc == loc)
2839 loc->owner->loc = loc->next;
2841 for (tmp = loc->owner->loc; tmp->next != NULL; tmp = tmp->next)
2842 if (tmp->next == loc)
2844 tmp->next = loc->next;
2850 /* Now update the global location list to permanently delete the
2851 removed locations above. */
2852 update_global_location_list (0);
2855 /* Make sure all breakpoints are inserted in inferior.
2856 Throws exception on any error.
2857 A breakpoint that is already inserted won't be inserted
2858 again, so calling this function twice is safe. */
2860 insert_breakpoints (void)
2862 struct breakpoint *bpt;
2864 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
2865 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt))
2867 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt;
2869 update_watchpoint (w, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
2872 update_global_location_list (1);
2874 /* update_global_location_list does not insert breakpoints when
2875 always_inserted_mode is not enabled. Explicitly insert them
2877 if (!breakpoints_always_inserted_mode ())
2878 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
2881 /* Invoke CALLBACK for each of bp_location. */
2884 iterate_over_bp_locations (walk_bp_location_callback callback)
2886 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_tmp;
2888 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_tmp)
2890 callback (loc, NULL);
2894 /* This is used when we need to synch breakpoint conditions between GDB and the
2895 target. It is the case with deleting and disabling of breakpoints when using
2896 always-inserted mode. */
2899 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations (void)
2901 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2904 int disabled_breaks = 0;
2905 int hw_breakpoint_error = 0;
2906 int hw_bp_details_reported = 0;
2908 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream = mem_fileopen ();
2909 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream);
2911 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
2912 there was an error. */
2913 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream, "Warning:\n");
2915 save_current_space_and_thread ();
2917 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2919 /* We only want to update software breakpoints and hardware
2921 if (!is_breakpoint (bl->owner))
2924 /* We only want to update locations that are already inserted
2925 and need updating. This is to avoid unwanted insertion during
2926 deletion of breakpoints. */
2927 if (!bl->inserted || (bl->inserted && !bl->needs_update))
2930 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
2932 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
2933 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
2934 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
2935 insert breakpoints. */
2936 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
2937 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
2940 val = insert_bp_location (bl, tmp_error_stream, &disabled_breaks,
2941 &hw_breakpoint_error, &hw_bp_details_reported);
2948 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
2949 error_stream (tmp_error_stream);
2952 do_cleanups (cleanups);
2955 /* Used when starting or continuing the program. */
2958 insert_breakpoint_locations (void)
2960 struct breakpoint *bpt;
2961 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2964 int disabled_breaks = 0;
2965 int hw_breakpoint_error = 0;
2966 int hw_bp_error_explained_already = 0;
2968 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream = mem_fileopen ();
2969 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream);
2971 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
2972 there was an error. */
2973 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream, "Warning:\n");
2975 save_current_space_and_thread ();
2977 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2979 if (!should_be_inserted (bl) || (bl->inserted && !bl->needs_update))
2982 /* There is no point inserting thread-specific breakpoints if
2983 the thread no longer exists. ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location
2984 has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2985 if (bl->owner->thread != -1
2986 && !valid_thread_id (bl->owner->thread))
2989 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
2991 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
2992 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
2993 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
2994 insert breakpoints. */
2995 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
2996 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
2999 val = insert_bp_location (bl, tmp_error_stream, &disabled_breaks,
3000 &hw_breakpoint_error, &hw_bp_error_explained_already);
3005 /* If we failed to insert all locations of a watchpoint, remove
3006 them, as half-inserted watchpoint is of limited use. */
3007 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
3009 int some_failed = 0;
3010 struct bp_location *loc;
3012 if (!is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt))
3015 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt))
3018 if (bpt->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
3021 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
3022 if (!loc->inserted && should_be_inserted (loc))
3029 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
3031 remove_breakpoint (loc, mark_uninserted);
3033 hw_breakpoint_error = 1;
3034 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
3035 "Could not insert hardware watchpoint %d.\n",
3043 /* If a hardware breakpoint or watchpoint was inserted, add a
3044 message about possibly exhausted resources. */
3045 if (hw_breakpoint_error && !hw_bp_error_explained_already)
3047 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
3048 "Could not insert hardware breakpoints:\n\
3049 You may have requested too many hardware breakpoints/watchpoints.\n");
3051 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
3052 error_stream (tmp_error_stream);
3055 do_cleanups (cleanups);
3058 /* Used when the program stops.
3059 Returns zero if successful, or non-zero if there was a problem
3060 removing a breakpoint location. */
3063 remove_breakpoints (void)
3065 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3068 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3070 if (bl->inserted && !is_tracepoint (bl->owner))
3071 val |= remove_breakpoint (bl, mark_uninserted);
3076 /* When a thread exits, remove breakpoints that are related to
3080 remove_threaded_breakpoints (struct thread_info *tp, int silent)
3082 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
3084 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
3086 if (b->thread == tp->num && user_breakpoint_p (b))
3088 b->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
3090 printf_filtered (_("\
3091 Thread-specific breakpoint %d deleted - thread %d no longer in the thread list.\n"),
3092 b->number, tp->num);
3094 /* Hide it from the user. */
3100 /* Remove breakpoints of process PID. */
3103 remove_breakpoints_pid (int pid)
3105 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3107 struct inferior *inf = find_inferior_pid (pid);
3109 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3111 if (bl->pspace != inf->pspace)
3114 if (bl->owner->type == bp_dprintf)
3119 val = remove_breakpoint (bl, mark_uninserted);
3128 reattach_breakpoints (int pid)
3130 struct cleanup *old_chain;
3131 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3133 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream;
3134 int dummy1 = 0, dummy2 = 0, dummy3 = 0;
3135 struct inferior *inf;
3136 struct thread_info *tp;
3138 tp = any_live_thread_of_process (pid);
3142 inf = find_inferior_pid (pid);
3143 old_chain = save_inferior_ptid ();
3145 inferior_ptid = tp->ptid;
3147 tmp_error_stream = mem_fileopen ();
3148 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream);
3150 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3152 if (bl->pspace != inf->pspace)
3158 val = insert_bp_location (bl, tmp_error_stream, &dummy1, &dummy2, &dummy3);
3161 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3166 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3170 static int internal_breakpoint_number = -1;
3172 /* Set the breakpoint number of B, depending on the value of INTERNAL.
3173 If INTERNAL is non-zero, the breakpoint number will be populated
3174 from internal_breakpoint_number and that variable decremented.
3175 Otherwise the breakpoint number will be populated from
3176 breakpoint_count and that value incremented. Internal breakpoints
3177 do not set the internal var bpnum. */
3179 set_breakpoint_number (int internal, struct breakpoint *b)
3182 b->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
3185 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
3186 b->number = breakpoint_count;
3190 static struct breakpoint *
3191 create_internal_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
3192 CORE_ADDR address, enum bptype type,
3193 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
3195 struct symtab_and_line sal;
3196 struct breakpoint *b;
3198 init_sal (&sal); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
3201 sal.section = find_pc_overlay (sal.pc);
3202 sal.pspace = current_program_space;
3204 b = set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, type, ops);
3205 b->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
3206 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
3211 static const char *const longjmp_names[] =
3213 "longjmp", "_longjmp", "siglongjmp", "_siglongjmp"
3215 #define NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES ARRAY_SIZE(longjmp_names)
3217 /* Per-objfile data private to breakpoint.c. */
3218 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
3220 /* Minimal symbol for "_ovly_debug_event" (if any). */
3221 struct bound_minimal_symbol overlay_msym;
3223 /* Minimal symbol(s) for "longjmp", "siglongjmp", etc. (if any). */
3224 struct bound_minimal_symbol longjmp_msym[NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES];
3226 /* True if we have looked for longjmp probes. */
3227 int longjmp_searched;
3229 /* SystemTap probe points for longjmp (if any). */
3230 VEC (probe_p) *longjmp_probes;
3232 /* Minimal symbol for "std::terminate()" (if any). */
3233 struct bound_minimal_symbol terminate_msym;
3235 /* Minimal symbol for "_Unwind_DebugHook" (if any). */
3236 struct bound_minimal_symbol exception_msym;
3238 /* True if we have looked for exception probes. */
3239 int exception_searched;
3241 /* SystemTap probe points for unwinding (if any). */
3242 VEC (probe_p) *exception_probes;
3245 static const struct objfile_data *breakpoint_objfile_key;
3247 /* Minimal symbol not found sentinel. */
3248 static struct minimal_symbol msym_not_found;
3250 /* Returns TRUE if MSYM point to the "not found" sentinel. */
3253 msym_not_found_p (const struct minimal_symbol *msym)
3255 return msym == &msym_not_found;
3258 /* Return per-objfile data needed by breakpoint.c.
3259 Allocate the data if necessary. */
3261 static struct breakpoint_objfile_data *
3262 get_breakpoint_objfile_data (struct objfile *objfile)
3264 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3266 bp_objfile_data = objfile_data (objfile, breakpoint_objfile_key);
3267 if (bp_objfile_data == NULL)
3269 bp_objfile_data = obstack_alloc (&objfile->objfile_obstack,
3270 sizeof (*bp_objfile_data));
3272 memset (bp_objfile_data, 0, sizeof (*bp_objfile_data));
3273 set_objfile_data (objfile, breakpoint_objfile_key, bp_objfile_data);
3275 return bp_objfile_data;
3279 free_breakpoint_probes (struct objfile *obj, void *data)
3281 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data = data;
3283 VEC_free (probe_p, bp_objfile_data->longjmp_probes);
3284 VEC_free (probe_p, bp_objfile_data->exception_probes);
3288 create_overlay_event_breakpoint (void)
3290 struct objfile *objfile;
3291 const char *const func_name = "_ovly_debug_event";
3293 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
3295 struct breakpoint *b;
3296 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3299 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
3301 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym.minsym))
3304 if (bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym.minsym == NULL)
3306 struct bound_minimal_symbol m;
3308 m = lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name, objfile);
3309 if (m.minsym == NULL)
3311 /* Avoid future lookups in this objfile. */
3312 bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym.minsym = &msym_not_found;
3315 bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym = m;
3318 addr = BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym);
3319 b = create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile), addr,
3321 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3322 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
3324 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_auto)
3326 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
3327 overlay_events_enabled = 1;
3331 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3332 overlay_events_enabled = 0;
3335 update_global_location_list (1);
3339 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint (void)
3341 struct program_space *pspace;
3342 struct cleanup *old_chain;
3344 old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
3346 ALL_PSPACES (pspace)
3348 struct objfile *objfile;
3350 set_current_program_space (pspace);
3352 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
3355 struct gdbarch *gdbarch;
3356 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3358 gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
3360 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
3362 if (!bp_objfile_data->longjmp_searched)
3366 ret = find_probes_in_objfile (objfile, "libc", "longjmp");
3369 /* We are only interested in checking one element. */
3370 struct probe *p = VEC_index (probe_p, ret, 0);
3372 if (!can_evaluate_probe_arguments (p))
3374 /* We cannot use the probe interface here, because it does
3375 not know how to evaluate arguments. */
3376 VEC_free (probe_p, ret);
3380 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_probes = ret;
3381 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_searched = 1;
3384 if (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_probes != NULL)
3387 struct probe *probe;
3388 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
3391 VEC_iterate (probe_p,
3392 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_probes,
3396 struct breakpoint *b;
3398 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch,
3399 get_probe_address (probe,
3402 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3403 b->addr_string = xstrdup ("-probe-stap libc:longjmp");
3404 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3410 if (!gdbarch_get_longjmp_target_p (gdbarch))
3413 for (i = 0; i < NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES; i++)
3415 struct breakpoint *b;
3416 const char *func_name;
3419 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i].minsym))
3422 func_name = longjmp_names[i];
3423 if (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i].minsym == NULL)
3425 struct bound_minimal_symbol m;
3427 m = lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name, objfile);
3428 if (m.minsym == NULL)
3430 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3431 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i].minsym = &msym_not_found;
3434 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i] = m;
3437 addr = BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i]);
3438 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, addr, bp_longjmp_master,
3439 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3440 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
3441 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3445 update_global_location_list (1);
3447 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3450 /* Create a master std::terminate breakpoint. */
3452 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint (void)
3454 struct program_space *pspace;
3455 struct cleanup *old_chain;
3456 const char *const func_name = "std::terminate()";
3458 old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
3460 ALL_PSPACES (pspace)
3462 struct objfile *objfile;
3465 set_current_program_space (pspace);
3467 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
3469 struct breakpoint *b;
3470 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3472 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
3474 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym.minsym))
3477 if (bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym.minsym == NULL)
3479 struct bound_minimal_symbol m;
3481 m = lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name, NULL, objfile);
3482 if (m.minsym == NULL || (MSYMBOL_TYPE (m.minsym) != mst_text
3483 && MSYMBOL_TYPE (m.minsym) != mst_file_text))
3485 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3486 bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym.minsym = &msym_not_found;
3489 bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym = m;
3492 addr = BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym);
3493 b = create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile), addr,
3494 bp_std_terminate_master,
3495 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3496 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
3497 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3501 update_global_location_list (1);
3503 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3506 /* Install a master breakpoint on the unwinder's debug hook. */
3509 create_exception_master_breakpoint (void)
3511 struct objfile *objfile;
3512 const char *const func_name = "_Unwind_DebugHook";
3514 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
3516 struct breakpoint *b;
3517 struct gdbarch *gdbarch;
3518 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3521 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
3523 /* We prefer the SystemTap probe point if it exists. */
3524 if (!bp_objfile_data->exception_searched)
3528 ret = find_probes_in_objfile (objfile, "libgcc", "unwind");
3532 /* We are only interested in checking one element. */
3533 struct probe *p = VEC_index (probe_p, ret, 0);
3535 if (!can_evaluate_probe_arguments (p))
3537 /* We cannot use the probe interface here, because it does
3538 not know how to evaluate arguments. */
3539 VEC_free (probe_p, ret);
3543 bp_objfile_data->exception_probes = ret;
3544 bp_objfile_data->exception_searched = 1;
3547 if (bp_objfile_data->exception_probes != NULL)
3549 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
3551 struct probe *probe;
3554 VEC_iterate (probe_p,
3555 bp_objfile_data->exception_probes,
3559 struct breakpoint *b;
3561 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch,
3562 get_probe_address (probe,
3564 bp_exception_master,
3565 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3566 b->addr_string = xstrdup ("-probe-stap libgcc:unwind");
3567 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3573 /* Otherwise, try the hook function. */
3575 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->exception_msym.minsym))
3578 gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
3580 if (bp_objfile_data->exception_msym.minsym == NULL)
3582 struct bound_minimal_symbol debug_hook;
3584 debug_hook = lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name, NULL, objfile);
3585 if (debug_hook.minsym == NULL)
3587 bp_objfile_data->exception_msym.minsym = &msym_not_found;
3591 bp_objfile_data->exception_msym = debug_hook;
3594 addr = BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->exception_msym);
3595 addr = gdbarch_convert_from_func_ptr_addr (gdbarch, addr,
3597 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, addr, bp_exception_master,
3598 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3599 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
3600 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3603 update_global_location_list (1);
3607 update_breakpoints_after_exec (void)
3609 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
3610 struct bp_location *bploc, **bplocp_tmp;
3612 /* We're about to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists. If the
3613 INSERTED flag is true, GDB will try to lift the breakpoints by
3614 writing the breakpoints' "shadow contents" back into memory. The
3615 "shadow contents" are NOT valid after an exec, so GDB should not
3616 do that. Instead, the target is responsible from marking
3617 breakpoints out as soon as it detects an exec. We don't do that
3618 here instead, because there may be other attempts to delete
3619 breakpoints after detecting an exec and before reaching here. */
3620 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bploc, bplocp_tmp)
3621 if (bploc->pspace == current_program_space)
3622 gdb_assert (!bploc->inserted);
3624 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
3626 if (b->pspace != current_program_space)
3629 /* Solib breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3630 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event)
3632 delete_breakpoint (b);
3636 /* JIT breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3637 if (b->type == bp_jit_event)
3639 delete_breakpoint (b);
3643 /* Thread event breakpoints must be set anew after an exec(),
3644 as must overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints. */
3645 if (b->type == bp_thread_event || b->type == bp_overlay_event
3646 || b->type == bp_longjmp_master || b->type == bp_std_terminate_master
3647 || b->type == bp_exception_master)
3649 delete_breakpoint (b);
3653 /* Step-resume breakpoints are meaningless after an exec(). */
3654 if (b->type == bp_step_resume || b->type == bp_hp_step_resume)
3656 delete_breakpoint (b);
3660 /* Longjmp and longjmp-resume breakpoints are also meaningless
3662 if (b->type == bp_longjmp || b->type == bp_longjmp_resume
3663 || b->type == bp_longjmp_call_dummy
3664 || b->type == bp_exception || b->type == bp_exception_resume)
3666 delete_breakpoint (b);
3670 if (b->type == bp_catchpoint)
3672 /* For now, none of the bp_catchpoint breakpoints need to
3673 do anything at this point. In the future, if some of
3674 the catchpoints need to something, we will need to add
3675 a new method, and call this method from here. */
3679 /* bp_finish is a special case. The only way we ought to be able
3680 to see one of these when an exec() has happened, is if the user
3681 caught a vfork, and then said "finish". Ordinarily a finish just
3682 carries them to the call-site of the current callee, by setting
3683 a temporary bp there and resuming. But in this case, the finish
3684 will carry them entirely through the vfork & exec.
3686 We don't want to allow a bp_finish to remain inserted now. But
3687 we can't safely delete it, 'cause finish_command has a handle to
3688 the bp on a bpstat, and will later want to delete it. There's a
3689 chance (and I've seen it happen) that if we delete the bp_finish
3690 here, that its storage will get reused by the time finish_command
3691 gets 'round to deleting the "use to be a bp_finish" breakpoint.
3692 We really must allow finish_command to delete a bp_finish.
3694 In the absence of a general solution for the "how do we know
3695 it's safe to delete something others may have handles to?"
3696 problem, what we'll do here is just uninsert the bp_finish, and
3697 let finish_command delete it.
3699 (We know the bp_finish is "doomed" in the sense that it's
3700 momentary, and will be deleted as soon as finish_command sees
3701 the inferior stopped. So it doesn't matter that the bp's
3702 address is probably bogus in the new a.out, unlike e.g., the
3703 solib breakpoints.) */
3705 if (b->type == bp_finish)
3710 /* Without a symbolic address, we have little hope of the
3711 pre-exec() address meaning the same thing in the post-exec()
3713 if (b->addr_string == NULL)
3715 delete_breakpoint (b);
3719 /* FIXME what about longjmp breakpoints? Re-create them here? */
3720 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
3721 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
3722 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
3723 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
3727 detach_breakpoints (ptid_t ptid)
3729 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3731 struct cleanup *old_chain = save_inferior_ptid ();
3732 struct inferior *inf = current_inferior ();
3734 if (ptid_get_pid (ptid) == ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid))
3735 error (_("Cannot detach breakpoints of inferior_ptid"));
3737 /* Set inferior_ptid; remove_breakpoint_1 uses this global. */
3738 inferior_ptid = ptid;
3739 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3741 if (bl->pspace != inf->pspace)
3744 /* This function must physically remove breakpoints locations
3745 from the specified ptid, without modifying the breakpoint
3746 package's state. Locations of type bp_loc_other are only
3747 maintained at GDB side. So, there is no need to remove
3748 these bp_loc_other locations. Moreover, removing these
3749 would modify the breakpoint package's state. */
3750 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_other)
3754 val |= remove_breakpoint_1 (bl, mark_inserted);
3757 /* Detach single-step breakpoints as well. */
3758 detach_single_step_breakpoints ();
3760 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3764 /* Remove the breakpoint location BL from the current address space.
3765 Note that this is used to detach breakpoints from a child fork.
3766 When we get here, the child isn't in the inferior list, and neither
3767 do we have objects to represent its address space --- we should
3768 *not* look at bl->pspace->aspace here. */
3771 remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location *bl, insertion_state_t is)
3775 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
3776 gdb_assert (bl->owner != NULL);
3778 if (bl->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
3779 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
3782 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
3783 This should not ever happen. */
3784 gdb_assert (bl->owner->type != bp_none);
3786 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3787 || bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
3789 /* "Normal" instruction breakpoint: either the standard
3790 trap-instruction bp (bp_breakpoint), or a
3791 bp_hardware_breakpoint. */
3793 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
3794 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_off
3795 || bl->section == NULL
3796 || !(section_is_overlay (bl->section)))
3798 /* No overlay handling: just remove the breakpoint. */
3800 /* If we're trying to uninsert a memory breakpoint that we
3801 know is set in a dynamic object that is marked
3802 shlib_disabled, then either the dynamic object was
3803 removed with "remove-symbol-file" or with
3804 "nosharedlibrary". In the former case, we don't know
3805 whether another dynamic object might have loaded over the
3806 breakpoint's address -- the user might well let us know
3807 about it next with add-symbol-file (the whole point of
3808 add-symbol-file is letting the user manually maintain a
3809 list of dynamically loaded objects). If we have the
3810 breakpoint's shadow memory, that is, this is a software
3811 breakpoint managed by GDB, check whether the breakpoint
3812 is still inserted in memory, to avoid overwriting wrong
3813 code with stale saved shadow contents. Note that HW
3814 breakpoints don't have shadow memory, as they're
3815 implemented using a mechanism that is not dependent on
3816 being able to modify the target's memory, and as such
3817 they should always be removed. */
3818 if (bl->shlib_disabled
3819 && bl->target_info.shadow_len != 0
3820 && !memory_validate_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch, &bl->target_info))
3823 val = bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
3827 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
3828 Did we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
3829 if (!overlay_events_enabled)
3831 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active, so we
3832 should have set a breakpoint at the LMA. Remove it.
3834 /* Ignore any failures: if the LMA is in ROM, we will
3835 have already warned when we failed to insert it. */
3836 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
3837 target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
3838 &bl->overlay_target_info);
3840 target_remove_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
3841 &bl->overlay_target_info);
3843 /* Did we set a breakpoint at the VMA?
3844 If so, we will have marked the breakpoint 'inserted'. */
3847 /* Yes -- remove it. Previously we did not bother to
3848 remove the breakpoint if the section had been
3849 unmapped, but let's not rely on that being safe. We
3850 don't know what the overlay manager might do. */
3852 /* However, we should remove *software* breakpoints only
3853 if the section is still mapped, or else we overwrite
3854 wrong code with the saved shadow contents. */
3855 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
3856 || section_is_mapped (bl->section))
3857 val = bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
3863 /* No -- not inserted, so no need to remove. No error. */
3868 /* In some cases, we might not be able to remove a breakpoint in
3869 a shared library that has already been removed, but we have
3870 not yet processed the shlib unload event. Similarly for an
3871 unloaded add-symbol-file object - the user might not yet have
3872 had the chance to remove-symbol-file it. shlib_disabled will
3873 be set if the library/object has already been removed, but
3874 the breakpoint hasn't been uninserted yet, e.g., after
3875 "nosharedlibrary" or "remove-symbol-file" with breakpoints
3876 always-inserted mode. */
3878 && (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3879 && (bl->shlib_disabled
3880 || solib_name_from_address (bl->pspace, bl->address)
3881 || shared_objfile_contains_address_p (bl->pspace,
3887 bl->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
3889 else if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint)
3891 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
3892 && bl->owner->ops->remove_location != NULL);
3894 bl->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
3895 bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
3897 /* Failure to remove any of the hardware watchpoints comes here. */
3898 if ((is == mark_uninserted) && (bl->inserted))
3899 warning (_("Could not remove hardware watchpoint %d."),
3902 else if (bl->owner->type == bp_catchpoint
3903 && breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner)
3906 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
3907 && bl->owner->ops->remove_location != NULL);
3909 val = bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
3913 bl->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
3920 remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location *bl, insertion_state_t is)
3923 struct cleanup *old_chain;
3925 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
3926 gdb_assert (bl->owner != NULL);
3928 if (bl->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
3929 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
3932 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
3933 This should not ever happen. */
3934 gdb_assert (bl->owner->type != bp_none);
3936 old_chain = save_current_space_and_thread ();
3938 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
3940 ret = remove_breakpoint_1 (bl, is);
3942 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3946 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints. */
3949 mark_breakpoints_out (void)
3951 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3953 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3954 if (bl->pspace == current_program_space)
3958 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints and delete any
3959 breakpoints which should go away between runs of the program.
3961 Plus other such housekeeping that has to be done for breakpoints
3964 Note: this function gets called at the end of a run (by
3965 generic_mourn_inferior) and when a run begins (by
3966 init_wait_for_inferior). */
3971 breakpoint_init_inferior (enum inf_context context)
3973 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
3974 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3976 struct program_space *pspace = current_program_space;
3978 /* If breakpoint locations are shared across processes, then there's
3980 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ()))
3983 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3985 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
3986 if (bl->pspace == pspace
3987 && bl->owner->enable_state != bp_permanent)
3991 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
3993 if (b->loc && b->loc->pspace != pspace)
3999 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy:
4001 /* If the call dummy breakpoint is at the entry point it will
4002 cause problems when the inferior is rerun, so we better get
4005 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
4007 /* Also get rid of scope breakpoints. */
4009 case bp_shlib_event:
4011 /* Also remove solib event breakpoints. Their addresses may
4012 have changed since the last time we ran the program.
4013 Actually we may now be debugging against different target;
4014 and so the solib backend that installed this breakpoint may
4015 not be used in by the target. E.g.,
4017 (gdb) file prog-linux
4018 (gdb) run # native linux target
4021 (gdb) file prog-win.exe
4022 (gdb) tar rem :9999 # remote Windows gdbserver.
4025 case bp_step_resume:
4027 /* Also remove step-resume breakpoints. */
4029 delete_breakpoint (b);
4033 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
4034 case bp_read_watchpoint:
4035 case bp_access_watchpoint:
4037 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
4039 /* Likewise for watchpoints on local expressions. */
4040 if (w->exp_valid_block != NULL)
4041 delete_breakpoint (b);
4042 else if (context == inf_starting)
4044 /* Reset val field to force reread of starting value in
4045 insert_breakpoints. */
4047 value_free (w->val);
4058 /* Get rid of the moribund locations. */
4059 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, bl); ++ix)
4060 decref_bp_location (&bl);
4061 VEC_free (bp_location_p, moribund_locations);
4064 /* These functions concern about actual breakpoints inserted in the
4065 target --- to e.g. check if we need to do decr_pc adjustment or if
4066 we need to hop over the bkpt --- so we check for address space
4067 match, not program space. */
4069 /* breakpoint_here_p (PC) returns non-zero if an enabled breakpoint
4070 exists at PC. It returns ordinary_breakpoint_here if it's an
4071 ordinary breakpoint, or permanent_breakpoint_here if it's a
4072 permanent breakpoint.
4073 - When continuing from a location with an ordinary breakpoint, we
4074 actually single step once before calling insert_breakpoints.
4075 - When continuing from a location with a permanent breakpoint, we
4076 need to use the `SKIP_PERMANENT_BREAKPOINT' macro, provided by
4077 the target, to advance the PC past the breakpoint. */
4079 enum breakpoint_here
4080 breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
4082 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
4083 int any_breakpoint_here = 0;
4085 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
4087 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4088 && bl->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
4091 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
4092 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner)
4093 || bl->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
4094 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl, aspace, pc))
4096 if (overlay_debugging
4097 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
4098 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
4099 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
4100 else if (bl->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
4101 return permanent_breakpoint_here;
4103 any_breakpoint_here = 1;
4107 return any_breakpoint_here ? ordinary_breakpoint_here : 0;
4110 /* Return true if there's a moribund breakpoint at PC. */
4113 moribund_breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
4115 struct bp_location *loc;
4118 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
4119 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc, aspace, pc))
4125 /* Returns non-zero if there's a breakpoint inserted at PC, which is
4126 inserted using regular breakpoint_chain / bp_location array
4127 mechanism. This does not check for single-step breakpoints, which
4128 are inserted and removed using direct target manipulation. */
4131 regular_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace,
4134 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
4136 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
4138 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4139 && bl->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
4143 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl, aspace, pc))
4145 if (overlay_debugging
4146 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
4147 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
4148 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
4156 /* Returns non-zero iff there's either regular breakpoint
4157 or a single step breakpoint inserted at PC. */
4160 breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
4162 if (regular_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace, pc))
4165 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace, pc))
4171 /* Ignoring deprecated raw breakpoints, return non-zero iff there is a
4172 software breakpoint inserted at PC. */
4174 static struct bp_location *
4175 find_non_raw_software_breakpoint_inserted_here (struct address_space *aspace,
4178 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
4180 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
4182 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
4186 && breakpoint_address_match (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
4189 if (overlay_debugging
4190 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
4191 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
4192 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
4201 /* This function returns non-zero iff there is a software breakpoint
4205 software_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace,
4208 if (find_non_raw_software_breakpoint_inserted_here (aspace, pc) != NULL)
4211 /* Also check for software single-step breakpoints. */
4212 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace, pc))
4219 hardware_watchpoint_inserted_in_range (struct address_space *aspace,
4220 CORE_ADDR addr, ULONGEST len)
4222 struct breakpoint *bpt;
4224 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
4226 struct bp_location *loc;
4228 if (bpt->type != bp_hardware_watchpoint
4229 && bpt->type != bp_access_watchpoint)
4232 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt))
4235 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
4236 if (loc->pspace->aspace == aspace && loc->inserted)
4240 /* Check for intersection. */
4241 l = max (loc->address, addr);
4242 h = min (loc->address + loc->length, addr + len);
4250 /* breakpoint_thread_match (PC, PTID) returns true if the breakpoint at
4251 PC is valid for process/thread PTID. */
4254 breakpoint_thread_match (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc,
4257 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
4258 /* The thread and task IDs associated to PTID, computed lazily. */
4262 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
4264 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4265 && bl->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
4268 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has bl->OWNER always non-NULL. */
4269 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner)
4270 && bl->owner->enable_state != bp_permanent)
4273 if (!breakpoint_location_address_match (bl, aspace, pc))
4276 if (bl->owner->thread != -1)
4278 /* This is a thread-specific breakpoint. Check that ptid
4279 matches that thread. If thread hasn't been computed yet,
4280 it is now time to do so. */
4282 thread = pid_to_thread_id (ptid);
4283 if (bl->owner->thread != thread)
4287 if (bl->owner->task != 0)
4289 /* This is a task-specific breakpoint. Check that ptid
4290 matches that task. If task hasn't been computed yet,
4291 it is now time to do so. */
4293 task = ada_get_task_number (ptid);
4294 if (bl->owner->task != task)
4298 if (overlay_debugging
4299 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
4300 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
4301 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
4310 /* bpstat stuff. External routines' interfaces are documented
4314 is_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *ep)
4316 return (ep->type == bp_catchpoint);
4319 /* Frees any storage that is part of a bpstat. Does not walk the
4323 bpstat_free (bpstat bs)
4325 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
4326 value_free (bs->old_val);
4327 decref_counted_command_line (&bs->commands);
4328 decref_bp_location (&bs->bp_location_at);
4332 /* Clear a bpstat so that it says we are not at any breakpoint.
4333 Also free any storage that is part of a bpstat. */
4336 bpstat_clear (bpstat *bsp)
4353 /* Return a copy of a bpstat. Like "bs1 = bs2" but all storage that
4354 is part of the bpstat is copied as well. */
4357 bpstat_copy (bpstat bs)
4361 bpstat retval = NULL;
4366 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4368 tmp = (bpstat) xmalloc (sizeof (*tmp));
4369 memcpy (tmp, bs, sizeof (*tmp));
4370 incref_counted_command_line (tmp->commands);
4371 incref_bp_location (tmp->bp_location_at);
4372 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
4374 tmp->old_val = value_copy (bs->old_val);
4375 release_value (tmp->old_val);
4379 /* This is the first thing in the chain. */
4389 /* Find the bpstat associated with this breakpoint. */
4392 bpstat_find_breakpoint (bpstat bsp, struct breakpoint *breakpoint)
4397 for (; bsp != NULL; bsp = bsp->next)
4399 if (bsp->breakpoint_at == breakpoint)
4405 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4408 bpstat_explains_signal (bpstat bsp, enum gdb_signal sig)
4410 for (; bsp != NULL; bsp = bsp->next)
4412 if (bsp->breakpoint_at == NULL)
4414 /* A moribund location can never explain a signal other than
4416 if (sig == GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP)
4421 if (bsp->breakpoint_at->ops->explains_signal (bsp->breakpoint_at,
4430 /* Put in *NUM the breakpoint number of the first breakpoint we are
4431 stopped at. *BSP upon return is a bpstat which points to the
4432 remaining breakpoints stopped at (but which is not guaranteed to be
4433 good for anything but further calls to bpstat_num).
4435 Return 0 if passed a bpstat which does not indicate any breakpoints.
4436 Return -1 if stopped at a breakpoint that has been deleted since
4438 Return 1 otherwise. */
4441 bpstat_num (bpstat *bsp, int *num)
4443 struct breakpoint *b;
4446 return 0; /* No more breakpoint values */
4448 /* We assume we'll never have several bpstats that correspond to a
4449 single breakpoint -- otherwise, this function might return the
4450 same number more than once and this will look ugly. */
4451 b = (*bsp)->breakpoint_at;
4452 *bsp = (*bsp)->next;
4454 return -1; /* breakpoint that's been deleted since */
4456 *num = b->number; /* We have its number */
4460 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4463 bpstat_clear_actions (void)
4465 struct thread_info *tp;
4468 if (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
4471 tp = find_thread_ptid (inferior_ptid);
4475 for (bs = tp->control.stop_bpstat; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4477 decref_counted_command_line (&bs->commands);
4479 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
4481 value_free (bs->old_val);
4487 /* Called when a command is about to proceed the inferior. */
4490 breakpoint_about_to_proceed (void)
4492 if (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
4494 struct thread_info *tp = inferior_thread ();
4496 /* Allow inferior function calls in breakpoint commands to not
4497 interrupt the command list. When the call finishes
4498 successfully, the inferior will be standing at the same
4499 breakpoint as if nothing happened. */
4500 if (tp->control.in_infcall)
4504 breakpoint_proceeded = 1;
4507 /* Stub for cleaning up our state if we error-out of a breakpoint
4510 cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *ignore)
4512 executing_breakpoint_commands = 0;
4515 /* Return non-zero iff CMD as the first line of a command sequence is `silent'
4516 or its equivalent. */
4519 command_line_is_silent (struct command_line *cmd)
4521 return cmd && (strcmp ("silent", cmd->line) == 0
4522 || (xdb_commands && strcmp ("Q", cmd->line) == 0));
4525 /* Execute all the commands associated with all the breakpoints at
4526 this location. Any of these commands could cause the process to
4527 proceed beyond this point, etc. We look out for such changes by
4528 checking the global "breakpoint_proceeded" after each command.
4530 Returns true if a breakpoint command resumed the inferior. In that
4531 case, it is the caller's responsibility to recall it again with the
4532 bpstat of the current thread. */
4535 bpstat_do_actions_1 (bpstat *bsp)
4538 struct cleanup *old_chain;
4541 /* Avoid endless recursion if a `source' command is contained
4543 if (executing_breakpoint_commands)
4546 executing_breakpoint_commands = 1;
4547 old_chain = make_cleanup (cleanup_executing_breakpoints, 0);
4549 prevent_dont_repeat ();
4551 /* This pointer will iterate over the list of bpstat's. */
4554 breakpoint_proceeded = 0;
4555 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4557 struct counted_command_line *ccmd;
4558 struct command_line *cmd;
4559 struct cleanup *this_cmd_tree_chain;
4561 /* Take ownership of the BSP's command tree, if it has one.
4563 The command tree could legitimately contain commands like
4564 'step' and 'next', which call clear_proceed_status, which
4565 frees stop_bpstat's command tree. To make sure this doesn't
4566 free the tree we're executing out from under us, we need to
4567 take ownership of the tree ourselves. Since a given bpstat's
4568 commands are only executed once, we don't need to copy it; we
4569 can clear the pointer in the bpstat, and make sure we free
4570 the tree when we're done. */
4571 ccmd = bs->commands;
4572 bs->commands = NULL;
4573 this_cmd_tree_chain = make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&ccmd);
4574 cmd = ccmd ? ccmd->commands : NULL;
4575 if (command_line_is_silent (cmd))
4577 /* The action has been already done by bpstat_stop_status. */
4583 execute_control_command (cmd);
4585 if (breakpoint_proceeded)
4591 /* We can free this command tree now. */
4592 do_cleanups (this_cmd_tree_chain);
4594 if (breakpoint_proceeded)
4596 if (target_can_async_p ())
4597 /* If we are in async mode, then the target might be still
4598 running, not stopped at any breakpoint, so nothing for
4599 us to do here -- just return to the event loop. */
4602 /* In sync mode, when execute_control_command returns
4603 we're already standing on the next breakpoint.
4604 Breakpoint commands for that stop were not run, since
4605 execute_command does not run breakpoint commands --
4606 only command_line_handler does, but that one is not
4607 involved in execution of breakpoint commands. So, we
4608 can now execute breakpoint commands. It should be
4609 noted that making execute_command do bpstat actions is
4610 not an option -- in this case we'll have recursive
4611 invocation of bpstat for each breakpoint with a
4612 command, and can easily blow up GDB stack. Instead, we
4613 return true, which will trigger the caller to recall us
4614 with the new stop_bpstat. */
4619 do_cleanups (old_chain);
4624 bpstat_do_actions (void)
4626 struct cleanup *cleanup_if_error = make_bpstat_clear_actions_cleanup ();
4628 /* Do any commands attached to breakpoint we are stopped at. */
4629 while (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid)
4630 && target_has_execution
4631 && !is_exited (inferior_ptid)
4632 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid))
4633 /* Since in sync mode, bpstat_do_actions may resume the inferior,
4634 and only return when it is stopped at the next breakpoint, we
4635 keep doing breakpoint actions until it returns false to
4636 indicate the inferior was not resumed. */
4637 if (!bpstat_do_actions_1 (&inferior_thread ()->control.stop_bpstat))
4640 discard_cleanups (cleanup_if_error);
4643 /* Print out the (old or new) value associated with a watchpoint. */
4646 watchpoint_value_print (struct value *val, struct ui_file *stream)
4649 fprintf_unfiltered (stream, _("<unreadable>"));
4652 struct value_print_options opts;
4653 get_user_print_options (&opts);
4654 value_print (val, stream, &opts);
4658 /* Generic routine for printing messages indicating why we
4659 stopped. The behavior of this function depends on the value
4660 'print_it' in the bpstat structure. Under some circumstances we
4661 may decide not to print anything here and delegate the task to
4664 static enum print_stop_action
4665 print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs)
4667 switch (bs->print_it)
4670 /* Nothing should be printed for this bpstat entry. */
4671 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
4675 /* We still want to print the frame, but we already printed the
4676 relevant messages. */
4677 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
4680 case print_it_normal:
4682 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
4684 /* bs->breakpoint_at can be NULL if it was a momentary breakpoint
4685 which has since been deleted. */
4687 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
4689 /* Normal case. Call the breakpoint's print_it method. */
4690 return b->ops->print_it (bs);
4695 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
4696 _("print_bp_stop_message: unrecognized enum value"));
4701 /* A helper function that prints a shared library stopped event. */
4704 print_solib_event (int is_catchpoint)
4707 = !VEC_empty (char_ptr, current_program_space->deleted_solibs);
4709 = !VEC_empty (so_list_ptr, current_program_space->added_solibs);
4713 if (any_added || any_deleted)
4714 ui_out_text (current_uiout,
4715 _("Stopped due to shared library event:\n"));
4717 ui_out_text (current_uiout,
4718 _("Stopped due to shared library event (no "
4719 "libraries added or removed)\n"));
4722 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout))
4723 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout, "reason",
4724 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_SOLIB_EVENT));
4728 struct cleanup *cleanup;
4732 ui_out_text (current_uiout, _(" Inferior unloaded "));
4733 cleanup = make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (current_uiout,
4736 VEC_iterate (char_ptr, current_program_space->deleted_solibs,
4741 ui_out_text (current_uiout, " ");
4742 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout, "library", name);
4743 ui_out_text (current_uiout, "\n");
4746 do_cleanups (cleanup);
4751 struct so_list *iter;
4753 struct cleanup *cleanup;
4755 ui_out_text (current_uiout, _(" Inferior loaded "));
4756 cleanup = make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (current_uiout,
4759 VEC_iterate (so_list_ptr, current_program_space->added_solibs,
4764 ui_out_text (current_uiout, " ");
4765 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout, "library", iter->so_name);
4766 ui_out_text (current_uiout, "\n");
4769 do_cleanups (cleanup);
4773 /* Print a message indicating what happened. This is called from
4774 normal_stop(). The input to this routine is the head of the bpstat
4775 list - a list of the eventpoints that caused this stop. KIND is
4776 the target_waitkind for the stopping event. This
4777 routine calls the generic print routine for printing a message
4778 about reasons for stopping. This will print (for example) the
4779 "Breakpoint n," part of the output. The return value of this
4782 PRINT_UNKNOWN: Means we printed nothing.
4783 PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC: Means we printed something, and expect subsequent
4784 code to print the location. An example is
4785 "Breakpoint 1, " which should be followed by
4787 PRINT_SRC_ONLY: Means we printed something, but there is no need
4788 to also print the location part of the message.
4789 An example is the catch/throw messages, which
4790 don't require a location appended to the end.
4791 PRINT_NOTHING: We have done some printing and we don't need any
4792 further info to be printed. */
4794 enum print_stop_action
4795 bpstat_print (bpstat bs, int kind)
4799 /* Maybe another breakpoint in the chain caused us to stop.
4800 (Currently all watchpoints go on the bpstat whether hit or not.
4801 That probably could (should) be changed, provided care is taken
4802 with respect to bpstat_explains_signal). */
4803 for (; bs; bs = bs->next)
4805 val = print_bp_stop_message (bs);
4806 if (val == PRINT_SRC_ONLY
4807 || val == PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
4808 || val == PRINT_NOTHING)
4812 /* If we had hit a shared library event breakpoint,
4813 print_bp_stop_message would print out this message. If we hit an
4814 OS-level shared library event, do the same thing. */
4815 if (kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED)
4817 print_solib_event (0);
4818 return PRINT_NOTHING;
4821 /* We reached the end of the chain, or we got a null BS to start
4822 with and nothing was printed. */
4823 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
4826 /* Evaluate the expression EXP and return 1 if value is zero.
4827 This returns the inverse of the condition because it is called
4828 from catch_errors which returns 0 if an exception happened, and if an
4829 exception happens we want execution to stop.
4830 The argument is a "struct expression *" that has been cast to a
4831 "void *" to make it pass through catch_errors. */
4834 breakpoint_cond_eval (void *exp)
4836 struct value *mark = value_mark ();
4837 int i = !value_true (evaluate_expression ((struct expression *) exp));
4839 value_free_to_mark (mark);
4843 /* Allocate a new bpstat. Link it to the FIFO list by BS_LINK_POINTER. */
4846 bpstat_alloc (struct bp_location *bl, bpstat **bs_link_pointer)
4850 bs = (bpstat) xmalloc (sizeof (*bs));
4852 **bs_link_pointer = bs;
4853 *bs_link_pointer = &bs->next;
4854 bs->breakpoint_at = bl->owner;
4855 bs->bp_location_at = bl;
4856 incref_bp_location (bl);
4857 /* If the condition is false, etc., don't do the commands. */
4858 bs->commands = NULL;
4860 bs->print_it = print_it_normal;
4864 /* The target has stopped with waitstatus WS. Check if any hardware
4865 watchpoints have triggered, according to the target. */
4868 watchpoints_triggered (struct target_waitstatus *ws)
4870 int stopped_by_watchpoint = target_stopped_by_watchpoint ();
4872 struct breakpoint *b;
4874 if (!stopped_by_watchpoint)
4876 /* We were not stopped by a watchpoint. Mark all watchpoints
4877 as not triggered. */
4879 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
4881 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
4883 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_no;
4889 if (!target_stopped_data_address (¤t_target, &addr))
4891 /* We were stopped by a watchpoint, but we don't know where.
4892 Mark all watchpoints as unknown. */
4894 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
4896 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
4898 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_unknown;
4904 /* The target could report the data address. Mark watchpoints
4905 affected by this data address as triggered, and all others as not
4909 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
4911 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
4912 struct bp_location *loc;
4914 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_no;
4915 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
4917 if (is_masked_watchpoint (b))
4919 CORE_ADDR newaddr = addr & w->hw_wp_mask;
4920 CORE_ADDR start = loc->address & w->hw_wp_mask;
4922 if (newaddr == start)
4924 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
4928 /* Exact match not required. Within range is sufficient. */
4929 else if (target_watchpoint_addr_within_range (¤t_target,
4933 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
4942 /* Possible return values for watchpoint_check (this can't be an enum
4943 because of check_errors). */
4944 /* The watchpoint has been deleted. */
4945 #define WP_DELETED 1
4946 /* The value has changed. */
4947 #define WP_VALUE_CHANGED 2
4948 /* The value has not changed. */
4949 #define WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED 3
4950 /* Ignore this watchpoint, no matter if the value changed or not. */
4953 #define BP_TEMPFLAG 1
4954 #define BP_HARDWAREFLAG 2
4956 /* Evaluate watchpoint condition expression and check if its value
4959 P should be a pointer to struct bpstat, but is defined as a void *
4960 in order for this function to be usable with catch_errors. */
4963 watchpoint_check (void *p)
4965 bpstat bs = (bpstat) p;
4966 struct watchpoint *b;
4967 struct frame_info *fr;
4968 int within_current_scope;
4970 /* BS is built from an existing struct breakpoint. */
4971 gdb_assert (bs->breakpoint_at != NULL);
4972 b = (struct watchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
4974 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
4975 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
4976 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
4977 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b))
4980 if (b->exp_valid_block == NULL)
4981 within_current_scope = 1;
4984 struct frame_info *frame = get_current_frame ();
4985 struct gdbarch *frame_arch = get_frame_arch (frame);
4986 CORE_ADDR frame_pc = get_frame_pc (frame);
4988 /* in_function_epilogue_p() returns a non-zero value if we're
4989 still in the function but the stack frame has already been
4990 invalidated. Since we can't rely on the values of local
4991 variables after the stack has been destroyed, we are treating
4992 the watchpoint in that state as `not changed' without further
4993 checking. Don't mark watchpoints as changed if the current
4994 frame is in an epilogue - even if they are in some other
4995 frame, our view of the stack is likely to be wrong and
4996 frame_find_by_id could error out. */
4997 if (gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (frame_arch, frame_pc))
5000 fr = frame_find_by_id (b->watchpoint_frame);
5001 within_current_scope = (fr != NULL);
5003 /* If we've gotten confused in the unwinder, we might have
5004 returned a frame that can't describe this variable. */
5005 if (within_current_scope)
5007 struct symbol *function;
5009 function = get_frame_function (fr);
5010 if (function == NULL
5011 || !contained_in (b->exp_valid_block,
5012 SYMBOL_BLOCK_VALUE (function)))
5013 within_current_scope = 0;
5016 if (within_current_scope)
5017 /* If we end up stopping, the current frame will get selected
5018 in normal_stop. So this call to select_frame won't affect
5023 if (within_current_scope)
5025 /* We use value_{,free_to_}mark because it could be a *long*
5026 time before we return to the command level and call
5027 free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values because we
5028 might be in the middle of evaluating a function call. */
5032 struct value *new_val;
5034 if (is_masked_watchpoint (&b->base))
5035 /* Since we don't know the exact trigger address (from
5036 stopped_data_address), just tell the user we've triggered
5037 a mask watchpoint. */
5038 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED;
5040 mark = value_mark ();
5041 fetch_subexp_value (b->exp, &pc, &new_val, NULL, NULL, 0);
5043 /* We use value_equal_contents instead of value_equal because
5044 the latter coerces an array to a pointer, thus comparing just
5045 the address of the array instead of its contents. This is
5046 not what we want. */
5047 if ((b->val != NULL) != (new_val != NULL)
5048 || (b->val != NULL && !value_equal_contents (b->val, new_val)))
5050 if (new_val != NULL)
5052 release_value (new_val);
5053 value_free_to_mark (mark);
5055 bs->old_val = b->val;
5058 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED;
5062 /* Nothing changed. */
5063 value_free_to_mark (mark);
5064 return WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED;
5069 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
5071 /* This seems like the only logical thing to do because
5072 if we temporarily ignored the watchpoint, then when
5073 we reenter the block in which it is valid it contains
5074 garbage (in the case of a function, it may have two
5075 garbage values, one before and one after the prologue).
5076 So we can't even detect the first assignment to it and
5077 watch after that (since the garbage may or may not equal
5078 the first value assigned). */
5079 /* We print all the stop information in
5080 breakpoint_ops->print_it, but in this case, by the time we
5081 call breakpoint_ops->print_it this bp will be deleted
5082 already. So we have no choice but print the information
5084 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
5086 (uiout, "reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_SCOPE));
5087 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nWatchpoint ");
5088 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "wpnum", b->base.number);
5090 " deleted because the program has left the block in\n\
5091 which its expression is valid.\n");
5093 /* Make sure the watchpoint's commands aren't executed. */
5094 decref_counted_command_line (&b->base.commands);
5095 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b);
5101 /* Return true if it looks like target has stopped due to hitting
5102 breakpoint location BL. This function does not check if we should
5103 stop, only if BL explains the stop. */
5106 bpstat_check_location (const struct bp_location *bl,
5107 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
5108 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
5110 struct breakpoint *b = bl->owner;
5112 /* BL is from an existing breakpoint. */
5113 gdb_assert (b != NULL);
5115 return b->ops->breakpoint_hit (bl, aspace, bp_addr, ws);
5118 /* Determine if the watched values have actually changed, and we
5119 should stop. If not, set BS->stop to 0. */
5122 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
5124 const struct bp_location *bl;
5125 struct watchpoint *b;
5127 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
5128 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
5129 gdb_assert (bl != NULL);
5130 b = (struct watchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
5131 gdb_assert (b != NULL);
5134 int must_check_value = 0;
5136 if (b->base.type == bp_watchpoint)
5137 /* For a software watchpoint, we must always check the
5139 must_check_value = 1;
5140 else if (b->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_yes)
5141 /* We have a hardware watchpoint (read, write, or access)
5142 and the target earlier reported an address watched by
5144 must_check_value = 1;
5145 else if (b->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_unknown
5146 && b->base.type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
5147 /* We were stopped by a hardware watchpoint, but the target could
5148 not report the data address. We must check the watchpoint's
5149 value. Access and read watchpoints are out of luck; without
5150 a data address, we can't figure it out. */
5151 must_check_value = 1;
5153 if (must_check_value)
5156 = xstrprintf ("Error evaluating expression for watchpoint %d\n",
5158 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, message);
5159 int e = catch_errors (watchpoint_check, bs, message,
5161 do_cleanups (cleanups);
5165 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
5166 bs->print_it = print_it_done;
5170 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5173 case WP_VALUE_CHANGED:
5174 if (b->base.type == bp_read_watchpoint)
5176 /* There are two cases to consider here:
5178 1. We're watching the triggered memory for reads.
5179 In that case, trust the target, and always report
5180 the watchpoint hit to the user. Even though
5181 reads don't cause value changes, the value may
5182 have changed since the last time it was read, and
5183 since we're not trapping writes, we will not see
5184 those, and as such we should ignore our notion of
5187 2. We're watching the triggered memory for both
5188 reads and writes. There are two ways this may
5191 2.1. This is a target that can't break on data
5192 reads only, but can break on accesses (reads or
5193 writes), such as e.g., x86. We detect this case
5194 at the time we try to insert read watchpoints.
5196 2.2. Otherwise, the target supports read
5197 watchpoints, but, the user set an access or write
5198 watchpoint watching the same memory as this read
5201 If we're watching memory writes as well as reads,
5202 ignore watchpoint hits when we find that the
5203 value hasn't changed, as reads don't cause
5204 changes. This still gives false positives when
5205 the program writes the same value to memory as
5206 what there was already in memory (we will confuse
5207 it for a read), but it's much better than
5210 int other_write_watchpoint = 0;
5212 if (bl->watchpoint_type == hw_read)
5214 struct breakpoint *other_b;
5216 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other_b)
5217 if (other_b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
5218 || other_b->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
5220 struct watchpoint *other_w =
5221 (struct watchpoint *) other_b;
5223 if (other_w->watchpoint_triggered
5224 == watch_triggered_yes)
5226 other_write_watchpoint = 1;
5232 if (other_write_watchpoint
5233 || bl->watchpoint_type == hw_access)
5235 /* We're watching the same memory for writes,
5236 and the value changed since the last time we
5237 updated it, so this trap must be for a write.
5239 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5244 case WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED:
5245 if (b->base.type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
5246 || b->base.type == bp_watchpoint)
5248 /* Don't stop: write watchpoints shouldn't fire if
5249 the value hasn't changed. */
5250 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5258 /* Error from catch_errors. */
5259 printf_filtered (_("Watchpoint %d deleted.\n"), b->base.number);
5260 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b);
5261 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
5262 bs->print_it = print_it_done;
5266 else /* must_check_value == 0 */
5268 /* This is a case where some watchpoint(s) triggered, but
5269 not at the address of this watchpoint, or else no
5270 watchpoint triggered after all. So don't print
5271 anything for this watchpoint. */
5272 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5278 /* For breakpoints that are currently marked as telling gdb to stop,
5279 check conditions (condition proper, frame, thread and ignore count)
5280 of breakpoint referred to by BS. If we should not stop for this
5281 breakpoint, set BS->stop to 0. */
5284 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bpstat bs, ptid_t ptid)
5286 const struct bp_location *bl;
5287 struct breakpoint *b;
5288 int value_is_zero = 0;
5289 struct expression *cond;
5291 gdb_assert (bs->stop);
5293 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
5294 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
5295 gdb_assert (bl != NULL);
5296 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
5297 gdb_assert (b != NULL);
5299 /* Even if the target evaluated the condition on its end and notified GDB, we
5300 need to do so again since GDB does not know if we stopped due to a
5301 breakpoint or a single step breakpoint. */
5303 if (frame_id_p (b->frame_id)
5304 && !frame_id_eq (b->frame_id, get_stack_frame_id (get_current_frame ())))
5310 /* If this is a thread/task-specific breakpoint, don't waste cpu
5311 evaluating the condition if this isn't the specified
5313 if ((b->thread != -1 && b->thread != pid_to_thread_id (ptid))
5314 || (b->task != 0 && b->task != ada_get_task_number (ptid)))
5321 /* Evaluate extension language breakpoints that have a "stop" method
5323 bs->stop = breakpoint_ext_lang_cond_says_stop (b);
5325 if (is_watchpoint (b))
5327 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
5334 if (cond && b->disposition != disp_del_at_next_stop)
5336 int within_current_scope = 1;
5337 struct watchpoint * w;
5339 /* We use value_mark and value_free_to_mark because it could
5340 be a long time before we return to the command level and
5341 call free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values
5342 because we might be in the middle of evaluating a
5344 struct value *mark = value_mark ();
5346 if (is_watchpoint (b))
5347 w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
5351 /* Need to select the frame, with all that implies so that
5352 the conditions will have the right context. Because we
5353 use the frame, we will not see an inlined function's
5354 variables when we arrive at a breakpoint at the start
5355 of the inlined function; the current frame will be the
5357 if (w == NULL || w->cond_exp_valid_block == NULL)
5358 select_frame (get_current_frame ());
5361 struct frame_info *frame;
5363 /* For local watchpoint expressions, which particular
5364 instance of a local is being watched matters, so we
5365 keep track of the frame to evaluate the expression
5366 in. To evaluate the condition however, it doesn't
5367 really matter which instantiation of the function
5368 where the condition makes sense triggers the
5369 watchpoint. This allows an expression like "watch
5370 global if q > 10" set in `func', catch writes to
5371 global on all threads that call `func', or catch
5372 writes on all recursive calls of `func' by a single
5373 thread. We simply always evaluate the condition in
5374 the innermost frame that's executing where it makes
5375 sense to evaluate the condition. It seems
5377 frame = block_innermost_frame (w->cond_exp_valid_block);
5379 select_frame (frame);
5381 within_current_scope = 0;
5383 if (within_current_scope)
5385 = catch_errors (breakpoint_cond_eval, cond,
5386 "Error in testing breakpoint condition:\n",
5390 warning (_("Watchpoint condition cannot be tested "
5391 "in the current scope"));
5392 /* If we failed to set the right context for this
5393 watchpoint, unconditionally report it. */
5396 /* FIXME-someday, should give breakpoint #. */
5397 value_free_to_mark (mark);
5400 if (cond && value_is_zero)
5404 else if (b->ignore_count > 0)
5408 /* Increase the hit count even though we don't stop. */
5410 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
5415 /* Get a bpstat associated with having just stopped at address
5416 BP_ADDR in thread PTID.
5418 Determine whether we stopped at a breakpoint, etc, or whether we
5419 don't understand this stop. Result is a chain of bpstat's such
5422 if we don't understand the stop, the result is a null pointer.
5424 if we understand why we stopped, the result is not null.
5426 Each element of the chain refers to a particular breakpoint or
5427 watchpoint at which we have stopped. (We may have stopped for
5428 several reasons concurrently.)
5430 Each element of the chain has valid next, breakpoint_at,
5431 commands, FIXME??? fields. */
5434 bpstat_stop_status (struct address_space *aspace,
5435 CORE_ADDR bp_addr, ptid_t ptid,
5436 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
5438 struct breakpoint *b = NULL;
5439 struct bp_location *bl;
5440 struct bp_location *loc;
5441 /* First item of allocated bpstat's. */
5442 bpstat bs_head = NULL, *bs_link = &bs_head;
5443 /* Pointer to the last thing in the chain currently. */
5446 int need_remove_insert;
5449 /* First, build the bpstat chain with locations that explain a
5450 target stop, while being careful to not set the target running,
5451 as that may invalidate locations (in particular watchpoint
5452 locations are recreated). Resuming will happen here with
5453 breakpoint conditions or watchpoint expressions that include
5454 inferior function calls. */
5458 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b) && b->enable_state != bp_permanent)
5461 for (bl = b->loc; bl != NULL; bl = bl->next)
5463 /* For hardware watchpoints, we look only at the first
5464 location. The watchpoint_check function will work on the
5465 entire expression, not the individual locations. For
5466 read watchpoints, the watchpoints_triggered function has
5467 checked all locations already. */
5468 if (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint && bl != b->loc)
5471 if (!bl->enabled || bl->shlib_disabled)
5474 if (!bpstat_check_location (bl, aspace, bp_addr, ws))
5477 /* Come here if it's a watchpoint, or if the break address
5480 bs = bpstat_alloc (bl, &bs_link); /* Alloc a bpstat to
5483 /* Assume we stop. Should we find a watchpoint that is not
5484 actually triggered, or if the condition of the breakpoint
5485 evaluates as false, we'll reset 'stop' to 0. */
5489 /* If this is a scope breakpoint, mark the associated
5490 watchpoint as triggered so that we will handle the
5491 out-of-scope event. We'll get to the watchpoint next
5493 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint_scope && b->related_breakpoint != b)
5495 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b->related_breakpoint;
5497 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
5502 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
5504 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc, aspace, bp_addr))
5506 bs = bpstat_alloc (loc, &bs_link);
5507 /* For hits of moribund locations, we should just proceed. */
5510 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5514 /* A bit of special processing for shlib breakpoints. We need to
5515 process solib loading here, so that the lists of loaded and
5516 unloaded libraries are correct before we handle "catch load" and
5518 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5520 if (bs->breakpoint_at && bs->breakpoint_at->type == bp_shlib_event)
5522 handle_solib_event ();
5527 /* Now go through the locations that caused the target to stop, and
5528 check whether we're interested in reporting this stop to higher
5529 layers, or whether we should resume the target transparently. */
5533 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5538 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
5539 b->ops->check_status (bs);
5542 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bs, ptid);
5547 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
5549 /* We will stop here. */
5550 if (b->disposition == disp_disable)
5552 --(b->enable_count);
5553 if (b->enable_count <= 0
5554 && b->enable_state != bp_permanent)
5555 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
5560 bs->commands = b->commands;
5561 incref_counted_command_line (bs->commands);
5562 if (command_line_is_silent (bs->commands
5563 ? bs->commands->commands : NULL))
5566 b->ops->after_condition_true (bs);
5571 /* Print nothing for this entry if we don't stop or don't
5573 if (!bs->stop || !bs->print)
5574 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5577 /* If we aren't stopping, the value of some hardware watchpoint may
5578 not have changed, but the intermediate memory locations we are
5579 watching may have. Don't bother if we're stopping; this will get
5581 need_remove_insert = 0;
5582 if (! bpstat_causes_stop (bs_head))
5583 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5585 && bs->breakpoint_at
5586 && is_hardware_watchpoint (bs->breakpoint_at))
5588 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
5590 update_watchpoint (w, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
5591 need_remove_insert = 1;
5594 if (need_remove_insert)
5595 update_global_location_list (1);
5596 else if (removed_any)
5597 update_global_location_list (0);
5603 handle_jit_event (void)
5605 struct frame_info *frame;
5606 struct gdbarch *gdbarch;
5608 /* Switch terminal for any messages produced by
5609 breakpoint_re_set. */
5610 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
5612 frame = get_current_frame ();
5613 gdbarch = get_frame_arch (frame);
5615 jit_event_handler (gdbarch);
5617 target_terminal_inferior ();
5620 /* Prepare WHAT final decision for infrun. */
5622 /* Decide what infrun needs to do with this bpstat. */
5625 bpstat_what (bpstat bs_head)
5627 struct bpstat_what retval;
5631 retval.main_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING;
5632 retval.call_dummy = STOP_NONE;
5633 retval.is_longjmp = 0;
5635 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5637 /* Extract this BS's action. After processing each BS, we check
5638 if its action overrides all we've seem so far. */
5639 enum bpstat_what_main_action this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING;
5642 if (bs->breakpoint_at == NULL)
5644 /* I suspect this can happen if it was a momentary
5645 breakpoint which has since been deleted. */
5649 bptype = bs->breakpoint_at->type;
5656 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
5659 case bp_shlib_event:
5663 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
5665 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5668 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5671 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
5672 case bp_read_watchpoint:
5673 case bp_access_watchpoint:
5677 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
5679 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5683 /* There was a watchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5684 This requires no further action. */
5688 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy:
5690 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SET_LONGJMP_RESUME;
5691 retval.is_longjmp = bptype != bp_exception;
5693 case bp_longjmp_resume:
5694 case bp_exception_resume:
5695 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_CLEAR_LONGJMP_RESUME;
5696 retval.is_longjmp = bptype == bp_longjmp_resume;
5698 case bp_step_resume:
5700 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STEP_RESUME;
5703 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5704 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5707 case bp_hp_step_resume:
5709 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_HP_STEP_RESUME;
5712 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5713 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5716 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
5717 case bp_thread_event:
5718 case bp_overlay_event:
5719 case bp_longjmp_master:
5720 case bp_std_terminate_master:
5721 case bp_exception_master:
5722 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5728 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
5730 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5734 /* There was a catchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5735 This requires no further action. */
5740 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5743 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5744 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5745 retval.call_dummy = STOP_STACK_DUMMY;
5746 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5748 case bp_std_terminate:
5749 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5750 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5751 retval.call_dummy = STOP_STD_TERMINATE;
5752 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5755 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
5756 case bp_static_tracepoint:
5757 /* Tracepoint hits should not be reported back to GDB, and
5758 if one got through somehow, it should have been filtered
5760 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
5761 _("bpstat_what: tracepoint encountered"));
5763 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
5764 /* Step over it (and insert bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return). */
5765 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5767 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
5768 /* The breakpoint will be removed, execution will restart from the
5769 PC of the former breakpoint. */
5770 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING;
5775 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5777 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5781 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
5782 _("bpstat_what: unhandled bptype %d"), (int) bptype);
5785 retval.main_action = max (retval.main_action, this_action);
5788 /* These operations may affect the bs->breakpoint_at state so they are
5789 delayed after MAIN_ACTION is decided above. */
5794 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog, "bpstat_what: bp_jit_event\n");
5796 handle_jit_event ();
5799 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5801 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
5807 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
5808 gnu_ifunc_resolver_stop (b);
5810 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
5811 gnu_ifunc_resolver_return_stop (b);
5819 /* Nonzero if we should step constantly (e.g. watchpoints on machines
5820 without hardware support). This isn't related to a specific bpstat,
5821 just to things like whether watchpoints are set. */
5824 bpstat_should_step (void)
5826 struct breakpoint *b;
5829 if (breakpoint_enabled (b) && b->type == bp_watchpoint && b->loc != NULL)
5835 bpstat_causes_stop (bpstat bs)
5837 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5846 /* Compute a string of spaces suitable to indent the next line
5847 so it starts at the position corresponding to the table column
5848 named COL_NAME in the currently active table of UIOUT. */
5851 wrap_indent_at_field (struct ui_out *uiout, const char *col_name)
5853 static char wrap_indent[80];
5854 int i, total_width, width, align;
5858 for (i = 1; ui_out_query_field (uiout, i, &width, &align, &text); i++)
5860 if (strcmp (text, col_name) == 0)
5862 gdb_assert (total_width < sizeof wrap_indent);
5863 memset (wrap_indent, ' ', total_width);
5864 wrap_indent[total_width] = 0;
5869 total_width += width + 1;
5875 /* Determine if the locations of this breakpoint will have their conditions
5876 evaluated by the target, host or a mix of both. Returns the following:
5878 "host": Host evals condition.
5879 "host or target": Host or Target evals condition.
5880 "target": Target evals condition.
5884 bp_condition_evaluator (struct breakpoint *b)
5886 struct bp_location *bl;
5887 char host_evals = 0;
5888 char target_evals = 0;
5893 if (!is_breakpoint (b))
5896 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
5897 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
5898 return condition_evaluation_host;
5900 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
5902 if (bl->cond_bytecode)
5908 if (host_evals && target_evals)
5909 return condition_evaluation_both;
5910 else if (target_evals)
5911 return condition_evaluation_target;
5913 return condition_evaluation_host;
5916 /* Determine the breakpoint location's condition evaluator. This is
5917 similar to bp_condition_evaluator, but for locations. */
5920 bp_location_condition_evaluator (struct bp_location *bl)
5922 if (bl && !is_breakpoint (bl->owner))
5925 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
5926 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
5927 return condition_evaluation_host;
5929 if (bl && bl->cond_bytecode)
5930 return condition_evaluation_target;
5932 return condition_evaluation_host;
5935 /* Print the LOC location out of the list of B->LOC locations. */
5938 print_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint *b,
5939 struct bp_location *loc)
5941 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
5942 struct cleanup *old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
5944 if (loc != NULL && loc->shlib_disabled)
5948 set_current_program_space (loc->pspace);
5950 if (b->display_canonical)
5951 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", b->addr_string);
5952 else if (loc && loc->symtab)
5955 = find_pc_sect_function (loc->address, loc->section);
5958 ui_out_text (uiout, "in ");
5959 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "func",
5960 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym));
5961 ui_out_text (uiout, " ");
5962 ui_out_wrap_hint (uiout, wrap_indent_at_field (uiout, "what"));
5963 ui_out_text (uiout, "at ");
5965 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "file",
5966 symtab_to_filename_for_display (loc->symtab));
5967 ui_out_text (uiout, ":");
5969 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
5970 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "fullname",
5971 symtab_to_fullname (loc->symtab));
5973 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "line", loc->line_number);
5977 struct ui_file *stb = mem_fileopen ();
5978 struct cleanup *stb_chain = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb);
5980 print_address_symbolic (loc->gdbarch, loc->address, stb,
5982 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "at", stb);
5984 do_cleanups (stb_chain);
5987 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "pending", b->addr_string);
5989 if (loc && is_breakpoint (b)
5990 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode () == condition_evaluation_target
5991 && bp_condition_evaluator (b) == condition_evaluation_both)
5993 ui_out_text (uiout, " (");
5994 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "evaluated-by",
5995 bp_location_condition_evaluator (loc));
5996 ui_out_text (uiout, ")");
5999 do_cleanups (old_chain);
6003 bptype_string (enum bptype type)
6005 struct ep_type_description
6010 static struct ep_type_description bptypes[] =
6012 {bp_none, "?deleted?"},
6013 {bp_breakpoint, "breakpoint"},
6014 {bp_hardware_breakpoint, "hw breakpoint"},
6015 {bp_until, "until"},
6016 {bp_finish, "finish"},
6017 {bp_watchpoint, "watchpoint"},
6018 {bp_hardware_watchpoint, "hw watchpoint"},
6019 {bp_read_watchpoint, "read watchpoint"},
6020 {bp_access_watchpoint, "acc watchpoint"},
6021 {bp_longjmp, "longjmp"},
6022 {bp_longjmp_resume, "longjmp resume"},
6023 {bp_longjmp_call_dummy, "longjmp for call dummy"},
6024 {bp_exception, "exception"},
6025 {bp_exception_resume, "exception resume"},
6026 {bp_step_resume, "step resume"},
6027 {bp_hp_step_resume, "high-priority step resume"},
6028 {bp_watchpoint_scope, "watchpoint scope"},
6029 {bp_call_dummy, "call dummy"},
6030 {bp_std_terminate, "std::terminate"},
6031 {bp_shlib_event, "shlib events"},
6032 {bp_thread_event, "thread events"},
6033 {bp_overlay_event, "overlay events"},
6034 {bp_longjmp_master, "longjmp master"},
6035 {bp_std_terminate_master, "std::terminate master"},
6036 {bp_exception_master, "exception master"},
6037 {bp_catchpoint, "catchpoint"},
6038 {bp_tracepoint, "tracepoint"},
6039 {bp_fast_tracepoint, "fast tracepoint"},
6040 {bp_static_tracepoint, "static tracepoint"},
6041 {bp_dprintf, "dprintf"},
6042 {bp_jit_event, "jit events"},
6043 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver"},
6044 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver return"},
6047 if (((int) type >= (sizeof (bptypes) / sizeof (bptypes[0])))
6048 || ((int) type != bptypes[(int) type].type))
6049 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
6050 _("bptypes table does not describe type #%d."),
6053 return bptypes[(int) type].description;
6056 /* For MI, output a field named 'thread-groups' with a list as the value.
6057 For CLI, prefix the list with the string 'inf'. */
6060 output_thread_groups (struct ui_out *uiout,
6061 const char *field_name,
6065 struct cleanup *back_to;
6066 int is_mi = ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout);
6070 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors in CLI unless
6071 there are several. Always display them for MI. */
6072 if (!is_mi && mi_only)
6075 back_to = make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (uiout, field_name);
6077 for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (int, inf_num, i, inf); ++i)
6083 xsnprintf (mi_group, sizeof (mi_group), "i%d", inf);
6084 ui_out_field_string (uiout, NULL, mi_group);
6089 ui_out_text (uiout, " inf ");
6091 ui_out_text (uiout, ", ");
6093 ui_out_text (uiout, plongest (inf));
6097 do_cleanups (back_to);
6100 /* Print B to gdb_stdout. */
6103 print_one_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint *b,
6104 struct bp_location *loc,
6106 struct bp_location **last_loc,
6109 struct command_line *l;
6110 static char bpenables[] = "nynny";
6112 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6113 int header_of_multiple = 0;
6114 int part_of_multiple = (loc != NULL);
6115 struct value_print_options opts;
6117 get_user_print_options (&opts);
6119 gdb_assert (!loc || loc_number != 0);
6120 /* See comment in print_one_breakpoint concerning treatment of
6121 breakpoints with single disabled location. */
6124 && (b->loc->next != NULL || !b->loc->enabled)))
6125 header_of_multiple = 1;
6133 if (part_of_multiple)
6136 formatted = xstrprintf ("%d.%d", b->number, loc_number);
6137 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "number", formatted);
6142 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
6147 if (part_of_multiple)
6148 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "type");
6150 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "type", bptype_string (b->type));
6154 if (part_of_multiple)
6155 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "disp");
6157 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
6162 if (part_of_multiple)
6163 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "enabled", loc->enabled ? "y" : "n");
6165 ui_out_field_fmt (uiout, "enabled", "%c",
6166 bpenables[(int) b->enable_state]);
6167 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 2);
6171 if (b->ops != NULL && b->ops->print_one != NULL)
6173 /* Although the print_one can possibly print all locations,
6174 calling it here is not likely to get any nice result. So,
6175 make sure there's just one location. */
6176 gdb_assert (b->loc == NULL || b->loc->next == NULL);
6177 b->ops->print_one (b, last_loc);
6183 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
6184 _("print_one_breakpoint: bp_none encountered\n"));
6188 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
6189 case bp_read_watchpoint:
6190 case bp_access_watchpoint:
6192 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
6194 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
6195 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
6196 is relatively readable). */
6197 if (opts.addressprint)
6198 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
6200 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", w->exp_string);
6205 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
6209 case bp_longjmp_resume:
6210 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy:
6212 case bp_exception_resume:
6213 case bp_step_resume:
6214 case bp_hp_step_resume:
6215 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
6217 case bp_std_terminate:
6218 case bp_shlib_event:
6219 case bp_thread_event:
6220 case bp_overlay_event:
6221 case bp_longjmp_master:
6222 case bp_std_terminate_master:
6223 case bp_exception_master:
6225 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
6226 case bp_static_tracepoint:
6229 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
6230 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
6231 if (opts.addressprint)
6234 if (header_of_multiple)
6235 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "addr", "<MULTIPLE>");
6236 else if (b->loc == NULL || loc->shlib_disabled)
6237 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "addr", "<PENDING>");
6239 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "addr",
6240 loc->gdbarch, loc->address);
6243 if (!header_of_multiple)
6244 print_breakpoint_location (b, loc);
6251 if (loc != NULL && !header_of_multiple)
6253 struct inferior *inf;
6254 VEC(int) *inf_num = NULL;
6259 if (inf->pspace == loc->pspace)
6260 VEC_safe_push (int, inf_num, inf->num);
6263 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors in CLI unless
6264 there are several. Always display for MI. */
6266 || (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6267 && (number_of_program_spaces () > 1
6268 || number_of_inferiors () > 1)
6269 /* LOC is for existing B, it cannot be in
6270 moribund_locations and thus having NULL OWNER. */
6271 && loc->owner->type != bp_catchpoint))
6273 output_thread_groups (uiout, "thread-groups", inf_num, mi_only);
6274 VEC_free (int, inf_num);
6277 if (!part_of_multiple)
6279 if (b->thread != -1)
6281 /* FIXME: This seems to be redundant and lost here; see the
6282 "stop only in" line a little further down. */
6283 ui_out_text (uiout, " thread ");
6284 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "thread", b->thread);
6286 else if (b->task != 0)
6288 ui_out_text (uiout, " task ");
6289 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "task", b->task);
6293 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
6295 if (!part_of_multiple)
6296 b->ops->print_one_detail (b, uiout);
6298 if (part_of_multiple && frame_id_p (b->frame_id))
6301 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only in stack frame at ");
6302 /* FIXME: cagney/2002-12-01: Shouldn't be poking around inside
6304 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "frame",
6305 b->gdbarch, b->frame_id.stack_addr);
6306 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
6309 if (!part_of_multiple && b->cond_string)
6312 if (is_tracepoint (b))
6313 ui_out_text (uiout, "\ttrace only if ");
6315 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only if ");
6316 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "cond", b->cond_string);
6318 /* Print whether the target is doing the breakpoint's condition
6319 evaluation. If GDB is doing the evaluation, don't print anything. */
6320 if (is_breakpoint (b)
6321 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ()
6322 == condition_evaluation_target)
6324 ui_out_text (uiout, " (");
6325 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "evaluated-by",
6326 bp_condition_evaluator (b));
6327 ui_out_text (uiout, " evals)");
6329 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
6332 if (!part_of_multiple && b->thread != -1)
6334 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6335 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only in thread ");
6336 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "thread", b->thread);
6337 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
6340 if (!part_of_multiple)
6344 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6345 if (is_catchpoint (b))
6346 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tcatchpoint");
6347 else if (is_tracepoint (b))
6348 ui_out_text (uiout, "\ttracepoint");
6350 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tbreakpoint");
6351 ui_out_text (uiout, " already hit ");
6352 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "times", b->hit_count);
6353 if (b->hit_count == 1)
6354 ui_out_text (uiout, " time\n");
6356 ui_out_text (uiout, " times\n");
6360 /* Output the count also if it is zero, but only if this is mi. */
6361 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
6362 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "times", b->hit_count);
6366 if (!part_of_multiple && b->ignore_count)
6369 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tignore next ");
6370 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "ignore", b->ignore_count);
6371 ui_out_text (uiout, " hits\n");
6374 /* Note that an enable count of 1 corresponds to "enable once"
6375 behavior, which is reported by the combination of enablement and
6376 disposition, so we don't need to mention it here. */
6377 if (!part_of_multiple && b->enable_count > 1)
6380 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tdisable after ");
6381 /* Tweak the wording to clarify that ignore and enable counts
6382 are distinct, and have additive effect. */
6383 if (b->ignore_count)
6384 ui_out_text (uiout, "additional ");
6386 ui_out_text (uiout, "next ");
6387 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "enable", b->enable_count);
6388 ui_out_text (uiout, " hits\n");
6391 if (!part_of_multiple && is_tracepoint (b))
6393 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) b;
6395 if (tp->traceframe_usage)
6397 ui_out_text (uiout, "\ttrace buffer usage ");
6398 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "traceframe-usage", tp->traceframe_usage);
6399 ui_out_text (uiout, " bytes\n");
6403 l = b->commands ? b->commands->commands : NULL;
6404 if (!part_of_multiple && l)
6406 struct cleanup *script_chain;
6409 script_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "script");
6410 print_command_lines (uiout, l, 4);
6411 do_cleanups (script_chain);
6414 if (is_tracepoint (b))
6416 struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
6418 if (!part_of_multiple && t->pass_count)
6420 annotate_field (10);
6421 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tpass count ");
6422 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "pass", t->pass_count);
6423 ui_out_text (uiout, " \n");
6426 /* Don't display it when tracepoint or tracepoint location is
6428 if (!header_of_multiple && loc != NULL && !loc->shlib_disabled)
6430 annotate_field (11);
6432 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
6433 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "installed",
6434 loc->inserted ? "y" : "n");
6438 ui_out_text (uiout, "\t");
6440 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tnot ");
6441 ui_out_text (uiout, "installed on target\n");
6446 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout) && !part_of_multiple)
6448 if (is_watchpoint (b))
6450 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
6452 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "original-location", w->exp_string);
6454 else if (b->addr_string)
6455 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "original-location", b->addr_string);
6460 print_one_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
6461 struct bp_location **last_loc,
6464 struct cleanup *bkpt_chain;
6465 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6467 bkpt_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "bkpt");
6469 print_one_breakpoint_location (b, NULL, 0, last_loc, allflag);
6470 do_cleanups (bkpt_chain);
6472 /* If this breakpoint has custom print function,
6473 it's already printed. Otherwise, print individual
6474 locations, if any. */
6475 if (b->ops == NULL || b->ops->print_one == NULL)
6477 /* If breakpoint has a single location that is disabled, we
6478 print it as if it had several locations, since otherwise it's
6479 hard to represent "breakpoint enabled, location disabled"
6482 Note that while hardware watchpoints have several locations
6483 internally, that's not a property exposed to user. */
6485 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (b)
6486 && (b->loc->next || !b->loc->enabled))
6488 struct bp_location *loc;
6491 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next, ++n)
6493 struct cleanup *inner2 =
6494 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, NULL);
6495 print_one_breakpoint_location (b, loc, n, last_loc, allflag);
6496 do_cleanups (inner2);
6503 breakpoint_address_bits (struct breakpoint *b)
6505 int print_address_bits = 0;
6506 struct bp_location *loc;
6508 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
6512 /* Software watchpoints that aren't watching memory don't have
6513 an address to print. */
6514 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint && loc->watchpoint_type == -1)
6517 addr_bit = gdbarch_addr_bit (loc->gdbarch);
6518 if (addr_bit > print_address_bits)
6519 print_address_bits = addr_bit;
6522 return print_address_bits;
6525 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
6531 do_captured_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out *uiout, void *data)
6533 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args *args = data;
6534 struct breakpoint *b;
6535 struct bp_location *dummy_loc = NULL;
6539 if (args->bnum == b->number)
6541 print_one_breakpoint (b, &dummy_loc, 0);
6549 gdb_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out *uiout, int bnum,
6550 char **error_message)
6552 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args args;
6555 /* For the moment we don't trust print_one_breakpoint() to not throw
6557 if (catch_exceptions_with_msg (uiout, do_captured_breakpoint_query, &args,
6558 error_message, RETURN_MASK_ALL) < 0)
6564 /* Return true if this breakpoint was set by the user, false if it is
6565 internal or momentary. */
6568 user_breakpoint_p (struct breakpoint *b)
6570 return b->number > 0;
6573 /* Print information on user settable breakpoint (watchpoint, etc)
6574 number BNUM. If BNUM is -1 print all user-settable breakpoints.
6575 If ALLFLAG is non-zero, include non-user-settable breakpoints. If
6576 FILTER is non-NULL, call it on each breakpoint and only include the
6577 ones for which it returns non-zero. Return the total number of
6578 breakpoints listed. */
6581 breakpoint_1 (char *args, int allflag,
6582 int (*filter) (const struct breakpoint *))
6584 struct breakpoint *b;
6585 struct bp_location *last_loc = NULL;
6586 int nr_printable_breakpoints;
6587 struct cleanup *bkpttbl_chain;
6588 struct value_print_options opts;
6589 int print_address_bits = 0;
6590 int print_type_col_width = 14;
6591 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6593 get_user_print_options (&opts);
6595 /* Compute the number of rows in the table, as well as the size
6596 required for address fields. */
6597 nr_printable_breakpoints = 0;
6600 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6601 if (filter && !filter (b))
6604 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6605 accept. Skip the others. */
6606 if (args != NULL && *args != '\0')
6608 if (allflag && parse_and_eval_long (args) != b->number)
6610 if (!allflag && !number_is_in_list (args, b->number))
6614 if (allflag || user_breakpoint_p (b))
6616 int addr_bit, type_len;
6618 addr_bit = breakpoint_address_bits (b);
6619 if (addr_bit > print_address_bits)
6620 print_address_bits = addr_bit;
6622 type_len = strlen (bptype_string (b->type));
6623 if (type_len > print_type_col_width)
6624 print_type_col_width = type_len;
6626 nr_printable_breakpoints++;
6630 if (opts.addressprint)
6632 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout, 6,
6633 nr_printable_breakpoints,
6637 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout, 5,
6638 nr_printable_breakpoints,
6641 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6642 annotate_breakpoints_headers ();
6643 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6645 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 7, ui_left, "number", "Num"); /* 1 */
6646 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6648 ui_out_table_header (uiout, print_type_col_width, ui_left,
6649 "type", "Type"); /* 2 */
6650 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6652 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 4, ui_left, "disp", "Disp"); /* 3 */
6653 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6655 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 3, ui_left, "enabled", "Enb"); /* 4 */
6656 if (opts.addressprint)
6658 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6660 if (print_address_bits <= 32)
6661 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 10, ui_left,
6662 "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6664 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 18, ui_left,
6665 "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6667 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6669 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 40, ui_noalign, "what", "What"); /* 6 */
6670 ui_out_table_body (uiout);
6671 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6672 annotate_breakpoints_table ();
6677 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6678 if (filter && !filter (b))
6681 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6682 accept. Skip the others. */
6684 if (args != NULL && *args != '\0')
6686 if (allflag) /* maintenance info breakpoint */
6688 if (parse_and_eval_long (args) != b->number)
6691 else /* all others */
6693 if (!number_is_in_list (args, b->number))
6697 /* We only print out user settable breakpoints unless the
6699 if (allflag || user_breakpoint_p (b))
6700 print_one_breakpoint (b, &last_loc, allflag);
6703 do_cleanups (bkpttbl_chain);
6705 if (nr_printable_breakpoints == 0)
6707 /* If there's a filter, let the caller decide how to report
6711 if (args == NULL || *args == '\0')
6712 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No breakpoints or watchpoints.\n");
6714 ui_out_message (uiout, 0,
6715 "No breakpoint or watchpoint matching '%s'.\n",
6721 if (last_loc && !server_command)
6722 set_next_address (last_loc->gdbarch, last_loc->address);
6725 /* FIXME? Should this be moved up so that it is only called when
6726 there have been breakpoints? */
6727 annotate_breakpoints_table_end ();
6729 return nr_printable_breakpoints;
6732 /* Display the value of default-collect in a way that is generally
6733 compatible with the breakpoint list. */
6736 default_collect_info (void)
6738 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6740 /* If it has no value (which is frequently the case), say nothing; a
6741 message like "No default-collect." gets in user's face when it's
6743 if (!*default_collect)
6746 /* The following phrase lines up nicely with per-tracepoint collect
6748 ui_out_text (uiout, "default collect ");
6749 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "default-collect", default_collect);
6750 ui_out_text (uiout, " \n");
6754 breakpoints_info (char *args, int from_tty)
6756 breakpoint_1 (args, 0, NULL);
6758 default_collect_info ();
6762 watchpoints_info (char *args, int from_tty)
6764 int num_printed = breakpoint_1 (args, 0, is_watchpoint);
6765 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6767 if (num_printed == 0)
6769 if (args == NULL || *args == '\0')
6770 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No watchpoints.\n");
6772 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No watchpoint matching '%s'.\n", args);
6777 maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *args, int from_tty)
6779 breakpoint_1 (args, 1, NULL);
6781 default_collect_info ();
6785 breakpoint_has_pc (struct breakpoint *b,
6786 struct program_space *pspace,
6787 CORE_ADDR pc, struct obj_section *section)
6789 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
6791 for (; bl; bl = bl->next)
6793 if (bl->pspace == pspace
6794 && bl->address == pc
6795 && (!overlay_debugging || bl->section == section))
6801 /* Print a message describing any user-breakpoints set at PC. This
6802 concerns with logical breakpoints, so we match program spaces, not
6806 describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
6807 struct program_space *pspace, CORE_ADDR pc,
6808 struct obj_section *section, int thread)
6811 struct breakpoint *b;
6814 others += (user_breakpoint_p (b)
6815 && breakpoint_has_pc (b, pspace, pc, section));
6819 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoint "));
6820 else /* if (others == ???) */
6821 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoints "));
6823 if (user_breakpoint_p (b) && breakpoint_has_pc (b, pspace, pc, section))
6826 printf_filtered ("%d", b->number);
6827 if (b->thread == -1 && thread != -1)
6828 printf_filtered (" (all threads)");
6829 else if (b->thread != -1)
6830 printf_filtered (" (thread %d)", b->thread);
6831 printf_filtered ("%s%s ",
6832 ((b->enable_state == bp_disabled
6833 || b->enable_state == bp_call_disabled)
6835 : b->enable_state == bp_permanent
6839 : ((others == 1) ? " and" : ""));
6841 printf_filtered (_("also set at pc "));
6842 fputs_filtered (paddress (gdbarch, pc), gdb_stdout);
6843 printf_filtered (".\n");
6848 /* Return true iff it is meaningful to use the address member of
6849 BPT. For some breakpoint types, the address member is irrelevant
6850 and it makes no sense to attempt to compare it to other addresses
6851 (or use it for any other purpose either).
6853 More specifically, each of the following breakpoint types will
6854 always have a zero valued address and we don't want to mark
6855 breakpoints of any of these types to be a duplicate of an actual
6856 breakpoint at address zero:
6864 breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (struct breakpoint *bpt)
6866 enum bptype type = bpt->type;
6868 return (type != bp_watchpoint && type != bp_catchpoint);
6871 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's owners are hardware watchpoints, returns
6872 true if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same watchpoint location. */
6875 watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
6876 struct bp_location *loc2)
6878 struct watchpoint *w1 = (struct watchpoint *) loc1->owner;
6879 struct watchpoint *w2 = (struct watchpoint *) loc2->owner;
6881 /* Both of them must exist. */
6882 gdb_assert (w1 != NULL);
6883 gdb_assert (w2 != NULL);
6885 /* If the target can evaluate the condition expression in hardware,
6886 then we we need to insert both watchpoints even if they are at
6887 the same place. Otherwise the watchpoint will only trigger when
6888 the condition of whichever watchpoint was inserted evaluates to
6889 true, not giving a chance for GDB to check the condition of the
6890 other watchpoint. */
6892 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc1->address,
6894 loc1->watchpoint_type,
6897 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc2->address,
6899 loc2->watchpoint_type,
6903 /* Note that this checks the owner's type, not the location's. In
6904 case the target does not support read watchpoints, but does
6905 support access watchpoints, we'll have bp_read_watchpoint
6906 watchpoints with hw_access locations. Those should be considered
6907 duplicates of hw_read locations. The hw_read locations will
6908 become hw_access locations later. */
6909 return (loc1->owner->type == loc2->owner->type
6910 && loc1->pspace->aspace == loc2->pspace->aspace
6911 && loc1->address == loc2->address
6912 && loc1->length == loc2->length);
6915 /* See breakpoint.h. */
6918 breakpoint_address_match (struct address_space *aspace1, CORE_ADDR addr1,
6919 struct address_space *aspace2, CORE_ADDR addr2)
6921 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6922 || aspace1 == aspace2)
6926 /* Returns true if {ASPACE2,ADDR2} falls within the range determined by
6927 {ASPACE1,ADDR1,LEN1}. In most targets, this can only be true if ASPACE1
6928 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global breakpoints, the address
6929 space doesn't really matter. */
6932 breakpoint_address_match_range (struct address_space *aspace1, CORE_ADDR addr1,
6933 int len1, struct address_space *aspace2,
6936 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6937 || aspace1 == aspace2)
6938 && addr2 >= addr1 && addr2 < addr1 + len1);
6941 /* Returns true if {ASPACE,ADDR} matches the breakpoint BL. BL may be
6942 a ranged breakpoint. In most targets, a match happens only if ASPACE
6943 matches the breakpoint's address space. On targets that have global
6944 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
6947 breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location *bl,
6948 struct address_space *aspace,
6951 return (breakpoint_address_match (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
6954 && breakpoint_address_match_range (bl->pspace->aspace,
6955 bl->address, bl->length,
6959 /* If LOC1 and LOC2's owners are not tracepoints, returns false directly.
6960 Then, if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same tracepoint location, returns
6961 true, otherwise returns false. */
6964 tracepoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
6965 struct bp_location *loc2)
6967 if (is_tracepoint (loc1->owner) && is_tracepoint (loc2->owner))
6968 /* Since tracepoint locations are never duplicated with others', tracepoint
6969 locations at the same address of different tracepoints are regarded as
6970 different locations. */
6971 return (loc1->address == loc2->address && loc1->owner == loc2->owner);
6976 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's types' have meaningful target addresses
6977 (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful), returns true if LOC1 and LOC2
6978 represent the same location. */
6981 breakpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
6982 struct bp_location *loc2)
6984 int hw_point1, hw_point2;
6986 /* Both of them must not be in moribund_locations. */
6987 gdb_assert (loc1->owner != NULL);
6988 gdb_assert (loc2->owner != NULL);
6990 hw_point1 = is_hardware_watchpoint (loc1->owner);
6991 hw_point2 = is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2->owner);
6993 if (hw_point1 != hw_point2)
6996 return watchpoint_locations_match (loc1, loc2);
6997 else if (is_tracepoint (loc1->owner) || is_tracepoint (loc2->owner))
6998 return tracepoint_locations_match (loc1, loc2);
7000 /* We compare bp_location.length in order to cover ranged breakpoints. */
7001 return (breakpoint_address_match (loc1->pspace->aspace, loc1->address,
7002 loc2->pspace->aspace, loc2->address)
7003 && loc1->length == loc2->length);
7007 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR from_addr, CORE_ADDR to_addr,
7008 int bnum, int have_bnum)
7010 /* The longest string possibly returned by hex_string_custom
7011 is 50 chars. These must be at least that big for safety. */
7015 strcpy (astr1, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) from_addr, 8));
7016 strcpy (astr2, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) to_addr, 8));
7018 warning (_("Breakpoint %d address previously adjusted from %s to %s."),
7019 bnum, astr1, astr2);
7021 warning (_("Breakpoint address adjusted from %s to %s."), astr1, astr2);
7024 /* Adjust a breakpoint's address to account for architectural
7025 constraints on breakpoint placement. Return the adjusted address.
7026 Note: Very few targets require this kind of adjustment. For most
7027 targets, this function is simply the identity function. */
7030 adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7031 CORE_ADDR bpaddr, enum bptype bptype)
7033 if (!gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address_p (gdbarch))
7035 /* Very few targets need any kind of breakpoint adjustment. */
7038 else if (bptype == bp_watchpoint
7039 || bptype == bp_hardware_watchpoint
7040 || bptype == bp_read_watchpoint
7041 || bptype == bp_access_watchpoint
7042 || bptype == bp_catchpoint)
7044 /* Watchpoints and the various bp_catch_* eventpoints should not
7045 have their addresses modified. */
7050 CORE_ADDR adjusted_bpaddr;
7052 /* Some targets have architectural constraints on the placement
7053 of breakpoint instructions. Obtain the adjusted address. */
7054 adjusted_bpaddr = gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address (gdbarch, bpaddr);
7056 /* An adjusted breakpoint address can significantly alter
7057 a user's expectations. Print a warning if an adjustment
7059 if (adjusted_bpaddr != bpaddr)
7060 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bpaddr, adjusted_bpaddr, 0, 0);
7062 return adjusted_bpaddr;
7067 init_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc, const struct bp_location_ops *ops,
7068 struct breakpoint *owner)
7070 memset (loc, 0, sizeof (*loc));
7072 gdb_assert (ops != NULL);
7077 loc->cond_bytecode = NULL;
7078 loc->shlib_disabled = 0;
7081 switch (owner->type)
7087 case bp_longjmp_resume:
7088 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy:
7090 case bp_exception_resume:
7091 case bp_step_resume:
7092 case bp_hp_step_resume:
7093 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
7095 case bp_std_terminate:
7096 case bp_shlib_event:
7097 case bp_thread_event:
7098 case bp_overlay_event:
7100 case bp_longjmp_master:
7101 case bp_std_terminate_master:
7102 case bp_exception_master:
7103 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
7104 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
7106 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_software_breakpoint;
7107 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
7109 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
7110 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint;
7111 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
7113 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
7114 case bp_read_watchpoint:
7115 case bp_access_watchpoint:
7116 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint;
7121 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
7122 case bp_static_tracepoint:
7123 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_other;
7126 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__, _("unknown breakpoint type"));
7132 /* Allocate a struct bp_location. */
7134 static struct bp_location *
7135 allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint *bpt)
7137 return bpt->ops->allocate_location (bpt);
7141 free_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc)
7143 loc->ops->dtor (loc);
7147 /* Increment reference count. */
7150 incref_bp_location (struct bp_location *bl)
7155 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
7156 destroy the bp_location. Sets *BLP to NULL. */
7159 decref_bp_location (struct bp_location **blp)
7161 gdb_assert ((*blp)->refc > 0);
7163 if (--(*blp)->refc == 0)
7164 free_bp_location (*blp);
7168 /* Add breakpoint B at the end of the global breakpoint chain. */
7171 add_to_breakpoint_chain (struct breakpoint *b)
7173 struct breakpoint *b1;
7175 /* Add this breakpoint to the end of the chain so that a list of
7176 breakpoints will come out in order of increasing numbers. */
7178 b1 = breakpoint_chain;
7180 breakpoint_chain = b;
7189 /* Initializes breakpoint B with type BPTYPE and no locations yet. */
7192 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct breakpoint *b,
7193 struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7195 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
7197 memset (b, 0, sizeof (*b));
7199 gdb_assert (ops != NULL);
7203 b->gdbarch = gdbarch;
7204 b->language = current_language->la_language;
7205 b->input_radix = input_radix;
7207 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
7210 b->ignore_count = 0;
7212 b->frame_id = null_frame_id;
7213 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
7214 b->py_bp_object = NULL;
7215 b->related_breakpoint = b;
7218 /* Helper to set_raw_breakpoint below. Creates a breakpoint
7219 that has type BPTYPE and has no locations as yet. */
7221 static struct breakpoint *
7222 set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7224 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
7226 struct breakpoint *b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
7228 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, gdbarch, bptype, ops);
7229 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b);
7233 /* Initialize loc->function_name. EXPLICIT_LOC says no indirect function
7234 resolutions should be made as the user specified the location explicitly
7238 set_breakpoint_location_function (struct bp_location *loc, int explicit_loc)
7240 gdb_assert (loc->owner != NULL);
7242 if (loc->owner->type == bp_breakpoint
7243 || loc->owner->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint
7244 || is_tracepoint (loc->owner))
7247 const char *function_name;
7248 CORE_ADDR func_addr;
7250 find_pc_partial_function_gnu_ifunc (loc->address, &function_name,
7251 &func_addr, NULL, &is_gnu_ifunc);
7253 if (is_gnu_ifunc && !explicit_loc)
7255 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
7257 gdb_assert (loc->pspace == current_program_space);
7258 if (gnu_ifunc_resolve_name (function_name,
7259 &loc->requested_address))
7261 /* Recalculate ADDRESS based on new REQUESTED_ADDRESS. */
7262 loc->address = adjust_breakpoint_address (loc->gdbarch,
7263 loc->requested_address,
7266 else if (b->type == bp_breakpoint && b->loc == loc
7267 && loc->next == NULL && b->related_breakpoint == b)
7269 /* Create only the whole new breakpoint of this type but do not
7270 mess more complicated breakpoints with multiple locations. */
7271 b->type = bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver;
7272 /* Remember the resolver's address for use by the return
7274 loc->related_address = func_addr;
7279 loc->function_name = xstrdup (function_name);
7283 /* Attempt to determine architecture of location identified by SAL. */
7285 get_sal_arch (struct symtab_and_line sal)
7288 return get_objfile_arch (sal.section->objfile);
7290 return get_objfile_arch (sal.symtab->objfile);
7295 /* Low level routine for partially initializing a breakpoint of type
7296 BPTYPE. The newly created breakpoint's address, section, source
7297 file name, and line number are provided by SAL.
7299 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
7300 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
7301 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. */
7304 init_raw_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7305 struct symtab_and_line sal, enum bptype bptype,
7306 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
7308 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, gdbarch, bptype, ops);
7310 add_location_to_breakpoint (b, &sal);
7312 if (bptype != bp_catchpoint)
7313 gdb_assert (sal.pspace != NULL);
7315 /* Store the program space that was used to set the breakpoint,
7316 except for ordinary breakpoints, which are independent of the
7318 if (bptype != bp_breakpoint && bptype != bp_hardware_breakpoint)
7319 b->pspace = sal.pspace;
7322 /* set_raw_breakpoint is a low level routine for allocating and
7323 partially initializing a breakpoint of type BPTYPE. The newly
7324 created breakpoint's address, section, source file name, and line
7325 number are provided by SAL. The newly created and partially
7326 initialized breakpoint is added to the breakpoint chain and
7327 is also returned as the value of this function.
7329 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
7330 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
7331 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. In
7332 particular, set_raw_breakpoint does NOT set the breakpoint
7333 number! Care should be taken to not allow an error to occur
7334 prior to completing the initialization of the breakpoint. If this
7335 should happen, a bogus breakpoint will be left on the chain. */
7338 set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7339 struct symtab_and_line sal, enum bptype bptype,
7340 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
7342 struct breakpoint *b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
7344 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, bptype, ops);
7345 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b);
7350 /* Note that the breakpoint object B describes a permanent breakpoint
7351 instruction, hard-wired into the inferior's code. */
7353 make_breakpoint_permanent (struct breakpoint *b)
7355 struct bp_location *bl;
7357 b->enable_state = bp_permanent;
7359 /* By definition, permanent breakpoints are already present in the
7360 code. Mark all locations as inserted. For now,
7361 make_breakpoint_permanent is called in just one place, so it's
7362 hard to say if it's reasonable to have permanent breakpoint with
7363 multiple locations or not, but it's easy to implement. */
7364 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
7368 /* Call this routine when stepping and nexting to enable a breakpoint
7369 if we do a longjmp() or 'throw' in TP. FRAME is the frame which
7370 initiated the operation. */
7373 set_longjmp_breakpoint (struct thread_info *tp, struct frame_id frame)
7375 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7376 int thread = tp->num;
7378 /* To avoid having to rescan all objfile symbols at every step,
7379 we maintain a list of continually-inserted but always disabled
7380 longjmp "master" breakpoints. Here, we simply create momentary
7381 clones of those and enable them for the requested thread. */
7382 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7383 if (b->pspace == current_program_space
7384 && (b->type == bp_longjmp_master
7385 || b->type == bp_exception_master))
7387 enum bptype type = b->type == bp_longjmp_master ? bp_longjmp : bp_exception;
7388 struct breakpoint *clone;
7390 /* longjmp_breakpoint_ops ensures INITIATING_FRAME is cleared again
7391 after their removal. */
7392 clone = momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b, type,
7393 &longjmp_breakpoint_ops, 1);
7394 clone->thread = thread;
7397 tp->initiating_frame = frame;
7400 /* Delete all longjmp breakpoints from THREAD. */
7402 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (int thread)
7404 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7406 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7407 if (b->type == bp_longjmp || b->type == bp_exception)
7409 if (b->thread == thread)
7410 delete_breakpoint (b);
7415 delete_longjmp_breakpoint_at_next_stop (int thread)
7417 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7419 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7420 if (b->type == bp_longjmp || b->type == bp_exception)
7422 if (b->thread == thread)
7423 b->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
7427 /* Place breakpoints of type bp_longjmp_call_dummy to catch longjmp for
7428 INFERIOR_PTID thread. Chain them all by RELATED_BREAKPOINT and return
7429 pointer to any of them. Return NULL if this system cannot place longjmp
7433 set_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (void)
7435 struct breakpoint *b, *retval = NULL;
7438 if (b->pspace == current_program_space && b->type == bp_longjmp_master)
7440 struct breakpoint *new_b;
7442 new_b = momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b, bp_longjmp_call_dummy,
7443 &momentary_breakpoint_ops,
7445 new_b->thread = pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid);
7447 /* Link NEW_B into the chain of RETVAL breakpoints. */
7449 gdb_assert (new_b->related_breakpoint == new_b);
7452 new_b->related_breakpoint = retval;
7453 while (retval->related_breakpoint != new_b->related_breakpoint)
7454 retval = retval->related_breakpoint;
7455 retval->related_breakpoint = new_b;
7461 /* Verify all existing dummy frames and their associated breakpoints for
7462 TP. Remove those which can no longer be found in the current frame
7465 You should call this function only at places where it is safe to currently
7466 unwind the whole stack. Failed stack unwind would discard live dummy
7470 check_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (struct thread_info *tp)
7472 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7474 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7475 if (b->type == bp_longjmp_call_dummy && b->thread == tp->num)
7477 struct breakpoint *dummy_b = b->related_breakpoint;
7479 while (dummy_b != b && dummy_b->type != bp_call_dummy)
7480 dummy_b = dummy_b->related_breakpoint;
7481 if (dummy_b->type != bp_call_dummy
7482 || frame_find_by_id (dummy_b->frame_id) != NULL)
7485 dummy_frame_discard (dummy_b->frame_id, tp->ptid);
7487 while (b->related_breakpoint != b)
7489 if (b_tmp == b->related_breakpoint)
7490 b_tmp = b->related_breakpoint->next;
7491 delete_breakpoint (b->related_breakpoint);
7493 delete_breakpoint (b);
7498 enable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7500 struct breakpoint *b;
7503 if (b->type == bp_overlay_event)
7505 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
7506 update_global_location_list (1);
7507 overlay_events_enabled = 1;
7512 disable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7514 struct breakpoint *b;
7517 if (b->type == bp_overlay_event)
7519 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
7520 update_global_location_list (0);
7521 overlay_events_enabled = 0;
7525 /* Set an active std::terminate breakpoint for each std::terminate
7526 master breakpoint. */
7528 set_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7530 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7532 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7533 if (b->pspace == current_program_space
7534 && b->type == bp_std_terminate_master)
7536 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b, bp_std_terminate,
7537 &momentary_breakpoint_ops, 1);
7541 /* Delete all the std::terminate breakpoints. */
7543 delete_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7545 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7547 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7548 if (b->type == bp_std_terminate)
7549 delete_breakpoint (b);
7553 create_thread_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
7555 struct breakpoint *b;
7557 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, address, bp_thread_event,
7558 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
7560 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
7561 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete me. */
7563 = xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address));
7565 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
7571 remove_thread_event_breakpoints (void)
7573 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7575 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7576 if (b->type == bp_thread_event
7577 && b->loc->pspace == current_program_space)
7578 delete_breakpoint (b);
7581 struct lang_and_radix
7587 /* Create a breakpoint for JIT code registration and unregistration. */
7590 create_jit_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
7592 struct breakpoint *b;
7594 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, address, bp_jit_event,
7595 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
7596 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
7600 /* Remove JIT code registration and unregistration breakpoint(s). */
7603 remove_jit_event_breakpoints (void)
7605 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7607 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7608 if (b->type == bp_jit_event
7609 && b->loc->pspace == current_program_space)
7610 delete_breakpoint (b);
7614 remove_solib_event_breakpoints (void)
7616 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7618 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7619 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event
7620 && b->loc->pspace == current_program_space)
7621 delete_breakpoint (b);
7625 create_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
7627 struct breakpoint *b;
7629 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, address, bp_shlib_event,
7630 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
7631 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
7635 /* Disable any breakpoints that are on code in shared libraries. Only
7636 apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7639 disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs (void)
7641 struct bp_location *loc, **locp_tmp;
7643 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp_tmp)
7645 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7646 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
7648 /* We apply the check to all breakpoints, including disabled for
7649 those with loc->duplicate set. This is so that when breakpoint
7650 becomes enabled, or the duplicate is removed, gdb will try to
7651 insert all breakpoints. If we don't set shlib_disabled here,
7652 we'll try to insert those breakpoints and fail. */
7653 if (((b->type == bp_breakpoint)
7654 || (b->type == bp_jit_event)
7655 || (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
7656 || (is_tracepoint (b)))
7657 && loc->pspace == current_program_space
7658 && !loc->shlib_disabled
7659 && solib_name_from_address (loc->pspace, loc->address)
7662 loc->shlib_disabled = 1;
7667 /* Disable any breakpoints and tracepoints that are in SOLIB upon
7668 notification of unloaded_shlib. Only apply to enabled breakpoints,
7669 disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7672 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib (struct so_list *solib)
7674 struct bp_location *loc, **locp_tmp;
7675 int disabled_shlib_breaks = 0;
7677 /* SunOS a.out shared libraries are always mapped, so do not
7678 disable breakpoints; they will only be reported as unloaded
7679 through clear_solib when GDB discards its shared library
7680 list. See clear_solib for more information. */
7681 if (exec_bfd != NULL
7682 && bfd_get_flavour (exec_bfd) == bfd_target_aout_flavour)
7685 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp_tmp)
7687 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7688 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
7690 if (solib->pspace == loc->pspace
7691 && !loc->shlib_disabled
7692 && (((b->type == bp_breakpoint
7693 || b->type == bp_jit_event
7694 || b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
7695 && (loc->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7696 || loc->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint))
7697 || is_tracepoint (b))
7698 && solib_contains_address_p (solib, loc->address))
7700 loc->shlib_disabled = 1;
7701 /* At this point, we cannot rely on remove_breakpoint
7702 succeeding so we must mark the breakpoint as not inserted
7703 to prevent future errors occurring in remove_breakpoints. */
7706 /* This may cause duplicate notifications for the same breakpoint. */
7707 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
7709 if (!disabled_shlib_breaks)
7711 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
7712 warning (_("Temporarily disabling breakpoints "
7713 "for unloaded shared library \"%s\""),
7716 disabled_shlib_breaks = 1;
7721 /* Disable any breakpoints and tracepoints in OBJFILE upon
7722 notification of free_objfile. Only apply to enabled breakpoints,
7723 disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7726 disable_breakpoints_in_freed_objfile (struct objfile *objfile)
7728 struct breakpoint *b;
7730 if (objfile == NULL)
7733 /* OBJF_SHARED|OBJF_USERLOADED objfiles are dynamic modules manually
7734 managed by the user with add-symbol-file/remove-symbol-file.
7735 Similarly to how breakpoints in shared libraries are handled in
7736 response to "nosharedlibrary", mark breakpoints in such modules
7737 shlib_disabled so they end up uninserted on the next global
7738 location list update. Shared libraries not loaded by the user
7739 aren't handled here -- they're already handled in
7740 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib, called by solib.c's
7741 solib_unloaded observer. We skip objfiles that are not
7742 OBJF_SHARED as those aren't considered dynamic objects (e.g. the
7744 if ((objfile->flags & OBJF_SHARED) == 0
7745 || (objfile->flags & OBJF_USERLOADED) == 0)
7750 struct bp_location *loc;
7751 int bp_modified = 0;
7753 if (!is_breakpoint (b) && !is_tracepoint (b))
7756 for (loc = b->loc; loc != NULL; loc = loc->next)
7758 CORE_ADDR loc_addr = loc->address;
7760 if (loc->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7761 && loc->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
7764 if (loc->shlib_disabled != 0)
7767 if (objfile->pspace != loc->pspace)
7770 if (loc->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7771 && loc->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
7774 if (is_addr_in_objfile (loc_addr, objfile))
7776 loc->shlib_disabled = 1;
7777 /* At this point, we don't know whether the object was
7778 unmapped from the inferior or not, so leave the
7779 inserted flag alone. We'll handle failure to
7780 uninsert quietly, in case the object was indeed
7783 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
7790 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
7794 /* FORK & VFORK catchpoints. */
7796 /* An instance of this type is used to represent a fork or vfork
7797 catchpoint. It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base
7798 class; users downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A
7799 breakpoint is really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
7800 CATCH_FORK_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
7802 struct fork_catchpoint
7804 /* The base class. */
7805 struct breakpoint base;
7807 /* Process id of a child process whose forking triggered this
7808 catchpoint. This field is only valid immediately after this
7809 catchpoint has triggered. */
7810 ptid_t forked_inferior_pid;
7813 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7817 insert_catch_fork (struct bp_location *bl)
7819 return target_insert_fork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid));
7822 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7826 remove_catch_fork (struct bp_location *bl)
7828 return target_remove_fork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid));
7831 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7835 breakpoint_hit_catch_fork (const struct bp_location *bl,
7836 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
7837 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
7839 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
7841 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_FORKED)
7844 c->forked_inferior_pid = ws->value.related_pid;
7848 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7851 static enum print_stop_action
7852 print_it_catch_fork (bpstat bs)
7854 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7855 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
7856 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
7858 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
7859 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
7860 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
7862 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
7863 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
7865 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
7866 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FORK));
7867 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
7869 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
7870 ui_out_text (uiout, " (forked process ");
7871 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "newpid", ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
7872 ui_out_text (uiout, "), ");
7873 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
7876 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7880 print_one_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc)
7882 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) b;
7883 struct value_print_options opts;
7884 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7886 get_user_print_options (&opts);
7888 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
7889 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
7891 if (opts.addressprint)
7892 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
7894 ui_out_text (uiout, "fork");
7895 if (!ptid_equal (c->forked_inferior_pid, null_ptid))
7897 ui_out_text (uiout, ", process ");
7898 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "what",
7899 ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
7900 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 1);
7903 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
7904 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "catch-type", "fork");
7907 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7911 print_mention_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b)
7913 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (fork)"), b->number);
7916 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7920 print_recreate_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
7922 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch fork");
7923 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
7926 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in fork catchpoints. */
7928 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_fork_breakpoint_ops;
7930 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7934 insert_catch_vfork (struct bp_location *bl)
7936 return target_insert_vfork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid));
7939 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7943 remove_catch_vfork (struct bp_location *bl)
7945 return target_remove_vfork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid));
7948 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7952 breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork (const struct bp_location *bl,
7953 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
7954 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
7956 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
7958 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_VFORKED)
7961 c->forked_inferior_pid = ws->value.related_pid;
7965 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7968 static enum print_stop_action
7969 print_it_catch_vfork (bpstat bs)
7971 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7972 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
7973 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) b;
7975 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
7976 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
7977 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
7979 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
7980 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
7982 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
7983 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_VFORK));
7984 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
7986 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
7987 ui_out_text (uiout, " (vforked process ");
7988 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "newpid", ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
7989 ui_out_text (uiout, "), ");
7990 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
7993 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7997 print_one_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc)
7999 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) b;
8000 struct value_print_options opts;
8001 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8003 get_user_print_options (&opts);
8004 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
8005 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
8007 if (opts.addressprint)
8008 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
8010 ui_out_text (uiout, "vfork");
8011 if (!ptid_equal (c->forked_inferior_pid, null_ptid))
8013 ui_out_text (uiout, ", process ");
8014 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "what",
8015 ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
8016 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 1);
8019 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8020 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "catch-type", "vfork");
8023 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8027 print_mention_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b)
8029 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (vfork)"), b->number);
8032 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8036 print_recreate_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
8038 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch vfork");
8039 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
8042 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in vfork catchpoints. */
8044 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops;
8046 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an solib catchpoint.
8047 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
8048 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
8049 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
8050 CATCH_SOLIB_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
8052 struct solib_catchpoint
8054 /* The base class. */
8055 struct breakpoint base;
8057 /* True for "catch load", false for "catch unload". */
8058 unsigned char is_load;
8060 /* Regular expression to match, if any. COMPILED is only valid when
8061 REGEX is non-NULL. */
8067 dtor_catch_solib (struct breakpoint *b)
8069 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) b;
8072 regfree (&self->compiled);
8073 xfree (self->regex);
8075 base_breakpoint_ops.dtor (b);
8079 insert_catch_solib (struct bp_location *ignore)
8085 remove_catch_solib (struct bp_location *ignore)
8091 breakpoint_hit_catch_solib (const struct bp_location *bl,
8092 struct address_space *aspace,
8094 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
8096 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
8097 struct breakpoint *other;
8099 if (ws->kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED)
8102 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other)
8104 struct bp_location *other_bl;
8106 if (other == bl->owner)
8109 if (other->type != bp_shlib_event)
8112 if (self->base.pspace != NULL && other->pspace != self->base.pspace)
8115 for (other_bl = other->loc; other_bl != NULL; other_bl = other_bl->next)
8117 if (other->ops->breakpoint_hit (other_bl, aspace, bp_addr, ws))
8126 check_status_catch_solib (struct bpstats *bs)
8128 struct solib_catchpoint *self
8129 = (struct solib_catchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
8134 struct so_list *iter;
8137 VEC_iterate (so_list_ptr, current_program_space->added_solibs,
8142 || regexec (&self->compiled, iter->so_name, 0, NULL, 0) == 0)
8151 VEC_iterate (char_ptr, current_program_space->deleted_solibs,
8156 || regexec (&self->compiled, iter, 0, NULL, 0) == 0)
8162 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
8165 static enum print_stop_action
8166 print_it_catch_solib (bpstat bs)
8168 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
8169 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8171 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
8172 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
8173 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
8175 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
8176 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
8177 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
8178 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8179 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
8180 print_solib_event (1);
8181 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
8185 print_one_catch_solib (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **locs)
8187 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) b;
8188 struct value_print_options opts;
8189 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8192 get_user_print_options (&opts);
8193 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
8194 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
8196 if (opts.addressprint)
8199 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
8206 msg = xstrprintf (_("load of library matching %s"), self->regex);
8208 msg = xstrdup (_("load of library"));
8213 msg = xstrprintf (_("unload of library matching %s"), self->regex);
8215 msg = xstrdup (_("unload of library"));
8217 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", msg);
8220 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8221 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "catch-type",
8222 self->is_load ? "load" : "unload");
8226 print_mention_catch_solib (struct breakpoint *b)
8228 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) b;
8230 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (%s)"), b->number,
8231 self->is_load ? "load" : "unload");
8235 print_recreate_catch_solib (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
8237 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) b;
8239 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "%s %s",
8240 b->disposition == disp_del ? "tcatch" : "catch",
8241 self->is_load ? "load" : "unload");
8243 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", self->regex);
8244 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "\n");
8247 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_solib_breakpoint_ops;
8249 /* Shared helper function (MI and CLI) for creating and installing
8250 a shared object event catchpoint. If IS_LOAD is non-zero then
8251 the events to be caught are load events, otherwise they are
8252 unload events. If IS_TEMP is non-zero the catchpoint is a
8253 temporary one. If ENABLED is non-zero the catchpoint is
8254 created in an enabled state. */
8257 add_solib_catchpoint (char *arg, int is_load, int is_temp, int enabled)
8259 struct solib_catchpoint *c;
8260 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
8261 struct cleanup *cleanup;
8265 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
8267 c = XCNEW (struct solib_catchpoint);
8268 cleanup = make_cleanup (xfree, c);
8274 errcode = regcomp (&c->compiled, arg, REG_NOSUB);
8277 char *err = get_regcomp_error (errcode, &c->compiled);
8279 make_cleanup (xfree, err);
8280 error (_("Invalid regexp (%s): %s"), err, arg);
8282 c->regex = xstrdup (arg);
8285 c->is_load = is_load;
8286 init_catchpoint (&c->base, gdbarch, is_temp, NULL,
8287 &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops);
8289 c->base.enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled;
8291 discard_cleanups (cleanup);
8292 install_breakpoint (0, &c->base, 1);
8295 /* A helper function that does all the work for "catch load" and
8299 catch_load_or_unload (char *arg, int from_tty, int is_load,
8300 struct cmd_list_element *command)
8303 const int enabled = 1;
8305 tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
8307 add_solib_catchpoint (arg, is_load, tempflag, enabled);
8311 catch_load_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
8312 struct cmd_list_element *command)
8314 catch_load_or_unload (arg, from_tty, 1, command);
8318 catch_unload_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
8319 struct cmd_list_element *command)
8321 catch_load_or_unload (arg, from_tty, 0, command);
8324 /* An instance of this type is used to represent a syscall catchpoint.
8325 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
8326 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
8327 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
8328 CATCH_SYSCALL_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
8330 struct syscall_catchpoint
8332 /* The base class. */
8333 struct breakpoint base;
8335 /* Syscall numbers used for the 'catch syscall' feature. If no
8336 syscall has been specified for filtering, its value is NULL.
8337 Otherwise, it holds a list of all syscalls to be caught. The
8338 list elements are allocated with xmalloc. */
8339 VEC(int) *syscalls_to_be_caught;
8342 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8346 dtor_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b)
8348 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) b;
8350 VEC_free (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught);
8352 base_breakpoint_ops.dtor (b);
8355 static const struct inferior_data *catch_syscall_inferior_data = NULL;
8357 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
8359 /* We keep a count of the number of times the user has requested a
8360 particular syscall to be tracked, and pass this information to the
8361 target. This lets capable targets implement filtering directly. */
8363 /* Number of times that "any" syscall is requested. */
8364 int any_syscall_count;
8366 /* Count of each system call. */
8367 VEC(int) *syscalls_counts;
8369 /* This counts all syscall catch requests, so we can readily determine
8370 if any catching is necessary. */
8371 int total_syscalls_count;
8374 static struct catch_syscall_inferior_data*
8375 get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (struct inferior *inf)
8377 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data *inf_data;
8379 inf_data = inferior_data (inf, catch_syscall_inferior_data);
8380 if (inf_data == NULL)
8382 inf_data = XCNEW (struct catch_syscall_inferior_data);
8383 set_inferior_data (inf, catch_syscall_inferior_data, inf_data);
8390 catch_syscall_inferior_data_cleanup (struct inferior *inf, void *arg)
8396 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8400 insert_catch_syscall (struct bp_location *bl)
8402 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
8403 struct inferior *inf = current_inferior ();
8404 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data *inf_data
8405 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (inf);
8407 ++inf_data->total_syscalls_count;
8408 if (!c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
8409 ++inf_data->any_syscall_count;
8415 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
8420 if (iter >= VEC_length (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts))
8422 int old_size = VEC_length (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts);
8423 uintptr_t vec_addr_offset
8424 = old_size * ((uintptr_t) sizeof (int));
8426 VEC_safe_grow (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts, iter + 1);
8427 vec_addr = ((uintptr_t) VEC_address (int,
8428 inf_data->syscalls_counts)
8430 memset ((void *) vec_addr, 0,
8431 (iter + 1 - old_size) * sizeof (int));
8433 elem = VEC_index (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts, iter);
8434 VEC_replace (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts, iter, ++elem);
8438 return target_set_syscall_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid),
8439 inf_data->total_syscalls_count != 0,
8440 inf_data->any_syscall_count,
8442 inf_data->syscalls_counts),
8444 inf_data->syscalls_counts));
8447 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8451 remove_catch_syscall (struct bp_location *bl)
8453 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
8454 struct inferior *inf = current_inferior ();
8455 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data *inf_data
8456 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (inf);
8458 --inf_data->total_syscalls_count;
8459 if (!c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
8460 --inf_data->any_syscall_count;
8466 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
8470 if (iter >= VEC_length (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts))
8471 /* Shouldn't happen. */
8473 elem = VEC_index (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts, iter);
8474 VEC_replace (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts, iter, --elem);
8478 return target_set_syscall_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid),
8479 inf_data->total_syscalls_count != 0,
8480 inf_data->any_syscall_count,
8482 inf_data->syscalls_counts),
8484 inf_data->syscalls_counts));
8487 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8491 breakpoint_hit_catch_syscall (const struct bp_location *bl,
8492 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
8493 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
8495 /* We must check if we are catching specific syscalls in this
8496 breakpoint. If we are, then we must guarantee that the called
8497 syscall is the same syscall we are catching. */
8498 int syscall_number = 0;
8499 const struct syscall_catchpoint *c
8500 = (const struct syscall_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
8502 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8503 && ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_RETURN)
8506 syscall_number = ws->value.syscall_number;
8508 /* Now, checking if the syscall is the same. */
8509 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
8514 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
8516 if (syscall_number == iter)
8525 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8528 static enum print_stop_action
8529 print_it_catch_syscall (bpstat bs)
8531 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8532 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
8533 /* These are needed because we want to know in which state a
8534 syscall is. It can be in the TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8535 or TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_RETURN, and depending on it we
8536 must print "called syscall" or "returned from syscall". */
8538 struct target_waitstatus last;
8541 get_last_target_status (&ptid, &last);
8543 get_syscall_by_number (last.value.syscall_number, &s);
8545 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
8547 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
8548 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
8550 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
8551 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8553 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
8554 async_reason_lookup (last.kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8555 ? EXEC_ASYNC_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8556 : EXEC_ASYNC_SYSCALL_RETURN));
8557 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
8559 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
8561 if (last.kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY)
8562 ui_out_text (uiout, " (call to syscall ");
8564 ui_out_text (uiout, " (returned from syscall ");
8566 if (s.name == NULL || ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8567 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "syscall-number", last.value.syscall_number);
8569 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "syscall-name", s.name);
8571 ui_out_text (uiout, "), ");
8573 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
8576 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8580 print_one_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b,
8581 struct bp_location **last_loc)
8583 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) b;
8584 struct value_print_options opts;
8585 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8587 get_user_print_options (&opts);
8588 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
8589 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
8591 if (opts.addressprint)
8592 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
8595 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught
8596 && VEC_length (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught) > 1)
8597 ui_out_text (uiout, "syscalls \"");
8599 ui_out_text (uiout, "syscall \"");
8601 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
8604 char *text = xstrprintf ("%s", "");
8607 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
8612 get_syscall_by_number (iter, &s);
8615 text = xstrprintf ("%s%s, ", text, s.name);
8617 text = xstrprintf ("%s%d, ", text, iter);
8619 /* We have to xfree the last 'text' (now stored at 'x')
8620 because xstrprintf dynamically allocates new space for it
8624 /* Remove the last comma. */
8625 text[strlen (text) - 2] = '\0';
8626 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", text);
8629 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", "<any syscall>");
8630 ui_out_text (uiout, "\" ");
8632 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8633 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "catch-type", "syscall");
8636 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8640 print_mention_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b)
8642 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) b;
8644 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
8648 if (VEC_length (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught) > 1)
8649 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (syscalls"), b->number);
8651 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (syscall"), b->number);
8654 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
8658 get_syscall_by_number (iter, &s);
8661 printf_filtered (" '%s' [%d]", s.name, s.number);
8663 printf_filtered (" %d", s.number);
8665 printf_filtered (")");
8668 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (any syscall)"),
8672 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8676 print_recreate_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
8678 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) b;
8680 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch syscall");
8682 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
8687 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
8692 get_syscall_by_number (iter, &s);
8694 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", s.name);
8696 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %d", s.number);
8699 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
8702 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in syscall catchpoints. */
8704 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops;
8706 /* Returns non-zero if 'b' is a syscall catchpoint. */
8709 syscall_catchpoint_p (struct breakpoint *b)
8711 return (b->ops == &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops);
8714 /* Initialize a new breakpoint of the bp_catchpoint kind. If TEMPFLAG
8715 is non-zero, then make the breakpoint temporary. If COND_STRING is
8716 not NULL, then store it in the breakpoint. OPS, if not NULL, is
8717 the breakpoint_ops structure associated to the catchpoint. */
8720 init_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
8721 struct gdbarch *gdbarch, int tempflag,
8723 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
8725 struct symtab_and_line sal;
8728 sal.pspace = current_program_space;
8730 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, bp_catchpoint, ops);
8732 b->cond_string = (cond_string == NULL) ? NULL : xstrdup (cond_string);
8733 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
8737 install_breakpoint (int internal, struct breakpoint *b, int update_gll)
8739 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b);
8740 set_breakpoint_number (internal, b);
8741 if (is_tracepoint (b))
8742 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count);
8745 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b);
8748 update_global_location_list (1);
8752 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
8753 int tempflag, char *cond_string,
8754 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
8756 struct fork_catchpoint *c = XNEW (struct fork_catchpoint);
8758 init_catchpoint (&c->base, gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string, ops);
8760 c->forked_inferior_pid = null_ptid;
8762 install_breakpoint (0, &c->base, 1);
8765 /* Exec catchpoints. */
8767 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an exec catchpoint.
8768 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
8769 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
8770 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
8771 CATCH_EXEC_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
8773 struct exec_catchpoint
8775 /* The base class. */
8776 struct breakpoint base;
8778 /* Filename of a program whose exec triggered this catchpoint.
8779 This field is only valid immediately after this catchpoint has
8781 char *exec_pathname;
8784 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for exec
8788 dtor_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b)
8790 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) b;
8792 xfree (c->exec_pathname);
8794 base_breakpoint_ops.dtor (b);
8798 insert_catch_exec (struct bp_location *bl)
8800 return target_insert_exec_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid));
8804 remove_catch_exec (struct bp_location *bl)
8806 return target_remove_exec_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid));
8810 breakpoint_hit_catch_exec (const struct bp_location *bl,
8811 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
8812 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
8814 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
8816 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_EXECD)
8819 c->exec_pathname = xstrdup (ws->value.execd_pathname);
8823 static enum print_stop_action
8824 print_it_catch_exec (bpstat bs)
8826 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8827 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
8828 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) b;
8830 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
8831 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
8832 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
8834 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
8835 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8837 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
8838 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_EXEC));
8839 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
8841 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
8842 ui_out_text (uiout, " (exec'd ");
8843 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "new-exec", c->exec_pathname);
8844 ui_out_text (uiout, "), ");
8846 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
8850 print_one_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc)
8852 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) b;
8853 struct value_print_options opts;
8854 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8856 get_user_print_options (&opts);
8858 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
8859 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
8860 is relatively readable). */
8861 if (opts.addressprint)
8862 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
8864 ui_out_text (uiout, "exec");
8865 if (c->exec_pathname != NULL)
8867 ui_out_text (uiout, ", program \"");
8868 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", c->exec_pathname);
8869 ui_out_text (uiout, "\" ");
8872 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8873 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "catch-type", "exec");
8877 print_mention_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b)
8879 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (exec)"), b->number);
8882 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for exec
8886 print_recreate_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
8888 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch exec");
8889 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
8892 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_exec_breakpoint_ops;
8895 create_syscall_event_catchpoint (int tempflag, VEC(int) *filter,
8896 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
8898 struct syscall_catchpoint *c;
8899 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
8901 c = XNEW (struct syscall_catchpoint);
8902 init_catchpoint (&c->base, gdbarch, tempflag, NULL, ops);
8903 c->syscalls_to_be_caught = filter;
8905 install_breakpoint (0, &c->base, 1);
8909 hw_breakpoint_used_count (void)
8912 struct breakpoint *b;
8913 struct bp_location *bl;
8917 if (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint && breakpoint_enabled (b))
8918 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
8920 /* Special types of hardware breakpoints may use more than
8922 i += b->ops->resources_needed (bl);
8929 /* Returns the resources B would use if it were a hardware
8933 hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint *b)
8936 struct bp_location *bl;
8938 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b))
8941 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
8943 /* Special types of hardware watchpoints may use more than
8945 i += b->ops->resources_needed (bl);
8951 /* Returns the sum the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of
8952 type TYPE in the breakpoints list. Also returns in OTHER_TYPE_USED
8953 the sum of the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of other
8954 types _not_ TYPE. */
8957 hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint *except,
8958 enum bptype type, int *other_type_used)
8961 struct breakpoint *b;
8963 *other_type_used = 0;
8968 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b))
8971 if (b->type == type)
8972 i += hw_watchpoint_use_count (b);
8973 else if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
8974 *other_type_used = 1;
8981 disable_watchpoints_before_interactive_call_start (void)
8983 struct breakpoint *b;
8987 if (is_watchpoint (b) && breakpoint_enabled (b))
8989 b->enable_state = bp_call_disabled;
8990 update_global_location_list (0);
8996 enable_watchpoints_after_interactive_call_stop (void)
8998 struct breakpoint *b;
9002 if (is_watchpoint (b) && b->enable_state == bp_call_disabled)
9004 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
9005 update_global_location_list (1);
9011 disable_breakpoints_before_startup (void)
9013 current_program_space->executing_startup = 1;
9014 update_global_location_list (0);
9018 enable_breakpoints_after_startup (void)
9020 current_program_space->executing_startup = 0;
9021 breakpoint_re_set ();
9025 /* Set a breakpoint that will evaporate an end of command
9026 at address specified by SAL.
9027 Restrict it to frame FRAME if FRAME is nonzero. */
9030 set_momentary_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, struct symtab_and_line sal,
9031 struct frame_id frame_id, enum bptype type)
9033 struct breakpoint *b;
9035 /* If FRAME_ID is valid, it should be a real frame, not an inlined or
9037 gdb_assert (!frame_id_artificial_p (frame_id));
9039 b = set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, type, &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
9040 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
9041 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
9042 b->frame_id = frame_id;
9044 /* If we're debugging a multi-threaded program, then we want
9045 momentary breakpoints to be active in only a single thread of
9047 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid))
9048 b->thread = pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid);
9050 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
9055 /* Make a momentary breakpoint based on the master breakpoint ORIG.
9056 The new breakpoint will have type TYPE, use OPS as its
9057 breakpoint_ops, and will set enabled to LOC_ENABLED. */
9059 static struct breakpoint *
9060 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint *orig,
9062 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
9065 struct breakpoint *copy;
9067 copy = set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (orig->gdbarch, type, ops);
9068 copy->loc = allocate_bp_location (copy);
9069 set_breakpoint_location_function (copy->loc, 1);
9071 copy->loc->gdbarch = orig->loc->gdbarch;
9072 copy->loc->requested_address = orig->loc->requested_address;
9073 copy->loc->address = orig->loc->address;
9074 copy->loc->section = orig->loc->section;
9075 copy->loc->pspace = orig->loc->pspace;
9076 copy->loc->probe = orig->loc->probe;
9077 copy->loc->line_number = orig->loc->line_number;
9078 copy->loc->symtab = orig->loc->symtab;
9079 copy->loc->enabled = loc_enabled;
9080 copy->frame_id = orig->frame_id;
9081 copy->thread = orig->thread;
9082 copy->pspace = orig->pspace;
9084 copy->enable_state = bp_enabled;
9085 copy->disposition = disp_donttouch;
9086 copy->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
9088 update_global_location_list_nothrow (0);
9092 /* Make a deep copy of momentary breakpoint ORIG. Returns NULL if
9096 clone_momentary_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *orig)
9098 /* If there's nothing to clone, then return nothing. */
9102 return momentary_breakpoint_from_master (orig, orig->type, orig->ops, 0);
9106 set_momentary_breakpoint_at_pc (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR pc,
9109 struct symtab_and_line sal;
9111 sal = find_pc_line (pc, 0);
9113 sal.section = find_pc_overlay (pc);
9114 sal.explicit_pc = 1;
9116 return set_momentary_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, null_frame_id, type);
9120 /* Tell the user we have just set a breakpoint B. */
9123 mention (struct breakpoint *b)
9125 b->ops->print_mention (b);
9126 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout))
9128 printf_filtered ("\n");
9132 static struct bp_location *
9133 add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
9134 const struct symtab_and_line *sal)
9136 struct bp_location *loc, **tmp;
9137 CORE_ADDR adjusted_address;
9138 struct gdbarch *loc_gdbarch = get_sal_arch (*sal);
9140 if (loc_gdbarch == NULL)
9141 loc_gdbarch = b->gdbarch;
9143 /* Adjust the breakpoint's address prior to allocating a location.
9144 Once we call allocate_bp_location(), that mostly uninitialized
9145 location will be placed on the location chain. Adjustment of the
9146 breakpoint may cause target_read_memory() to be called and we do
9147 not want its scan of the location chain to find a breakpoint and
9148 location that's only been partially initialized. */
9149 adjusted_address = adjust_breakpoint_address (loc_gdbarch,
9152 /* Sort the locations by their ADDRESS. */
9153 loc = allocate_bp_location (b);
9154 for (tmp = &(b->loc); *tmp != NULL && (*tmp)->address <= adjusted_address;
9155 tmp = &((*tmp)->next))
9160 loc->requested_address = sal->pc;
9161 loc->address = adjusted_address;
9162 loc->pspace = sal->pspace;
9163 loc->probe.probe = sal->probe;
9164 loc->probe.objfile = sal->objfile;
9165 gdb_assert (loc->pspace != NULL);
9166 loc->section = sal->section;
9167 loc->gdbarch = loc_gdbarch;
9168 loc->line_number = sal->line;
9169 loc->symtab = sal->symtab;
9171 set_breakpoint_location_function (loc,
9172 sal->explicit_pc || sal->explicit_line);
9177 /* Return 1 if LOC is pointing to a permanent breakpoint,
9178 return 0 otherwise. */
9181 bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location *loc)
9185 const gdb_byte *bpoint;
9186 gdb_byte *target_mem;
9187 struct cleanup *cleanup;
9190 gdb_assert (loc != NULL);
9192 addr = loc->address;
9193 bpoint = gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (loc->gdbarch, &addr, &len);
9195 /* Software breakpoints unsupported? */
9199 target_mem = alloca (len);
9201 /* Enable the automatic memory restoration from breakpoints while
9202 we read the memory. Otherwise we could say about our temporary
9203 breakpoints they are permanent. */
9204 cleanup = save_current_space_and_thread ();
9206 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (loc->pspace);
9207 make_show_memory_breakpoints_cleanup (0);
9209 if (target_read_memory (loc->address, target_mem, len) == 0
9210 && memcmp (target_mem, bpoint, len) == 0)
9213 do_cleanups (cleanup);
9218 /* Build a command list for the dprintf corresponding to the current
9219 settings of the dprintf style options. */
9222 update_dprintf_command_list (struct breakpoint *b)
9224 char *dprintf_args = b->extra_string;
9225 char *printf_line = NULL;
9230 dprintf_args = skip_spaces (dprintf_args);
9232 /* Allow a comma, as it may have terminated a location, but don't
9234 if (*dprintf_args == ',')
9236 dprintf_args = skip_spaces (dprintf_args);
9238 if (*dprintf_args != '"')
9239 error (_("Bad format string, missing '\"'."));
9241 if (strcmp (dprintf_style, dprintf_style_gdb) == 0)
9242 printf_line = xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args);
9243 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style, dprintf_style_call) == 0)
9245 if (!dprintf_function)
9246 error (_("No function supplied for dprintf call"));
9248 if (dprintf_channel && strlen (dprintf_channel) > 0)
9249 printf_line = xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s,%s)",
9254 printf_line = xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s)",
9258 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style, dprintf_style_agent) == 0)
9260 if (target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
9261 printf_line = xstrprintf ("agent-printf %s", dprintf_args);
9264 warning (_("Target cannot run dprintf commands, falling back to GDB printf"));
9265 printf_line = xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args);
9269 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
9270 _("Invalid dprintf style."));
9272 gdb_assert (printf_line != NULL);
9273 /* Manufacture a printf sequence. */
9275 struct command_line *printf_cmd_line
9276 = xmalloc (sizeof (struct command_line));
9278 printf_cmd_line = xmalloc (sizeof (struct command_line));
9279 printf_cmd_line->control_type = simple_control;
9280 printf_cmd_line->body_count = 0;
9281 printf_cmd_line->body_list = NULL;
9282 printf_cmd_line->next = NULL;
9283 printf_cmd_line->line = printf_line;
9285 breakpoint_set_commands (b, printf_cmd_line);
9289 /* Update all dprintf commands, making their command lists reflect
9290 current style settings. */
9293 update_dprintf_commands (char *args, int from_tty,
9294 struct cmd_list_element *c)
9296 struct breakpoint *b;
9300 if (b->type == bp_dprintf)
9301 update_dprintf_command_list (b);
9305 /* Create a breakpoint with SAL as location. Use ADDR_STRING
9306 as textual description of the location, and COND_STRING
9307 as condition expression. */
9310 init_breakpoint_sal (struct breakpoint *b, struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
9311 struct symtabs_and_lines sals, char *addr_string,
9312 char *filter, char *cond_string,
9314 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
9315 int thread, int task, int ignore_count,
9316 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty,
9317 int enabled, int internal, unsigned flags,
9318 int display_canonical)
9322 if (type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
9324 int target_resources_ok;
9326 i = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
9327 target_resources_ok =
9328 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
9330 if (target_resources_ok == 0)
9331 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
9332 else if (target_resources_ok < 0)
9333 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
9336 gdb_assert (sals.nelts > 0);
9338 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
9340 struct symtab_and_line sal = sals.sals[i];
9341 struct bp_location *loc;
9345 struct gdbarch *loc_gdbarch = get_sal_arch (sal);
9347 loc_gdbarch = gdbarch;
9349 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch,
9350 sal.pspace, sal.pc, sal.section, thread);
9355 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, type, ops);
9359 b->cond_string = cond_string;
9360 b->extra_string = extra_string;
9361 b->ignore_count = ignore_count;
9362 b->enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled;
9363 b->disposition = disposition;
9365 if ((flags & CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED) != 0)
9366 b->loc->inserted = 1;
9368 if (type == bp_static_tracepoint)
9370 struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
9371 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker;
9373 if (strace_marker_p (b))
9375 /* We already know the marker exists, otherwise, we
9376 wouldn't see a sal for it. */
9377 char *p = &addr_string[3];
9381 p = skip_spaces (p);
9383 endp = skip_to_space (p);
9385 marker_str = savestring (p, endp - p);
9386 t->static_trace_marker_id = marker_str;
9388 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
9390 t->static_trace_marker_id);
9392 else if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (sal.pc, &marker))
9394 t->static_trace_marker_id = xstrdup (marker.str_id);
9395 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker);
9397 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
9399 t->static_trace_marker_id);
9402 warning (_("Couldn't determine the static "
9403 "tracepoint marker to probe"));
9410 loc = add_location_to_breakpoint (b, &sal);
9411 if ((flags & CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED) != 0)
9415 if (bp_loc_is_permanent (loc))
9416 make_breakpoint_permanent (b);
9420 const char *arg = b->cond_string;
9422 loc->cond = parse_exp_1 (&arg, loc->address,
9423 block_for_pc (loc->address), 0);
9425 error (_("Garbage '%s' follows condition"), arg);
9428 /* Dynamic printf requires and uses additional arguments on the
9429 command line, otherwise it's an error. */
9430 if (type == bp_dprintf)
9432 if (b->extra_string)
9433 update_dprintf_command_list (b);
9435 error (_("Format string required"));
9437 else if (b->extra_string)
9438 error (_("Garbage '%s' at end of command"), b->extra_string);
9441 b->display_canonical = display_canonical;
9443 b->addr_string = addr_string;
9445 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete
9448 = xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address));
9453 create_breakpoint_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
9454 struct symtabs_and_lines sals, char *addr_string,
9455 char *filter, char *cond_string,
9457 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
9458 int thread, int task, int ignore_count,
9459 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty,
9460 int enabled, int internal, unsigned flags,
9461 int display_canonical)
9463 struct breakpoint *b;
9464 struct cleanup *old_chain;
9466 if (is_tracepoint_type (type))
9468 struct tracepoint *t;
9470 t = XCNEW (struct tracepoint);
9474 b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
9476 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, b);
9478 init_breakpoint_sal (b, gdbarch,
9480 filter, cond_string, extra_string,
9482 thread, task, ignore_count,
9484 enabled, internal, flags,
9486 discard_cleanups (old_chain);
9488 install_breakpoint (internal, b, 0);
9491 /* Add SALS.nelts breakpoints to the breakpoint table. For each
9492 SALS.sal[i] breakpoint, include the corresponding ADDR_STRING[i]
9493 value. COND_STRING, if not NULL, specified the condition to be
9494 used for all breakpoints. Essentially the only case where
9495 SALS.nelts is not 1 is when we set a breakpoint on an overloaded
9496 function. In that case, it's still not possible to specify
9497 separate conditions for different overloaded functions, so
9498 we take just a single condition string.
9500 NOTE: If the function succeeds, the caller is expected to cleanup
9501 the arrays ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING, and SALS (but not the
9502 array contents). If the function fails (error() is called), the
9503 caller is expected to cleanups both the ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING,
9504 COND and SALS arrays and each of those arrays contents. */
9507 create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
9508 struct linespec_result *canonical,
9509 char *cond_string, char *extra_string,
9510 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
9511 int thread, int task, int ignore_count,
9512 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty,
9513 int enabled, int internal, unsigned flags)
9516 struct linespec_sals *lsal;
9518 if (canonical->pre_expanded)
9519 gdb_assert (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical->sals) == 1);
9521 for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals, canonical->sals, i, lsal); ++i)
9523 /* Note that 'addr_string' can be NULL in the case of a plain
9524 'break', without arguments. */
9525 char *addr_string = (canonical->addr_string
9526 ? xstrdup (canonical->addr_string)
9528 char *filter_string = lsal->canonical ? xstrdup (lsal->canonical) : NULL;
9529 struct cleanup *inner = make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string);
9531 make_cleanup (xfree, filter_string);
9532 create_breakpoint_sal (gdbarch, lsal->sals,
9535 cond_string, extra_string,
9537 thread, task, ignore_count, ops,
9538 from_tty, enabled, internal, flags,
9539 canonical->special_display);
9540 discard_cleanups (inner);
9544 /* Parse ADDRESS which is assumed to be a SAL specification possibly
9545 followed by conditionals. On return, SALS contains an array of SAL
9546 addresses found. ADDR_STRING contains a vector of (canonical)
9547 address strings. ADDRESS points to the end of the SAL.
9549 The array and the line spec strings are allocated on the heap, it is
9550 the caller's responsibility to free them. */
9553 parse_breakpoint_sals (char **address,
9554 struct linespec_result *canonical)
9556 /* If no arg given, or if first arg is 'if ', use the default
9558 if ((*address) == NULL
9559 || (strncmp ((*address), "if", 2) == 0 && isspace ((*address)[2])))
9561 /* The last displayed codepoint, if it's valid, is our default breakpoint
9563 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
9565 struct linespec_sals lsal;
9566 struct symtab_and_line sal;
9569 init_sal (&sal); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
9570 lsal.sals.sals = (struct symtab_and_line *)
9571 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line));
9573 /* Set sal's pspace, pc, symtab, and line to the values
9574 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info.
9575 Be sure to reinitialize LINE with NOTCURRENT == 0
9576 as the breakpoint line number is inappropriate otherwise.
9577 find_pc_line would adjust PC, re-set it back. */
9578 get_last_displayed_sal (&sal);
9580 sal = find_pc_line (pc, 0);
9582 /* "break" without arguments is equivalent to "break *PC"
9583 where PC is the last displayed codepoint's address. So
9584 make sure to set sal.explicit_pc to prevent GDB from
9585 trying to expand the list of sals to include all other
9586 instances with the same symtab and line. */
9588 sal.explicit_pc = 1;
9590 lsal.sals.sals[0] = sal;
9591 lsal.sals.nelts = 1;
9592 lsal.canonical = NULL;
9594 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals, canonical->sals, &lsal);
9597 error (_("No default breakpoint address now."));
9601 struct symtab_and_line cursal = get_current_source_symtab_and_line ();
9603 /* Force almost all breakpoints to be in terms of the
9604 current_source_symtab (which is decode_line_1's default).
9605 This should produce the results we want almost all of the
9606 time while leaving default_breakpoint_* alone.
9608 ObjC: However, don't match an Objective-C method name which
9609 may have a '+' or '-' succeeded by a '['. */
9610 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ()
9612 || ((strchr ("+-", (*address)[0]) != NULL)
9613 && ((*address)[1] != '['))))
9614 decode_line_full (address, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
9615 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
9616 get_last_displayed_line (),
9617 canonical, NULL, NULL);
9619 decode_line_full (address, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
9620 cursal.symtab, cursal.line, canonical, NULL, NULL);
9625 /* Convert each SAL into a real PC. Verify that the PC can be
9626 inserted as a breakpoint. If it can't throw an error. */
9629 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
9633 for (i = 0; i < sals->nelts; i++)
9634 resolve_sal_pc (&sals->sals[i]);
9637 /* Fast tracepoints may have restrictions on valid locations. For
9638 instance, a fast tracepoint using a jump instead of a trap will
9639 likely have to overwrite more bytes than a trap would, and so can
9640 only be placed where the instruction is longer than the jump, or a
9641 multi-instruction sequence does not have a jump into the middle of
9645 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
9646 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
9649 struct symtab_and_line *sal;
9651 struct cleanup *old_chain;
9653 for (i = 0; i < sals->nelts; i++)
9655 struct gdbarch *sarch;
9657 sal = &sals->sals[i];
9659 sarch = get_sal_arch (*sal);
9660 /* We fall back to GDBARCH if there is no architecture
9661 associated with SAL. */
9664 rslt = gdbarch_fast_tracepoint_valid_at (sarch, sal->pc,
9666 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, msg);
9669 error (_("May not have a fast tracepoint at 0x%s%s"),
9670 paddress (sarch, sal->pc), (msg ? msg : ""));
9672 do_cleanups (old_chain);
9676 /* Issue an invalid thread ID error. */
9678 static void ATTRIBUTE_NORETURN
9679 invalid_thread_id_error (int id)
9681 error (_("Unknown thread %d."), id);
9684 /* Given TOK, a string specification of condition and thread, as
9685 accepted by the 'break' command, extract the condition
9686 string and thread number and set *COND_STRING and *THREAD.
9687 PC identifies the context at which the condition should be parsed.
9688 If no condition is found, *COND_STRING is set to NULL.
9689 If no thread is found, *THREAD is set to -1. */
9692 find_condition_and_thread (const char *tok, CORE_ADDR pc,
9693 char **cond_string, int *thread, int *task,
9696 *cond_string = NULL;
9703 const char *end_tok;
9705 const char *cond_start = NULL;
9706 const char *cond_end = NULL;
9708 tok = skip_spaces_const (tok);
9710 if ((*tok == '"' || *tok == ',') && rest)
9712 *rest = savestring (tok, strlen (tok));
9716 end_tok = skip_to_space_const (tok);
9718 toklen = end_tok - tok;
9720 if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "if", toklen) == 0)
9722 struct expression *expr;
9724 tok = cond_start = end_tok + 1;
9725 expr = parse_exp_1 (&tok, pc, block_for_pc (pc), 0);
9728 *cond_string = savestring (cond_start, cond_end - cond_start);
9730 else if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "thread", toklen) == 0)
9735 *thread = strtol (tok, &tmptok, 0);
9737 error (_("Junk after thread keyword."));
9738 if (!valid_thread_id (*thread))
9739 invalid_thread_id_error (*thread);
9742 else if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "task", toklen) == 0)
9747 *task = strtol (tok, &tmptok, 0);
9749 error (_("Junk after task keyword."));
9750 if (!valid_task_id (*task))
9751 error (_("Unknown task %d."), *task);
9756 *rest = savestring (tok, strlen (tok));
9760 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
9764 /* Decode a static tracepoint marker spec. */
9766 static struct symtabs_and_lines
9767 decode_static_tracepoint_spec (char **arg_p)
9769 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p) *markers = NULL;
9770 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
9771 struct cleanup *old_chain;
9772 char *p = &(*arg_p)[3];
9777 p = skip_spaces (p);
9779 endp = skip_to_space (p);
9781 marker_str = savestring (p, endp - p);
9782 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, marker_str);
9784 markers = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (marker_str);
9785 if (VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers))
9786 error (_("No known static tracepoint marker named %s"), marker_str);
9788 sals.nelts = VEC_length(static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers);
9789 sals.sals = xmalloc (sizeof *sals.sals * sals.nelts);
9791 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; i++)
9793 struct static_tracepoint_marker *marker;
9795 marker = VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers, i);
9797 init_sal (&sals.sals[i]);
9799 sals.sals[i] = find_pc_line (marker->address, 0);
9800 sals.sals[i].pc = marker->address;
9802 release_static_tracepoint_marker (marker);
9805 do_cleanups (old_chain);
9811 /* Set a breakpoint. This function is shared between CLI and MI
9812 functions for setting a breakpoint. This function has two major
9813 modes of operations, selected by the PARSE_ARG parameter. If
9814 non-zero, the function will parse ARG, extracting location,
9815 condition, thread and extra string. Otherwise, ARG is just the
9816 breakpoint's location, with condition, thread, and extra string
9817 specified by the COND_STRING, THREAD and EXTRA_STRING parameters.
9818 If INTERNAL is non-zero, the breakpoint number will be allocated
9819 from the internal breakpoint count. Returns true if any breakpoint
9820 was created; false otherwise. */
9823 create_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
9824 char *arg, char *cond_string,
9825 int thread, char *extra_string,
9827 int tempflag, enum bptype type_wanted,
9829 enum auto_boolean pending_break_support,
9830 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
9831 int from_tty, int enabled, int internal,
9834 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
9835 char *copy_arg = NULL;
9836 char *addr_start = arg;
9837 struct linespec_result canonical;
9838 struct cleanup *old_chain;
9839 struct cleanup *bkpt_chain = NULL;
9842 int prev_bkpt_count = breakpoint_count;
9844 gdb_assert (ops != NULL);
9846 init_linespec_result (&canonical);
9848 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
9850 ops->create_sals_from_address (&arg, &canonical, type_wanted,
9851 addr_start, ©_arg);
9854 /* If caller is interested in rc value from parse, set value. */
9858 if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals, canonical.sals))
9864 case NOT_FOUND_ERROR:
9866 /* If pending breakpoint support is turned off, throw
9869 if (pending_break_support == AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE)
9870 throw_exception (e);
9872 exception_print (gdb_stderr, e);
9874 /* If pending breakpoint support is auto query and the user
9875 selects no, then simply return the error code. */
9876 if (pending_break_support == AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
9877 && !nquery (_("Make %s pending on future shared library load? "),
9878 bptype_string (type_wanted)))
9881 /* At this point, either the user was queried about setting
9882 a pending breakpoint and selected yes, or pending
9883 breakpoint behavior is on and thus a pending breakpoint
9884 is defaulted on behalf of the user. */
9886 struct linespec_sals lsal;
9888 copy_arg = xstrdup (addr_start);
9889 lsal.canonical = xstrdup (copy_arg);
9890 lsal.sals.nelts = 1;
9891 lsal.sals.sals = XNEW (struct symtab_and_line);
9892 init_sal (&lsal.sals.sals[0]);
9894 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, &lsal);
9898 throw_exception (e);
9902 throw_exception (e);
9905 /* Create a chain of things that always need to be cleaned up. */
9906 old_chain = make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical);
9908 /* ----------------------------- SNIP -----------------------------
9909 Anything added to the cleanup chain beyond this point is assumed
9910 to be part of a breakpoint. If the breakpoint create succeeds
9911 then the memory is not reclaimed. */
9912 bkpt_chain = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, 0);
9914 /* Resolve all line numbers to PC's and verify that the addresses
9915 are ok for the target. */
9919 struct linespec_sals *iter;
9921 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, ix, iter); ++ix)
9922 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (&iter->sals);
9925 /* Fast tracepoints may have additional restrictions on location. */
9926 if (!pending && type_wanted == bp_fast_tracepoint)
9929 struct linespec_sals *iter;
9931 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, ix, iter); ++ix)
9932 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (gdbarch, &iter->sals);
9935 /* Verify that condition can be parsed, before setting any
9936 breakpoints. Allocate a separate condition expression for each
9943 struct linespec_sals *lsal;
9945 lsal = VEC_index (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, 0);
9947 /* Here we only parse 'arg' to separate condition
9948 from thread number, so parsing in context of first
9949 sal is OK. When setting the breakpoint we'll
9950 re-parse it in context of each sal. */
9952 find_condition_and_thread (arg, lsal->sals.sals[0].pc, &cond_string,
9953 &thread, &task, &rest);
9955 make_cleanup (xfree, cond_string);
9957 make_cleanup (xfree, rest);
9959 extra_string = rest;
9964 error (_("Garbage '%s' at end of location"), arg);
9966 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
9969 cond_string = xstrdup (cond_string);
9970 make_cleanup (xfree, cond_string);
9972 /* Create a private copy of any extra string. */
9975 extra_string = xstrdup (extra_string);
9976 make_cleanup (xfree, extra_string);
9980 ops->create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch, &canonical,
9981 cond_string, extra_string, type_wanted,
9982 tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch,
9983 thread, task, ignore_count, ops,
9984 from_tty, enabled, internal, flags);
9988 struct breakpoint *b;
9990 make_cleanup (xfree, copy_arg);
9992 if (is_tracepoint_type (type_wanted))
9994 struct tracepoint *t;
9996 t = XCNEW (struct tracepoint);
10000 b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
10002 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, gdbarch, type_wanted, ops);
10004 b->addr_string = copy_arg;
10006 b->cond_string = NULL;
10009 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
10012 cond_string = xstrdup (cond_string);
10013 make_cleanup (xfree, cond_string);
10015 b->cond_string = cond_string;
10017 b->extra_string = NULL;
10018 b->ignore_count = ignore_count;
10019 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
10020 b->condition_not_parsed = 1;
10021 b->enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled;
10022 if ((type_wanted != bp_breakpoint
10023 && type_wanted != bp_hardware_breakpoint) || thread != -1)
10024 b->pspace = current_program_space;
10026 install_breakpoint (internal, b, 0);
10029 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical.sals) > 1)
10031 warning (_("Multiple breakpoints were set.\nUse the "
10032 "\"delete\" command to delete unwanted breakpoints."));
10033 prev_breakpoint_count = prev_bkpt_count;
10036 /* That's it. Discard the cleanups for data inserted into the
10038 discard_cleanups (bkpt_chain);
10039 /* But cleanup everything else. */
10040 do_cleanups (old_chain);
10042 /* error call may happen here - have BKPT_CHAIN already discarded. */
10043 update_global_location_list (1);
10048 /* Set a breakpoint.
10049 ARG is a string describing breakpoint address,
10050 condition, and thread.
10051 FLAG specifies if a breakpoint is hardware on,
10052 and if breakpoint is temporary, using BP_HARDWARE_FLAG
10053 and BP_TEMPFLAG. */
10056 break_command_1 (char *arg, int flag, int from_tty)
10058 int tempflag = flag & BP_TEMPFLAG;
10059 enum bptype type_wanted = (flag & BP_HARDWAREFLAG
10060 ? bp_hardware_breakpoint
10062 struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
10063 const char *arg_cp = arg;
10065 /* Matching breakpoints on probes. */
10066 if (arg && probe_linespec_to_ops (&arg_cp) != NULL)
10067 ops = &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops;
10069 ops = &bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
10071 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
10073 NULL, 0, NULL, 1 /* parse arg */,
10074 tempflag, type_wanted,
10075 0 /* Ignore count */,
10076 pending_break_support,
10084 /* Helper function for break_command_1 and disassemble_command. */
10087 resolve_sal_pc (struct symtab_and_line *sal)
10091 if (sal->pc == 0 && sal->symtab != NULL)
10093 if (!find_line_pc (sal->symtab, sal->line, &pc))
10094 error (_("No line %d in file \"%s\"."),
10095 sal->line, symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal->symtab));
10098 /* If this SAL corresponds to a breakpoint inserted using a line
10099 number, then skip the function prologue if necessary. */
10100 if (sal->explicit_line)
10101 skip_prologue_sal (sal);
10104 if (sal->section == 0 && sal->symtab != NULL)
10106 const struct blockvector *bv;
10107 const struct block *b;
10108 struct symbol *sym;
10110 bv = blockvector_for_pc_sect (sal->pc, 0, &b, sal->symtab);
10113 sym = block_linkage_function (b);
10116 fixup_symbol_section (sym, sal->symtab->objfile);
10117 sal->section = SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (sal->symtab->objfile, sym);
10121 /* It really is worthwhile to have the section, so we'll
10122 just have to look harder. This case can be executed
10123 if we have line numbers but no functions (as can
10124 happen in assembly source). */
10126 struct bound_minimal_symbol msym;
10127 struct cleanup *old_chain = save_current_space_and_thread ();
10129 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal->pspace);
10131 msym = lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc (sal->pc);
10133 sal->section = MSYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (msym.objfile, msym.minsym);
10135 do_cleanups (old_chain);
10142 break_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10144 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
10148 tbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10150 break_command_1 (arg, BP_TEMPFLAG, from_tty);
10154 hbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10156 break_command_1 (arg, BP_HARDWAREFLAG, from_tty);
10160 thbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10162 break_command_1 (arg, (BP_TEMPFLAG | BP_HARDWAREFLAG), from_tty);
10166 stop_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10168 printf_filtered (_("Specify the type of breakpoint to set.\n\
10169 Usage: stop in <function | address>\n\
10170 stop at <line>\n"));
10174 stopin_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10178 if (arg == (char *) NULL)
10180 else if (*arg != '*')
10182 char *argptr = arg;
10185 /* Look for a ':'. If this is a line number specification, then
10186 say it is bad, otherwise, it should be an address or
10187 function/method name. */
10188 while (*argptr && !hasColon)
10190 hasColon = (*argptr == ':');
10195 badInput = (*argptr != ':'); /* Not a class::method */
10197 badInput = isdigit (*arg); /* a simple line number */
10201 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop in <function | address>\n"));
10203 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
10207 stopat_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10211 if (arg == (char *) NULL || *arg == '*') /* no line number */
10215 char *argptr = arg;
10218 /* Look for a ':'. If there is a '::' then get out, otherwise
10219 it is probably a line number. */
10220 while (*argptr && !hasColon)
10222 hasColon = (*argptr == ':');
10227 badInput = (*argptr == ':'); /* we have class::method */
10229 badInput = !isdigit (*arg); /* not a line number */
10233 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop at <line>\n"));
10235 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
10238 /* The dynamic printf command is mostly like a regular breakpoint, but
10239 with a prewired command list consisting of a single output command,
10240 built from extra arguments supplied on the dprintf command
10244 dprintf_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10246 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
10248 NULL, 0, NULL, 1 /* parse arg */,
10250 0 /* Ignore count */,
10251 pending_break_support,
10252 &dprintf_breakpoint_ops,
10260 agent_printf_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10262 error (_("May only run agent-printf on the target"));
10265 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for
10266 ranged breakpoints. */
10269 breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location *bl,
10270 struct address_space *aspace,
10272 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
10274 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
10275 || ws->value.sig != GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP)
10278 return breakpoint_address_match_range (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
10279 bl->length, aspace, bp_addr);
10282 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10283 ranged breakpoints. */
10286 resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location *bl)
10288 return target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
10291 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
10292 ranged breakpoints. */
10294 static enum print_stop_action
10295 print_it_ranged_breakpoint (bpstat bs)
10297 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
10298 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
10299 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10301 gdb_assert (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint);
10303 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
10304 gdb_assert (bl && bl->next == NULL);
10306 annotate_breakpoint (b->number);
10307 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
10308 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary ranged breakpoint ");
10310 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nRanged breakpoint ");
10311 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10313 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
10314 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT));
10315 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
10317 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
10318 ui_out_text (uiout, ", ");
10320 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
10323 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for
10324 ranged breakpoints. */
10327 print_one_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
10328 struct bp_location **last_loc)
10330 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
10331 struct value_print_options opts;
10332 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10334 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
10335 gdb_assert (bl && bl->next == NULL);
10337 get_user_print_options (&opts);
10339 if (opts.addressprint)
10340 /* We don't print the address range here, it will be printed later
10341 by print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint. */
10342 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
10343 annotate_field (5);
10344 print_breakpoint_location (b, bl);
10348 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
10349 ranged breakpoints. */
10352 print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint *b,
10353 struct ui_out *uiout)
10355 CORE_ADDR address_start, address_end;
10356 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
10357 struct ui_file *stb = mem_fileopen ();
10358 struct cleanup *cleanup = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb);
10362 address_start = bl->address;
10363 address_end = address_start + bl->length - 1;
10365 ui_out_text (uiout, "\taddress range: ");
10366 fprintf_unfiltered (stb, "[%s, %s]",
10367 print_core_address (bl->gdbarch, address_start),
10368 print_core_address (bl->gdbarch, address_end));
10369 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "addr", stb);
10370 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
10372 do_cleanups (cleanup);
10375 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
10376 ranged breakpoints. */
10379 print_mention_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
10381 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
10382 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10385 gdb_assert (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint);
10387 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10390 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted ranged breakpoint %d from %s to %s."),
10391 b->number, paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address),
10392 paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address + bl->length - 1));
10395 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10396 ranged breakpoints. */
10399 print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
10401 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "break-range %s, %s", b->addr_string,
10402 b->addr_string_range_end);
10403 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
10406 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in ranged breakpoints. */
10408 static struct breakpoint_ops ranged_breakpoint_ops;
10410 /* Find the address where the end of the breakpoint range should be
10411 placed, given the SAL of the end of the range. This is so that if
10412 the user provides a line number, the end of the range is set to the
10413 last instruction of the given line. */
10416 find_breakpoint_range_end (struct symtab_and_line sal)
10420 /* If the user provided a PC value, use it. Otherwise,
10421 find the address of the end of the given location. */
10422 if (sal.explicit_pc)
10429 ret = find_line_pc_range (sal, &start, &end);
10431 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
10433 /* find_line_pc_range returns the start of the next line. */
10440 /* Implement the "break-range" CLI command. */
10443 break_range_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10445 char *arg_start, *addr_string_start, *addr_string_end;
10446 struct linespec_result canonical_start, canonical_end;
10447 int bp_count, can_use_bp, length;
10449 struct breakpoint *b;
10450 struct symtab_and_line sal_start, sal_end;
10451 struct cleanup *cleanup_bkpt;
10452 struct linespec_sals *lsal_start, *lsal_end;
10454 /* We don't support software ranged breakpoints. */
10455 if (target_ranged_break_num_registers () < 0)
10456 error (_("This target does not support hardware ranged breakpoints."));
10458 bp_count = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
10459 bp_count += target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
10460 can_use_bp = target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
10462 if (can_use_bp < 0)
10463 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
10465 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
10466 if (arg == NULL || arg[0] == '\0')
10467 error(_("No address range specified."));
10469 init_linespec_result (&canonical_start);
10472 parse_breakpoint_sals (&arg, &canonical_start);
10474 cleanup_bkpt = make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical_start);
10477 error (_("Too few arguments."));
10478 else if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals, canonical_start.sals))
10479 error (_("Could not find location of the beginning of the range."));
10481 lsal_start = VEC_index (linespec_sals, canonical_start.sals, 0);
10483 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical_start.sals) > 1
10484 || lsal_start->sals.nelts != 1)
10485 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
10487 sal_start = lsal_start->sals.sals[0];
10488 addr_string_start = savestring (arg_start, arg - arg_start);
10489 make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string_start);
10491 arg++; /* Skip the comma. */
10492 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
10494 /* Parse the end location. */
10496 init_linespec_result (&canonical_end);
10499 /* We call decode_line_full directly here instead of using
10500 parse_breakpoint_sals because we need to specify the start location's
10501 symtab and line as the default symtab and line for the end of the
10502 range. This makes it possible to have ranges like "foo.c:27, +14",
10503 where +14 means 14 lines from the start location. */
10504 decode_line_full (&arg, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
10505 sal_start.symtab, sal_start.line,
10506 &canonical_end, NULL, NULL);
10508 make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical_end);
10510 if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals, canonical_end.sals))
10511 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
10513 lsal_end = VEC_index (linespec_sals, canonical_end.sals, 0);
10514 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical_end.sals) > 1
10515 || lsal_end->sals.nelts != 1)
10516 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
10518 sal_end = lsal_end->sals.sals[0];
10519 addr_string_end = savestring (arg_start, arg - arg_start);
10520 make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string_end);
10522 end = find_breakpoint_range_end (sal_end);
10523 if (sal_start.pc > end)
10524 error (_("Invalid address range, end precedes start."));
10526 length = end - sal_start.pc + 1;
10528 /* Length overflowed. */
10529 error (_("Address range too large."));
10530 else if (length == 1)
10532 /* This range is simple enough to be handled by
10533 the `hbreak' command. */
10534 hbreak_command (addr_string_start, 1);
10536 do_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt);
10541 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
10542 b = set_raw_breakpoint (get_current_arch (), sal_start,
10543 bp_hardware_breakpoint, &ranged_breakpoint_ops);
10544 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
10545 b->number = breakpoint_count;
10546 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
10547 b->addr_string = xstrdup (addr_string_start);
10548 b->addr_string_range_end = xstrdup (addr_string_end);
10549 b->loc->length = length;
10551 do_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt);
10554 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b);
10555 update_global_location_list (1);
10558 /* Return non-zero if EXP is verified as constant. Returned zero
10559 means EXP is variable. Also the constant detection may fail for
10560 some constant expressions and in such case still falsely return
10564 watchpoint_exp_is_const (const struct expression *exp)
10566 int i = exp->nelts;
10572 /* We are only interested in the descriptor of each element. */
10573 operator_length (exp, i, &oplenp, &argsp);
10576 switch (exp->elts[i].opcode)
10586 case BINOP_LOGICAL_AND:
10587 case BINOP_LOGICAL_OR:
10588 case BINOP_BITWISE_AND:
10589 case BINOP_BITWISE_IOR:
10590 case BINOP_BITWISE_XOR:
10592 case BINOP_NOTEQUAL:
10619 case OP_OBJC_NSSTRING:
10622 case UNOP_LOGICAL_NOT:
10623 case UNOP_COMPLEMENT:
10628 case UNOP_CAST_TYPE:
10629 case UNOP_REINTERPRET_CAST:
10630 case UNOP_DYNAMIC_CAST:
10631 /* Unary, binary and ternary operators: We have to check
10632 their operands. If they are constant, then so is the
10633 result of that operation. For instance, if A and B are
10634 determined to be constants, then so is "A + B".
10636 UNOP_IND is one exception to the rule above, because the
10637 value of *ADDR is not necessarily a constant, even when
10642 /* Check whether the associated symbol is a constant.
10644 We use SYMBOL_CLASS rather than TYPE_CONST because it's
10645 possible that a buggy compiler could mark a variable as
10646 constant even when it is not, and TYPE_CONST would return
10647 true in this case, while SYMBOL_CLASS wouldn't.
10649 We also have to check for function symbols because they
10650 are always constant. */
10652 struct symbol *s = exp->elts[i + 2].symbol;
10654 if (SYMBOL_CLASS (s) != LOC_BLOCK
10655 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s) != LOC_CONST
10656 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s) != LOC_CONST_BYTES)
10661 /* The default action is to return 0 because we are using
10662 the optimistic approach here: If we don't know something,
10663 then it is not a constant. */
10672 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
10675 dtor_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *self)
10677 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) self;
10679 xfree (w->cond_exp);
10681 xfree (w->exp_string);
10682 xfree (w->exp_string_reparse);
10683 value_free (w->val);
10685 base_breakpoint_ops.dtor (self);
10688 /* Implement the "re_set" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
10691 re_set_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
10693 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10695 /* Watchpoint can be either on expression using entirely global
10696 variables, or it can be on local variables.
10698 Watchpoints of the first kind are never auto-deleted, and even
10699 persist across program restarts. Since they can use variables
10700 from shared libraries, we need to reparse expression as libraries
10701 are loaded and unloaded.
10703 Watchpoints on local variables can also change meaning as result
10704 of solib event. For example, if a watchpoint uses both a local
10705 and a global variables in expression, it's a local watchpoint,
10706 but unloading of a shared library will make the expression
10707 invalid. This is not a very common use case, but we still
10708 re-evaluate expression, to avoid surprises to the user.
10710 Note that for local watchpoints, we re-evaluate it only if
10711 watchpoints frame id is still valid. If it's not, it means the
10712 watchpoint is out of scope and will be deleted soon. In fact,
10713 I'm not sure we'll ever be called in this case.
10715 If a local watchpoint's frame id is still valid, then
10716 w->exp_valid_block is likewise valid, and we can safely use it.
10718 Don't do anything about disabled watchpoints, since they will be
10719 reevaluated again when enabled. */
10720 update_watchpoint (w, 1 /* reparse */);
10723 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
10726 insert_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
10728 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10729 int length = w->exact ? 1 : bl->length;
10731 return target_insert_watchpoint (bl->address, length, bl->watchpoint_type,
10735 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
10738 remove_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
10740 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10741 int length = w->exact ? 1 : bl->length;
10743 return target_remove_watchpoint (bl->address, length, bl->watchpoint_type,
10748 breakpoint_hit_watchpoint (const struct bp_location *bl,
10749 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
10750 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
10752 struct breakpoint *b = bl->owner;
10753 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10755 /* Continuable hardware watchpoints are treated as non-existent if the
10756 reason we stopped wasn't a hardware watchpoint (we didn't stop on
10757 some data address). Otherwise gdb won't stop on a break instruction
10758 in the code (not from a breakpoint) when a hardware watchpoint has
10759 been defined. Also skip watchpoints which we know did not trigger
10760 (did not match the data address). */
10761 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b)
10762 && w->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_no)
10769 check_status_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
10771 gdb_assert (is_watchpoint (bs->breakpoint_at));
10773 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bs);
10776 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10777 hardware watchpoints. */
10780 resources_needed_watchpoint (const struct bp_location *bl)
10782 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10783 int length = w->exact? 1 : bl->length;
10785 return target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (bl->address, length);
10788 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
10789 hardware watchpoints. */
10792 works_in_software_mode_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
10794 /* Read and access watchpoints only work with hardware support. */
10795 return b->type == bp_watchpoint || b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint;
10798 static enum print_stop_action
10799 print_it_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
10801 struct cleanup *old_chain;
10802 struct breakpoint *b;
10803 struct ui_file *stb;
10804 enum print_stop_action result;
10805 struct watchpoint *w;
10806 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10808 gdb_assert (bs->bp_location_at != NULL);
10810 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
10811 w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10813 stb = mem_fileopen ();
10814 old_chain = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb);
10818 case bp_watchpoint:
10819 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10820 annotate_watchpoint (b->number);
10821 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10822 ui_out_field_string
10824 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10826 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
10827 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nOld value = ");
10828 watchpoint_value_print (bs->old_val, stb);
10829 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "old", stb);
10830 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nNew value = ");
10831 watchpoint_value_print (w->val, stb);
10832 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "new", stb);
10833 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
10834 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
10835 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10838 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10839 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10840 ui_out_field_string
10842 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10844 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
10845 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nValue = ");
10846 watchpoint_value_print (w->val, stb);
10847 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "value", stb);
10848 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
10849 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10852 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10853 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
10855 annotate_watchpoint (b->number);
10856 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10857 ui_out_field_string
10859 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10861 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
10862 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nOld value = ");
10863 watchpoint_value_print (bs->old_val, stb);
10864 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "old", stb);
10865 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nNew value = ");
10870 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10871 ui_out_field_string
10873 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10874 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
10875 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nValue = ");
10877 watchpoint_value_print (w->val, stb);
10878 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "new", stb);
10879 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
10880 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10883 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10886 do_cleanups (old_chain);
10890 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for hardware
10894 print_mention_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
10896 struct cleanup *ui_out_chain;
10897 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10898 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10902 case bp_watchpoint:
10903 ui_out_text (uiout, "Watchpoint ");
10904 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "wpt");
10906 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10907 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware watchpoint ");
10908 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "wpt");
10910 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10911 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware read watchpoint ");
10912 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-rwpt");
10914 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10915 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
10916 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-awpt");
10919 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
10920 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10923 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
10924 ui_out_text (uiout, ": ");
10925 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "exp", w->exp_string);
10926 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain);
10929 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10933 print_recreate_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
10935 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10939 case bp_watchpoint:
10940 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10941 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "watch");
10943 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10944 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "rwatch");
10946 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10947 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "awatch");
10950 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
10951 _("Invalid watchpoint type."));
10954 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", w->exp_string);
10955 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
10958 /* Implement the "explains_signal" breakpoint_ops method for
10962 explains_signal_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b, enum gdb_signal sig)
10964 /* A software watchpoint cannot cause a signal other than
10965 GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP. */
10966 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint && sig != GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP)
10972 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in hardware watchpoints. */
10974 static struct breakpoint_ops watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
10976 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for
10977 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10980 insert_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
10982 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10984 return target_insert_mask_watchpoint (bl->address, w->hw_wp_mask,
10985 bl->watchpoint_type);
10988 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for
10989 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10992 remove_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
10994 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10996 return target_remove_mask_watchpoint (bl->address, w->hw_wp_mask,
10997 bl->watchpoint_type);
11000 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
11001 masked hardware watchpoints. */
11004 resources_needed_masked_watchpoint (const struct bp_location *bl)
11006 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
11008 return target_masked_watch_num_registers (bl->address, w->hw_wp_mask);
11011 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
11012 masked hardware watchpoints. */
11015 works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
11020 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
11021 masked hardware watchpoints. */
11023 static enum print_stop_action
11024 print_it_masked_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
11026 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
11027 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
11029 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
11030 gdb_assert (b->loc && b->loc->next == NULL);
11034 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
11035 annotate_watchpoint (b->number);
11036 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
11037 ui_out_field_string
11039 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
11042 case bp_read_watchpoint:
11043 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
11044 ui_out_field_string
11046 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
11049 case bp_access_watchpoint:
11050 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
11051 ui_out_field_string
11053 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
11056 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
11057 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
11061 ui_out_text (uiout, _("\n\
11062 Check the underlying instruction at PC for the memory\n\
11063 address and value which triggered this watchpoint.\n"));
11064 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
11066 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
11067 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
11070 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
11071 masked hardware watchpoints. */
11074 print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b,
11075 struct ui_out *uiout)
11077 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
11079 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
11080 gdb_assert (b->loc && b->loc->next == NULL);
11082 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tmask ");
11083 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "mask", b->loc->gdbarch, w->hw_wp_mask);
11084 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
11087 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
11088 masked hardware watchpoints. */
11091 print_mention_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
11093 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
11094 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
11095 struct cleanup *ui_out_chain;
11099 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
11100 ui_out_text (uiout, "Masked hardware watchpoint ");
11101 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "wpt");
11103 case bp_read_watchpoint:
11104 ui_out_text (uiout, "Masked hardware read watchpoint ");
11105 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-rwpt");
11107 case bp_access_watchpoint:
11108 ui_out_text (uiout, "Masked hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
11109 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-awpt");
11112 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
11113 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
11116 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
11117 ui_out_text (uiout, ": ");
11118 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "exp", w->exp_string);
11119 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain);
11122 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
11123 masked hardware watchpoints. */
11126 print_recreate_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
11128 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
11133 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
11134 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "watch");
11136 case bp_read_watchpoint:
11137 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "rwatch");
11139 case bp_access_watchpoint:
11140 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "awatch");
11143 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
11144 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
11147 sprintf_vma (tmp, w->hw_wp_mask);
11148 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s mask 0x%s", w->exp_string, tmp);
11149 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
11152 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in masked hardware watchpoints. */
11154 static struct breakpoint_ops masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
11156 /* Tell whether the given watchpoint is a masked hardware watchpoint. */
11159 is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
11161 return b->ops == &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
11164 /* accessflag: hw_write: watch write,
11165 hw_read: watch read,
11166 hw_access: watch access (read or write) */
11168 watch_command_1 (const char *arg, int accessflag, int from_tty,
11169 int just_location, int internal)
11171 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
11172 struct breakpoint *b, *scope_breakpoint = NULL;
11173 struct expression *exp;
11174 const struct block *exp_valid_block = NULL, *cond_exp_valid_block = NULL;
11175 struct value *val, *mark, *result;
11176 struct frame_info *frame;
11177 const char *exp_start = NULL;
11178 const char *exp_end = NULL;
11179 const char *tok, *end_tok;
11181 const char *cond_start = NULL;
11182 const char *cond_end = NULL;
11183 enum bptype bp_type;
11186 /* Flag to indicate whether we are going to use masks for
11187 the hardware watchpoint. */
11189 CORE_ADDR mask = 0;
11190 struct watchpoint *w;
11192 struct cleanup *back_to;
11194 /* Make sure that we actually have parameters to parse. */
11195 if (arg != NULL && arg[0] != '\0')
11197 const char *value_start;
11199 exp_end = arg + strlen (arg);
11201 /* Look for "parameter value" pairs at the end
11202 of the arguments string. */
11203 for (tok = exp_end - 1; tok > arg; tok--)
11205 /* Skip whitespace at the end of the argument list. */
11206 while (tok > arg && (*tok == ' ' || *tok == '\t'))
11209 /* Find the beginning of the last token.
11210 This is the value of the parameter. */
11211 while (tok > arg && (*tok != ' ' && *tok != '\t'))
11213 value_start = tok + 1;
11215 /* Skip whitespace. */
11216 while (tok > arg && (*tok == ' ' || *tok == '\t'))
11221 /* Find the beginning of the second to last token.
11222 This is the parameter itself. */
11223 while (tok > arg && (*tok != ' ' && *tok != '\t'))
11226 toklen = end_tok - tok + 1;
11228 if (toklen == 6 && !strncmp (tok, "thread", 6))
11230 /* At this point we've found a "thread" token, which means
11231 the user is trying to set a watchpoint that triggers
11232 only in a specific thread. */
11236 error(_("You can specify only one thread."));
11238 /* Extract the thread ID from the next token. */
11239 thread = strtol (value_start, &endp, 0);
11241 /* Check if the user provided a valid numeric value for the
11243 if (*endp != ' ' && *endp != '\t' && *endp != '\0')
11244 error (_("Invalid thread ID specification %s."), value_start);
11246 /* Check if the thread actually exists. */
11247 if (!valid_thread_id (thread))
11248 invalid_thread_id_error (thread);
11250 else if (toklen == 4 && !strncmp (tok, "mask", 4))
11252 /* We've found a "mask" token, which means the user wants to
11253 create a hardware watchpoint that is going to have the mask
11255 struct value *mask_value, *mark;
11258 error(_("You can specify only one mask."));
11260 use_mask = just_location = 1;
11262 mark = value_mark ();
11263 mask_value = parse_to_comma_and_eval (&value_start);
11264 mask = value_as_address (mask_value);
11265 value_free_to_mark (mark);
11268 /* We didn't recognize what we found. We should stop here. */
11271 /* Truncate the string and get rid of the "parameter value" pair before
11272 the arguments string is parsed by the parse_exp_1 function. */
11279 /* Parse the rest of the arguments. From here on out, everything
11280 is in terms of a newly allocated string instead of the original
11282 innermost_block = NULL;
11283 expression = savestring (arg, exp_end - arg);
11284 back_to = make_cleanup (xfree, expression);
11285 exp_start = arg = expression;
11286 exp = parse_exp_1 (&arg, 0, 0, 0);
11288 /* Remove trailing whitespace from the expression before saving it.
11289 This makes the eventual display of the expression string a bit
11291 while (exp_end > exp_start && (exp_end[-1] == ' ' || exp_end[-1] == '\t'))
11294 /* Checking if the expression is not constant. */
11295 if (watchpoint_exp_is_const (exp))
11299 len = exp_end - exp_start;
11300 while (len > 0 && isspace (exp_start[len - 1]))
11302 error (_("Cannot watch constant value `%.*s'."), len, exp_start);
11305 exp_valid_block = innermost_block;
11306 mark = value_mark ();
11307 fetch_subexp_value (exp, &pc, &val, &result, NULL, just_location);
11313 exp_valid_block = NULL;
11314 val = value_addr (result);
11315 release_value (val);
11316 value_free_to_mark (mark);
11320 ret = target_masked_watch_num_registers (value_as_address (val),
11323 error (_("This target does not support masked watchpoints."));
11324 else if (ret == -2)
11325 error (_("Invalid mask or memory region."));
11328 else if (val != NULL)
11329 release_value (val);
11331 tok = skip_spaces_const (arg);
11332 end_tok = skip_to_space_const (tok);
11334 toklen = end_tok - tok;
11335 if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "if", toklen) == 0)
11337 struct expression *cond;
11339 innermost_block = NULL;
11340 tok = cond_start = end_tok + 1;
11341 cond = parse_exp_1 (&tok, 0, 0, 0);
11343 /* The watchpoint expression may not be local, but the condition
11344 may still be. E.g.: `watch global if local > 0'. */
11345 cond_exp_valid_block = innermost_block;
11351 error (_("Junk at end of command."));
11353 frame = block_innermost_frame (exp_valid_block);
11355 /* If the expression is "local", then set up a "watchpoint scope"
11356 breakpoint at the point where we've left the scope of the watchpoint
11357 expression. Create the scope breakpoint before the watchpoint, so
11358 that we will encounter it first in bpstat_stop_status. */
11359 if (exp_valid_block && frame)
11361 if (frame_id_p (frame_unwind_caller_id (frame)))
11364 = create_internal_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame),
11365 frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame),
11366 bp_watchpoint_scope,
11367 &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
11369 scope_breakpoint->enable_state = bp_enabled;
11371 /* Automatically delete the breakpoint when it hits. */
11372 scope_breakpoint->disposition = disp_del;
11374 /* Only break in the proper frame (help with recursion). */
11375 scope_breakpoint->frame_id = frame_unwind_caller_id (frame);
11377 /* Set the address at which we will stop. */
11378 scope_breakpoint->loc->gdbarch
11379 = frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame);
11380 scope_breakpoint->loc->requested_address
11381 = frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame);
11382 scope_breakpoint->loc->address
11383 = adjust_breakpoint_address (scope_breakpoint->loc->gdbarch,
11384 scope_breakpoint->loc->requested_address,
11385 scope_breakpoint->type);
11389 /* Now set up the breakpoint. We create all watchpoints as hardware
11390 watchpoints here even if hardware watchpoints are turned off, a call
11391 to update_watchpoint later in this function will cause the type to
11392 drop back to bp_watchpoint (software watchpoint) if required. */
11394 if (accessflag == hw_read)
11395 bp_type = bp_read_watchpoint;
11396 else if (accessflag == hw_access)
11397 bp_type = bp_access_watchpoint;
11399 bp_type = bp_hardware_watchpoint;
11401 w = XCNEW (struct watchpoint);
11404 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, NULL, bp_type,
11405 &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops);
11407 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, NULL, bp_type,
11408 &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops);
11409 b->thread = thread;
11410 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
11411 b->pspace = current_program_space;
11413 w->exp_valid_block = exp_valid_block;
11414 w->cond_exp_valid_block = cond_exp_valid_block;
11417 struct type *t = value_type (val);
11418 CORE_ADDR addr = value_as_address (val);
11421 t = check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (check_typedef (t)));
11422 name = type_to_string (t);
11424 w->exp_string_reparse = xstrprintf ("* (%s *) %s", name,
11425 core_addr_to_string (addr));
11428 w->exp_string = xstrprintf ("-location %.*s",
11429 (int) (exp_end - exp_start), exp_start);
11431 /* The above expression is in C. */
11432 b->language = language_c;
11435 w->exp_string = savestring (exp_start, exp_end - exp_start);
11439 w->hw_wp_mask = mask;
11448 b->cond_string = savestring (cond_start, cond_end - cond_start);
11450 b->cond_string = 0;
11454 w->watchpoint_frame = get_frame_id (frame);
11455 w->watchpoint_thread = inferior_ptid;
11459 w->watchpoint_frame = null_frame_id;
11460 w->watchpoint_thread = null_ptid;
11463 if (scope_breakpoint != NULL)
11465 /* The scope breakpoint is related to the watchpoint. We will
11466 need to act on them together. */
11467 b->related_breakpoint = scope_breakpoint;
11468 scope_breakpoint->related_breakpoint = b;
11471 if (!just_location)
11472 value_free_to_mark (mark);
11474 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
11476 /* Finally update the new watchpoint. This creates the locations
11477 that should be inserted. */
11478 update_watchpoint (w, 1);
11482 delete_breakpoint (b);
11483 throw_exception (e);
11486 install_breakpoint (internal, b, 1);
11487 do_cleanups (back_to);
11490 /* Return count of debug registers needed to watch the given expression.
11491 If the watchpoint cannot be handled in hardware return zero. */
11494 can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value *v)
11496 int found_memory_cnt = 0;
11497 struct value *head = v;
11499 /* Did the user specifically forbid us to use hardware watchpoints? */
11500 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints)
11503 /* Make sure that the value of the expression depends only upon
11504 memory contents, and values computed from them within GDB. If we
11505 find any register references or function calls, we can't use a
11506 hardware watchpoint.
11508 The idea here is that evaluating an expression generates a series
11509 of values, one holding the value of every subexpression. (The
11510 expression a*b+c has five subexpressions: a, b, a*b, c, and
11511 a*b+c.) GDB's values hold almost enough information to establish
11512 the criteria given above --- they identify memory lvalues,
11513 register lvalues, computed values, etcetera. So we can evaluate
11514 the expression, and then scan the chain of values that leaves
11515 behind to decide whether we can detect any possible change to the
11516 expression's final value using only hardware watchpoints.
11518 However, I don't think that the values returned by inferior
11519 function calls are special in any way. So this function may not
11520 notice that an expression involving an inferior function call
11521 can't be watched with hardware watchpoints. FIXME. */
11522 for (; v; v = value_next (v))
11524 if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_memory)
11526 if (v != head && value_lazy (v))
11527 /* A lazy memory lvalue in the chain is one that GDB never
11528 needed to fetch; we either just used its address (e.g.,
11529 `a' in `a.b') or we never needed it at all (e.g., `a'
11530 in `a,b'). This doesn't apply to HEAD; if that is
11531 lazy then it was not readable, but watch it anyway. */
11535 /* Ahh, memory we actually used! Check if we can cover
11536 it with hardware watchpoints. */
11537 struct type *vtype = check_typedef (value_type (v));
11539 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked for it
11540 explicitly, never if they just happen to appear in a
11541 middle of some value chain. */
11543 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
11544 && TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY))
11546 CORE_ADDR vaddr = value_address (v);
11550 len = (target_exact_watchpoints
11551 && is_scalar_type_recursive (vtype))?
11552 1 : TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v));
11554 num_regs = target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (vaddr, len);
11558 found_memory_cnt += num_regs;
11562 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v) != not_lval
11563 && deprecated_value_modifiable (v) == 0)
11564 return 0; /* These are values from the history (e.g., $1). */
11565 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_register)
11566 return 0; /* Cannot watch a register with a HW watchpoint. */
11569 /* The expression itself looks suitable for using a hardware
11570 watchpoint, but give the target machine a chance to reject it. */
11571 return found_memory_cnt;
11575 watch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty, int internal)
11577 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_write, from_tty, 0, internal);
11580 /* A helper function that looks for the "-location" argument and then
11581 calls watch_command_1. */
11584 watch_maybe_just_location (char *arg, int accessflag, int from_tty)
11586 int just_location = 0;
11589 && (check_for_argument (&arg, "-location", sizeof ("-location") - 1)
11590 || check_for_argument (&arg, "-l", sizeof ("-l") - 1)))
11592 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
11596 watch_command_1 (arg, accessflag, from_tty, just_location, 0);
11600 watch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11602 watch_maybe_just_location (arg, hw_write, from_tty);
11606 rwatch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty, int internal)
11608 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_read, from_tty, 0, internal);
11612 rwatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11614 watch_maybe_just_location (arg, hw_read, from_tty);
11618 awatch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty, int internal)
11620 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_access, from_tty, 0, internal);
11624 awatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11626 watch_maybe_just_location (arg, hw_access, from_tty);
11630 /* Helper routines for the until_command routine in infcmd.c. Here
11631 because it uses the mechanisms of breakpoints. */
11633 struct until_break_command_continuation_args
11635 struct breakpoint *breakpoint;
11636 struct breakpoint *breakpoint2;
11640 /* This function is called by fetch_inferior_event via the
11641 cmd_continuation pointer, to complete the until command. It takes
11642 care of cleaning up the temporary breakpoints set up by the until
11645 until_break_command_continuation (void *arg, int err)
11647 struct until_break_command_continuation_args *a = arg;
11649 delete_breakpoint (a->breakpoint);
11650 if (a->breakpoint2)
11651 delete_breakpoint (a->breakpoint2);
11652 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (a->thread_num);
11656 until_break_command (char *arg, int from_tty, int anywhere)
11658 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
11659 struct symtab_and_line sal;
11660 struct frame_info *frame;
11661 struct gdbarch *frame_gdbarch;
11662 struct frame_id stack_frame_id;
11663 struct frame_id caller_frame_id;
11664 struct breakpoint *breakpoint;
11665 struct breakpoint *breakpoint2 = NULL;
11666 struct cleanup *old_chain;
11668 struct thread_info *tp;
11670 clear_proceed_status (0);
11672 /* Set a breakpoint where the user wants it and at return from
11675 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
11676 sals = decode_line_1 (&arg, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
11677 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
11678 get_last_displayed_line ());
11680 sals = decode_line_1 (&arg, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
11681 (struct symtab *) NULL, 0);
11683 if (sals.nelts != 1)
11684 error (_("Couldn't get information on specified line."));
11686 sal = sals.sals[0];
11687 xfree (sals.sals); /* malloc'd, so freed. */
11690 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11692 resolve_sal_pc (&sal);
11694 tp = inferior_thread ();
11697 old_chain = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, NULL);
11699 /* Note linespec handling above invalidates the frame chain.
11700 Installing a breakpoint also invalidates the frame chain (as it
11701 may need to switch threads), so do any frame handling before
11704 frame = get_selected_frame (NULL);
11705 frame_gdbarch = get_frame_arch (frame);
11706 stack_frame_id = get_stack_frame_id (frame);
11707 caller_frame_id = frame_unwind_caller_id (frame);
11709 /* Keep within the current frame, or in frames called by the current
11712 if (frame_id_p (caller_frame_id))
11714 struct symtab_and_line sal2;
11716 sal2 = find_pc_line (frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame), 0);
11717 sal2.pc = frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame);
11718 breakpoint2 = set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame),
11722 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint2);
11724 set_longjmp_breakpoint (tp, caller_frame_id);
11725 make_cleanup (delete_longjmp_breakpoint_cleanup, &thread);
11728 /* set_momentary_breakpoint could invalidate FRAME. */
11732 /* If the user told us to continue until a specified location,
11733 we don't specify a frame at which we need to stop. */
11734 breakpoint = set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch, sal,
11735 null_frame_id, bp_until);
11737 /* Otherwise, specify the selected frame, because we want to stop
11738 only at the very same frame. */
11739 breakpoint = set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch, sal,
11740 stack_frame_id, bp_until);
11741 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint);
11743 proceed (-1, GDB_SIGNAL_DEFAULT, 0);
11745 /* If we are running asynchronously, and proceed call above has
11746 actually managed to start the target, arrange for breakpoints to
11747 be deleted when the target stops. Otherwise, we're already
11748 stopped and delete breakpoints via cleanup chain. */
11750 if (target_can_async_p () && is_running (inferior_ptid))
11752 struct until_break_command_continuation_args *args;
11753 args = xmalloc (sizeof (*args));
11755 args->breakpoint = breakpoint;
11756 args->breakpoint2 = breakpoint2;
11757 args->thread_num = thread;
11759 discard_cleanups (old_chain);
11760 add_continuation (inferior_thread (),
11761 until_break_command_continuation, args,
11765 do_cleanups (old_chain);
11768 /* This function attempts to parse an optional "if <cond>" clause
11769 from the arg string. If one is not found, it returns NULL.
11771 Else, it returns a pointer to the condition string. (It does not
11772 attempt to evaluate the string against a particular block.) And,
11773 it updates arg to point to the first character following the parsed
11774 if clause in the arg string. */
11777 ep_parse_optional_if_clause (char **arg)
11781 if (((*arg)[0] != 'i') || ((*arg)[1] != 'f') || !isspace ((*arg)[2]))
11784 /* Skip the "if" keyword. */
11787 /* Skip any extra leading whitespace, and record the start of the
11788 condition string. */
11789 *arg = skip_spaces (*arg);
11790 cond_string = *arg;
11792 /* Assume that the condition occupies the remainder of the arg
11794 (*arg) += strlen (cond_string);
11796 return cond_string;
11799 /* Commands to deal with catching events, such as signals, exceptions,
11800 process start/exit, etc. */
11804 catch_fork_temporary, catch_vfork_temporary,
11805 catch_fork_permanent, catch_vfork_permanent
11810 catch_fork_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
11811 struct cmd_list_element *command)
11813 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
11814 char *cond_string = NULL;
11815 catch_fork_kind fork_kind;
11818 fork_kind = (catch_fork_kind) (uintptr_t) get_cmd_context (command);
11819 tempflag = (fork_kind == catch_fork_temporary
11820 || fork_kind == catch_vfork_temporary);
11824 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
11826 /* The allowed syntax is:
11828 catch [v]fork if <cond>
11830 First, check if there's an if clause. */
11831 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
11833 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
11834 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11836 /* If this target supports it, create a fork or vfork catchpoint
11837 and enable reporting of such events. */
11840 case catch_fork_temporary:
11841 case catch_fork_permanent:
11842 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string,
11843 &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops);
11845 case catch_vfork_temporary:
11846 case catch_vfork_permanent:
11847 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string,
11848 &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops);
11851 error (_("unsupported or unknown fork kind; cannot catch it"));
11857 catch_exec_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
11858 struct cmd_list_element *command)
11860 struct exec_catchpoint *c;
11861 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
11863 char *cond_string = NULL;
11865 tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
11869 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
11871 /* The allowed syntax is:
11873 catch exec if <cond>
11875 First, check if there's an if clause. */
11876 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
11878 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
11879 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11881 c = XNEW (struct exec_catchpoint);
11882 init_catchpoint (&c->base, gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string,
11883 &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops);
11884 c->exec_pathname = NULL;
11886 install_breakpoint (0, &c->base, 1);
11890 init_ada_exception_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
11891 struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
11892 struct symtab_and_line sal,
11894 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
11901 struct gdbarch *loc_gdbarch = get_sal_arch (sal);
11903 loc_gdbarch = gdbarch;
11905 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch,
11906 sal.pspace, sal.pc, sal.section, -1);
11907 /* FIXME: brobecker/2006-12-28: Actually, re-implement a special
11908 version for exception catchpoints, because two catchpoints
11909 used for different exception names will use the same address.
11910 In this case, a "breakpoint ... also set at..." warning is
11911 unproductive. Besides, the warning phrasing is also a bit
11912 inappropriate, we should use the word catchpoint, and tell
11913 the user what type of catchpoint it is. The above is good
11914 enough for now, though. */
11917 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, bp_breakpoint, ops);
11919 b->enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled;
11920 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
11921 b->addr_string = addr_string;
11922 b->language = language_ada;
11925 /* Splits the argument using space as delimiter. Returns an xmalloc'd
11926 filter list, or NULL if no filtering is required. */
11928 catch_syscall_split_args (char *arg)
11930 VEC(int) *result = NULL;
11931 struct cleanup *cleanup = make_cleanup (VEC_cleanup (int), &result);
11933 while (*arg != '\0')
11935 int i, syscall_number;
11937 char cur_name[128];
11940 /* Skip whitespace. */
11941 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
11943 for (i = 0; i < 127 && arg[i] && !isspace (arg[i]); ++i)
11944 cur_name[i] = arg[i];
11945 cur_name[i] = '\0';
11948 /* Check if the user provided a syscall name or a number. */
11949 syscall_number = (int) strtol (cur_name, &endptr, 0);
11950 if (*endptr == '\0')
11951 get_syscall_by_number (syscall_number, &s);
11954 /* We have a name. Let's check if it's valid and convert it
11956 get_syscall_by_name (cur_name, &s);
11958 if (s.number == UNKNOWN_SYSCALL)
11959 /* Here we have to issue an error instead of a warning,
11960 because GDB cannot do anything useful if there's no
11961 syscall number to be caught. */
11962 error (_("Unknown syscall name '%s'."), cur_name);
11965 /* Ok, it's valid. */
11966 VEC_safe_push (int, result, s.number);
11969 discard_cleanups (cleanup);
11973 /* Implement the "catch syscall" command. */
11976 catch_syscall_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
11977 struct cmd_list_element *command)
11982 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
11984 /* Checking if the feature if supported. */
11985 if (gdbarch_get_syscall_number_p (gdbarch) == 0)
11986 error (_("The feature 'catch syscall' is not supported on \
11987 this architecture yet."));
11989 tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
11991 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
11993 /* We need to do this first "dummy" translation in order
11994 to get the syscall XML file loaded or, most important,
11995 to display a warning to the user if there's no XML file
11996 for his/her architecture. */
11997 get_syscall_by_number (0, &s);
11999 /* The allowed syntax is:
12001 catch syscall <name | number> [<name | number> ... <name | number>]
12003 Let's check if there's a syscall name. */
12006 filter = catch_syscall_split_args (arg);
12010 create_syscall_event_catchpoint (tempflag, filter,
12011 &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops);
12015 catch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
12017 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
12022 tcatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
12024 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
12027 /* A qsort comparison function that sorts breakpoints in order. */
12030 compare_breakpoints (const void *a, const void *b)
12032 const breakpoint_p *ba = a;
12033 uintptr_t ua = (uintptr_t) *ba;
12034 const breakpoint_p *bb = b;
12035 uintptr_t ub = (uintptr_t) *bb;
12037 if ((*ba)->number < (*bb)->number)
12039 else if ((*ba)->number > (*bb)->number)
12042 /* Now sort by address, in case we see, e..g, two breakpoints with
12046 return ua > ub ? 1 : 0;
12049 /* Delete breakpoints by address or line. */
12052 clear_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
12054 struct breakpoint *b, *prev;
12055 VEC(breakpoint_p) *found = 0;
12058 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
12059 struct symtab_and_line sal;
12061 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, NULL);
12065 sals = decode_line_with_current_source (arg,
12066 (DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
12067 | DECODE_LINE_LIST_MODE));
12068 make_cleanup (xfree, sals.sals);
12073 sals.sals = (struct symtab_and_line *)
12074 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line));
12075 make_cleanup (xfree, sals.sals);
12076 init_sal (&sal); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
12078 /* Set sal's line, symtab, pc, and pspace to the values
12079 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info. If the
12080 codepoint is not valid, this will set all the fields to 0. */
12081 get_last_displayed_sal (&sal);
12082 if (sal.symtab == 0)
12083 error (_("No source file specified."));
12085 sals.sals[0] = sal;
12091 /* We don't call resolve_sal_pc here. That's not as bad as it
12092 seems, because all existing breakpoints typically have both
12093 file/line and pc set. So, if clear is given file/line, we can
12094 match this to existing breakpoint without obtaining pc at all.
12096 We only support clearing given the address explicitly
12097 present in breakpoint table. Say, we've set breakpoint
12098 at file:line. There were several PC values for that file:line,
12099 due to optimization, all in one block.
12101 We've picked one PC value. If "clear" is issued with another
12102 PC corresponding to the same file:line, the breakpoint won't
12103 be cleared. We probably can still clear the breakpoint, but
12104 since the other PC value is never presented to user, user
12105 can only find it by guessing, and it does not seem important
12106 to support that. */
12108 /* For each line spec given, delete bps which correspond to it. Do
12109 it in two passes, solely to preserve the current behavior that
12110 from_tty is forced true if we delete more than one
12114 make_cleanup (VEC_cleanup (breakpoint_p), &found);
12115 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; i++)
12117 const char *sal_fullname;
12119 /* If exact pc given, clear bpts at that pc.
12120 If line given (pc == 0), clear all bpts on specified line.
12121 If defaulting, clear all bpts on default line
12124 defaulting sal.pc != 0 tests to do
12129 1 0 <can't happen> */
12131 sal = sals.sals[i];
12132 sal_fullname = (sal.symtab == NULL
12133 ? NULL : symtab_to_fullname (sal.symtab));
12135 /* Find all matching breakpoints and add them to 'found'. */
12136 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
12139 /* Are we going to delete b? */
12140 if (b->type != bp_none && !is_watchpoint (b))
12142 struct bp_location *loc = b->loc;
12143 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
12145 /* If the user specified file:line, don't allow a PC
12146 match. This matches historical gdb behavior. */
12147 int pc_match = (!sal.explicit_line
12149 && (loc->pspace == sal.pspace)
12150 && (loc->address == sal.pc)
12151 && (!section_is_overlay (loc->section)
12152 || loc->section == sal.section));
12153 int line_match = 0;
12155 if ((default_match || sal.explicit_line)
12156 && loc->symtab != NULL
12157 && sal_fullname != NULL
12158 && sal.pspace == loc->pspace
12159 && loc->line_number == sal.line
12160 && filename_cmp (symtab_to_fullname (loc->symtab),
12161 sal_fullname) == 0)
12164 if (pc_match || line_match)
12173 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p, found, b);
12177 /* Now go thru the 'found' chain and delete them. */
12178 if (VEC_empty(breakpoint_p, found))
12181 error (_("No breakpoint at %s."), arg);
12183 error (_("No breakpoint at this line."));
12186 /* Remove duplicates from the vec. */
12187 qsort (VEC_address (breakpoint_p, found),
12188 VEC_length (breakpoint_p, found),
12189 sizeof (breakpoint_p),
12190 compare_breakpoints);
12191 prev = VEC_index (breakpoint_p, found, 0);
12192 for (ix = 1; VEC_iterate (breakpoint_p, found, ix, b); ++ix)
12196 VEC_ordered_remove (breakpoint_p, found, ix);
12201 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p, found) > 1)
12202 from_tty = 1; /* Always report if deleted more than one. */
12205 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p, found) == 1)
12206 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoint "));
12208 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoints "));
12211 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate(breakpoint_p, found, ix, b); ix++)
12214 printf_unfiltered ("%d ", b->number);
12215 delete_breakpoint (b);
12218 putchar_unfiltered ('\n');
12220 do_cleanups (cleanups);
12223 /* Delete breakpoint in BS if they are `delete' breakpoints and
12224 all breakpoints that are marked for deletion, whether hit or not.
12225 This is called after any breakpoint is hit, or after errors. */
12228 breakpoint_auto_delete (bpstat bs)
12230 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
12232 for (; bs; bs = bs->next)
12233 if (bs->breakpoint_at
12234 && bs->breakpoint_at->disposition == disp_del
12236 delete_breakpoint (bs->breakpoint_at);
12238 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
12240 if (b->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
12241 delete_breakpoint (b);
12245 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP being interfaced to
12246 qsort. Sort elements primarily by their ADDRESS (no matter what
12247 does breakpoint_address_is_meaningful say for its OWNER),
12248 secondarily by ordering first bp_permanent OWNERed elements and
12249 terciarily just ensuring the array is sorted stable way despite
12250 qsort being an unstable algorithm. */
12253 bp_location_compare (const void *ap, const void *bp)
12255 struct bp_location *a = *(void **) ap;
12256 struct bp_location *b = *(void **) bp;
12257 /* A and B come from existing breakpoints having non-NULL OWNER. */
12258 int a_perm = a->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent;
12259 int b_perm = b->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent;
12261 if (a->address != b->address)
12262 return (a->address > b->address) - (a->address < b->address);
12264 /* Sort locations at the same address by their pspace number, keeping
12265 locations of the same inferior (in a multi-inferior environment)
12268 if (a->pspace->num != b->pspace->num)
12269 return ((a->pspace->num > b->pspace->num)
12270 - (a->pspace->num < b->pspace->num));
12272 /* Sort permanent breakpoints first. */
12273 if (a_perm != b_perm)
12274 return (a_perm < b_perm) - (a_perm > b_perm);
12276 /* Make the internal GDB representation stable across GDB runs
12277 where A and B memory inside GDB can differ. Breakpoint locations of
12278 the same type at the same address can be sorted in arbitrary order. */
12280 if (a->owner->number != b->owner->number)
12281 return ((a->owner->number > b->owner->number)
12282 - (a->owner->number < b->owner->number));
12284 return (a > b) - (a < b);
12287 /* Set bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max and
12288 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max according to the current
12289 content of the bp_location array. */
12292 bp_location_target_extensions_update (void)
12294 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
12296 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max = 0;
12297 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max = 0;
12299 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
12301 CORE_ADDR start, end, addr;
12303 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl))
12306 start = bl->target_info.placed_address;
12307 end = start + bl->target_info.shadow_len;
12309 gdb_assert (bl->address >= start);
12310 addr = bl->address - start;
12311 if (addr > bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max)
12312 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max = addr;
12314 /* Zero SHADOW_LEN would not pass bp_location_has_shadow. */
12316 gdb_assert (bl->address < end);
12317 addr = end - bl->address;
12318 if (addr > bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max)
12319 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max = addr;
12323 /* Download tracepoint locations if they haven't been. */
12326 download_tracepoint_locations (void)
12328 struct breakpoint *b;
12329 struct cleanup *old_chain;
12331 if (!target_can_download_tracepoint ())
12334 old_chain = save_current_space_and_thread ();
12336 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
12338 struct bp_location *bl;
12339 struct tracepoint *t;
12340 int bp_location_downloaded = 0;
12342 if ((b->type == bp_fast_tracepoint
12343 ? !may_insert_fast_tracepoints
12344 : !may_insert_tracepoints))
12347 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
12349 /* In tracepoint, locations are _never_ duplicated, so
12350 should_be_inserted is equivalent to
12351 unduplicated_should_be_inserted. */
12352 if (!should_be_inserted (bl) || bl->inserted)
12355 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
12357 target_download_tracepoint (bl);
12360 bp_location_downloaded = 1;
12362 t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
12363 t->number_on_target = b->number;
12364 if (bp_location_downloaded)
12365 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
12368 do_cleanups (old_chain);
12371 /* Swap the insertion/duplication state between two locations. */
12374 swap_insertion (struct bp_location *left, struct bp_location *right)
12376 const int left_inserted = left->inserted;
12377 const int left_duplicate = left->duplicate;
12378 const int left_needs_update = left->needs_update;
12379 const struct bp_target_info left_target_info = left->target_info;
12381 /* Locations of tracepoints can never be duplicated. */
12382 if (is_tracepoint (left->owner))
12383 gdb_assert (!left->duplicate);
12384 if (is_tracepoint (right->owner))
12385 gdb_assert (!right->duplicate);
12387 left->inserted = right->inserted;
12388 left->duplicate = right->duplicate;
12389 left->needs_update = right->needs_update;
12390 left->target_info = right->target_info;
12391 right->inserted = left_inserted;
12392 right->duplicate = left_duplicate;
12393 right->needs_update = left_needs_update;
12394 right->target_info = left_target_info;
12397 /* Force the re-insertion of the locations at ADDRESS. This is called
12398 once a new/deleted/modified duplicate location is found and we are evaluating
12399 conditions on the target's side. Such conditions need to be updated on
12403 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (struct bp_location *bl)
12405 struct bp_location **locp = NULL, **loc2p;
12406 struct bp_location *loc;
12407 CORE_ADDR address = 0;
12410 address = bl->address;
12411 pspace_num = bl->pspace->num;
12413 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
12414 evaluating conditions and if the user has
12415 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
12417 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
12418 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
12421 /* Flag all breakpoint locations with this address and
12422 the same program space as the location
12423 as "its condition has changed". We need to
12424 update the conditions on the target's side. */
12425 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, address)
12429 if (!is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
12430 || pspace_num != loc->pspace->num)
12433 /* Flag the location appropriately. We use a different state to
12434 let everyone know that we already updated the set of locations
12435 with addr bl->address and program space bl->pspace. This is so
12436 we don't have to keep calling these functions just to mark locations
12437 that have already been marked. */
12438 loc->condition_changed = condition_updated;
12440 /* Free the agent expression bytecode as well. We will compute
12442 if (loc->cond_bytecode)
12444 free_agent_expr (loc->cond_bytecode);
12445 loc->cond_bytecode = NULL;
12450 /* If SHOULD_INSERT is false, do not insert any breakpoint locations
12451 into the inferior, only remove already-inserted locations that no
12452 longer should be inserted. Functions that delete a breakpoint or
12453 breakpoints should pass false, so that deleting a breakpoint
12454 doesn't have the side effect of inserting the locations of other
12455 breakpoints that are marked not-inserted, but should_be_inserted
12456 returns true on them.
12458 This behaviour is useful is situations close to tear-down -- e.g.,
12459 after an exec, while the target still has execution, but breakpoint
12460 shadows of the previous executable image should *NOT* be restored
12461 to the new image; or before detaching, where the target still has
12462 execution and wants to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists, and all
12463 breakpoints had already been removed from the inferior. */
12466 update_global_location_list (int should_insert)
12468 struct breakpoint *b;
12469 struct bp_location **locp, *loc;
12470 struct cleanup *cleanups;
12471 /* Last breakpoint location address that was marked for update. */
12472 CORE_ADDR last_addr = 0;
12473 /* Last breakpoint location program space that was marked for update. */
12474 int last_pspace_num = -1;
12476 /* Used in the duplicates detection below. When iterating over all
12477 bp_locations, points to the first bp_location of a given address.
12478 Breakpoints and watchpoints of different types are never
12479 duplicates of each other. Keep one pointer for each type of
12480 breakpoint/watchpoint, so we only need to loop over all locations
12482 struct bp_location *bp_loc_first; /* breakpoint */
12483 struct bp_location *wp_loc_first; /* hardware watchpoint */
12484 struct bp_location *awp_loc_first; /* access watchpoint */
12485 struct bp_location *rwp_loc_first; /* read watchpoint */
12487 /* Saved former bp_location array which we compare against the newly
12488 built bp_location from the current state of ALL_BREAKPOINTS. */
12489 struct bp_location **old_location, **old_locp;
12490 unsigned old_location_count;
12492 old_location = bp_location;
12493 old_location_count = bp_location_count;
12494 bp_location = NULL;
12495 bp_location_count = 0;
12496 cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, old_location);
12498 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
12499 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
12500 bp_location_count++;
12502 bp_location = xmalloc (sizeof (*bp_location) * bp_location_count);
12503 locp = bp_location;
12504 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
12505 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
12507 qsort (bp_location, bp_location_count, sizeof (*bp_location),
12508 bp_location_compare);
12510 bp_location_target_extensions_update ();
12512 /* Identify bp_location instances that are no longer present in the
12513 new list, and therefore should be freed. Note that it's not
12514 necessary that those locations should be removed from inferior --
12515 if there's another location at the same address (previously
12516 marked as duplicate), we don't need to remove/insert the
12519 LOCP is kept in sync with OLD_LOCP, each pointing to the current
12520 and former bp_location array state respectively. */
12522 locp = bp_location;
12523 for (old_locp = old_location; old_locp < old_location + old_location_count;
12526 struct bp_location *old_loc = *old_locp;
12527 struct bp_location **loc2p;
12529 /* Tells if 'old_loc' is found among the new locations. If
12530 not, we have to free it. */
12531 int found_object = 0;
12532 /* Tells if the location should remain inserted in the target. */
12533 int keep_in_target = 0;
12536 /* Skip LOCP entries which will definitely never be needed.
12537 Stop either at or being the one matching OLD_LOC. */
12538 while (locp < bp_location + bp_location_count
12539 && (*locp)->address < old_loc->address)
12543 (loc2p < bp_location + bp_location_count
12544 && (*loc2p)->address == old_loc->address);
12547 /* Check if this is a new/duplicated location or a duplicated
12548 location that had its condition modified. If so, we want to send
12549 its condition to the target if evaluation of conditions is taking
12551 if ((*loc2p)->condition_changed == condition_modified
12552 && (last_addr != old_loc->address
12553 || last_pspace_num != old_loc->pspace->num))
12555 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (*loc2p);
12556 last_pspace_num = old_loc->pspace->num;
12559 if (*loc2p == old_loc)
12563 /* We have already handled this address, update it so that we don't
12564 have to go through updates again. */
12565 last_addr = old_loc->address;
12567 /* Target-side condition evaluation: Handle deleted locations. */
12569 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (old_loc);
12571 /* If this location is no longer present, and inserted, look if
12572 there's maybe a new location at the same address. If so,
12573 mark that one inserted, and don't remove this one. This is
12574 needed so that we don't have a time window where a breakpoint
12575 at certain location is not inserted. */
12577 if (old_loc->inserted)
12579 /* If the location is inserted now, we might have to remove
12582 if (found_object && should_be_inserted (old_loc))
12584 /* The location is still present in the location list,
12585 and still should be inserted. Don't do anything. */
12586 keep_in_target = 1;
12590 /* This location still exists, but it won't be kept in the
12591 target since it may have been disabled. We proceed to
12592 remove its target-side condition. */
12594 /* The location is either no longer present, or got
12595 disabled. See if there's another location at the
12596 same address, in which case we don't need to remove
12597 this one from the target. */
12599 /* OLD_LOC comes from existing struct breakpoint. */
12600 if (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc->owner))
12603 (loc2p < bp_location + bp_location_count
12604 && (*loc2p)->address == old_loc->address);
12607 struct bp_location *loc2 = *loc2p;
12609 if (breakpoint_locations_match (loc2, old_loc))
12611 /* Read watchpoint locations are switched to
12612 access watchpoints, if the former are not
12613 supported, but the latter are. */
12614 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc->owner))
12616 gdb_assert (is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2->owner));
12617 loc2->watchpoint_type = old_loc->watchpoint_type;
12620 /* loc2 is a duplicated location. We need to check
12621 if it should be inserted in case it will be
12623 if (loc2 != old_loc
12624 && unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc2))
12626 swap_insertion (old_loc, loc2);
12627 keep_in_target = 1;
12635 if (!keep_in_target)
12637 if (remove_breakpoint (old_loc, mark_uninserted))
12639 /* This is just about all we can do. We could keep
12640 this location on the global list, and try to
12641 remove it next time, but there's no particular
12642 reason why we will succeed next time.
12644 Note that at this point, old_loc->owner is still
12645 valid, as delete_breakpoint frees the breakpoint
12646 only after calling us. */
12647 printf_filtered (_("warning: Error removing "
12648 "breakpoint %d\n"),
12649 old_loc->owner->number);
12657 if (removed && non_stop
12658 && breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc->owner)
12659 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc->owner))
12661 /* This location was removed from the target. In
12662 non-stop mode, a race condition is possible where
12663 we've removed a breakpoint, but stop events for that
12664 breakpoint are already queued and will arrive later.
12665 We apply an heuristic to be able to distinguish such
12666 SIGTRAPs from other random SIGTRAPs: we keep this
12667 breakpoint location for a bit, and will retire it
12668 after we see some number of events. The theory here
12669 is that reporting of events should, "on the average",
12670 be fair, so after a while we'll see events from all
12671 threads that have anything of interest, and no longer
12672 need to keep this breakpoint location around. We
12673 don't hold locations forever so to reduce chances of
12674 mistaking a non-breakpoint SIGTRAP for a breakpoint
12677 The heuristic failing can be disastrous on
12678 decr_pc_after_break targets.
12680 On decr_pc_after_break targets, like e.g., x86-linux,
12681 if we fail to recognize a late breakpoint SIGTRAP,
12682 because events_till_retirement has reached 0 too
12683 soon, we'll fail to do the PC adjustment, and report
12684 a random SIGTRAP to the user. When the user resumes
12685 the inferior, it will most likely immediately crash
12686 with SIGILL/SIGBUS/SIGSEGV, or worse, get silently
12687 corrupted, because of being resumed e.g., in the
12688 middle of a multi-byte instruction, or skipped a
12689 one-byte instruction. This was actually seen happen
12690 on native x86-linux, and should be less rare on
12691 targets that do not support new thread events, like
12692 remote, due to the heuristic depending on
12695 Mistaking a random SIGTRAP for a breakpoint trap
12696 causes similar symptoms (PC adjustment applied when
12697 it shouldn't), but then again, playing with SIGTRAPs
12698 behind the debugger's back is asking for trouble.
12700 Since hardware watchpoint traps are always
12701 distinguishable from other traps, so we don't need to
12702 apply keep hardware watchpoint moribund locations
12703 around. We simply always ignore hardware watchpoint
12704 traps we can no longer explain. */
12706 old_loc->events_till_retirement = 3 * (thread_count () + 1);
12707 old_loc->owner = NULL;
12709 VEC_safe_push (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, old_loc);
12713 old_loc->owner = NULL;
12714 decref_bp_location (&old_loc);
12719 /* Rescan breakpoints at the same address and section, marking the
12720 first one as "first" and any others as "duplicates". This is so
12721 that the bpt instruction is only inserted once. If we have a
12722 permanent breakpoint at the same place as BPT, make that one the
12723 official one, and the rest as duplicates. Permanent breakpoints
12724 are sorted first for the same address.
12726 Do the same for hardware watchpoints, but also considering the
12727 watchpoint's type (regular/access/read) and length. */
12729 bp_loc_first = NULL;
12730 wp_loc_first = NULL;
12731 awp_loc_first = NULL;
12732 rwp_loc_first = NULL;
12733 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp)
12735 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always
12737 struct bp_location **loc_first_p;
12740 if (!unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc)
12741 || !breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (b)
12742 /* Don't detect duplicate for tracepoint locations because they are
12743 never duplicated. See the comments in field `duplicate' of
12744 `struct bp_location'. */
12745 || is_tracepoint (b))
12747 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12748 loc->condition_changed = condition_unchanged;
12752 /* Permanent breakpoint should always be inserted. */
12753 if (b->enable_state == bp_permanent && ! loc->inserted)
12754 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
12755 _("allegedly permanent breakpoint is not "
12756 "actually inserted"));
12758 if (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
12759 loc_first_p = &wp_loc_first;
12760 else if (b->type == bp_read_watchpoint)
12761 loc_first_p = &rwp_loc_first;
12762 else if (b->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
12763 loc_first_p = &awp_loc_first;
12765 loc_first_p = &bp_loc_first;
12767 if (*loc_first_p == NULL
12768 || (overlay_debugging && loc->section != (*loc_first_p)->section)
12769 || !breakpoint_locations_match (loc, *loc_first_p))
12771 *loc_first_p = loc;
12772 loc->duplicate = 0;
12774 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->condition_changed)
12776 loc->needs_update = 1;
12777 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12778 loc->condition_changed = condition_unchanged;
12784 /* This and the above ensure the invariant that the first location
12785 is not duplicated, and is the inserted one.
12786 All following are marked as duplicated, and are not inserted. */
12788 swap_insertion (loc, *loc_first_p);
12789 loc->duplicate = 1;
12791 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12792 loc->condition_changed = condition_unchanged;
12794 if ((*loc_first_p)->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent && loc->inserted
12795 && b->enable_state != bp_permanent)
12796 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
12797 _("another breakpoint was inserted on top of "
12798 "a permanent breakpoint"));
12801 if (breakpoints_always_inserted_mode ()
12802 && (have_live_inferiors ()
12803 || (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ()))))
12806 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
12809 /* Though should_insert is false, we may need to update conditions
12810 on the target's side if it is evaluating such conditions. We
12811 only update conditions for locations that are marked
12813 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations ();
12818 download_tracepoint_locations ();
12820 do_cleanups (cleanups);
12824 breakpoint_retire_moribund (void)
12826 struct bp_location *loc;
12829 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
12830 if (--(loc->events_till_retirement) == 0)
12832 decref_bp_location (&loc);
12833 VEC_unordered_remove (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix);
12839 update_global_location_list_nothrow (int inserting)
12841 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
12843 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
12844 update_global_location_list (inserting);
12847 /* Clear BKP from a BPS. */
12850 bpstat_remove_bp_location (bpstat bps, struct breakpoint *bpt)
12854 for (bs = bps; bs; bs = bs->next)
12855 if (bs->breakpoint_at == bpt)
12857 bs->breakpoint_at = NULL;
12858 bs->old_val = NULL;
12859 /* bs->commands will be freed later. */
12863 /* Callback for iterate_over_threads. */
12865 bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback (struct thread_info *th, void *data)
12867 struct breakpoint *bpt = data;
12869 bpstat_remove_bp_location (th->control.stop_bpstat, bpt);
12873 /* Helper for breakpoint and tracepoint breakpoint_ops->mention
12877 say_where (struct breakpoint *b)
12879 struct value_print_options opts;
12881 get_user_print_options (&opts);
12883 /* i18n: cagney/2005-02-11: Below needs to be merged into a
12885 if (b->loc == NULL)
12887 printf_filtered (_(" (%s) pending."), b->addr_string);
12891 if (opts.addressprint || b->loc->symtab == NULL)
12893 printf_filtered (" at ");
12894 fputs_filtered (paddress (b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address),
12897 if (b->loc->symtab != NULL)
12899 /* If there is a single location, we can print the location
12901 if (b->loc->next == NULL)
12902 printf_filtered (": file %s, line %d.",
12903 symtab_to_filename_for_display (b->loc->symtab),
12904 b->loc->line_number);
12906 /* This is not ideal, but each location may have a
12907 different file name, and this at least reflects the
12908 real situation somewhat. */
12909 printf_filtered (": %s.", b->addr_string);
12914 struct bp_location *loc = b->loc;
12916 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
12918 printf_filtered (" (%d locations)", n);
12923 /* Default bp_location_ops methods. */
12926 bp_location_dtor (struct bp_location *self)
12928 xfree (self->cond);
12929 if (self->cond_bytecode)
12930 free_agent_expr (self->cond_bytecode);
12931 xfree (self->function_name);
12933 VEC_free (agent_expr_p, self->target_info.conditions);
12934 VEC_free (agent_expr_p, self->target_info.tcommands);
12937 static const struct bp_location_ops bp_location_ops =
12942 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods all breakpoint_ops ultimately
12946 base_breakpoint_dtor (struct breakpoint *self)
12948 decref_counted_command_line (&self->commands);
12949 xfree (self->cond_string);
12950 xfree (self->extra_string);
12951 xfree (self->addr_string);
12952 xfree (self->filter);
12953 xfree (self->addr_string_range_end);
12956 static struct bp_location *
12957 base_breakpoint_allocate_location (struct breakpoint *self)
12959 struct bp_location *loc;
12961 loc = XNEW (struct bp_location);
12962 init_bp_location (loc, &bp_location_ops, self);
12967 base_breakpoint_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
12969 /* Nothing to re-set. */
12972 #define internal_error_pure_virtual_called() \
12973 gdb_assert_not_reached ("pure virtual function called")
12976 base_breakpoint_insert_location (struct bp_location *bl)
12978 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12982 base_breakpoint_remove_location (struct bp_location *bl)
12984 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12988 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location *bl,
12989 struct address_space *aspace,
12991 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
12993 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12997 base_breakpoint_check_status (bpstat bs)
13002 /* A "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
13006 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode (const struct breakpoint *b)
13008 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
13011 /* A "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
13015 base_breakpoint_resources_needed (const struct bp_location *bl)
13017 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
13020 static enum print_stop_action
13021 base_breakpoint_print_it (bpstat bs)
13023 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
13027 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint *self,
13028 struct ui_out *uiout)
13034 base_breakpoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
13036 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
13040 base_breakpoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
13042 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
13046 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
13047 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13048 enum bptype type_wanted,
13052 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
13056 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
13057 struct linespec_result *c,
13059 char *extra_string,
13060 enum bptype type_wanted,
13061 enum bpdisp disposition,
13063 int task, int ignore_count,
13064 const struct breakpoint_ops *o,
13065 int from_tty, int enabled,
13066 int internal, unsigned flags)
13068 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
13072 base_breakpoint_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
13073 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
13075 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
13078 /* The default 'explains_signal' method. */
13081 base_breakpoint_explains_signal (struct breakpoint *b, enum gdb_signal sig)
13086 /* The default "after_condition_true" method. */
13089 base_breakpoint_after_condition_true (struct bpstats *bs)
13091 /* Nothing to do. */
13094 struct breakpoint_ops base_breakpoint_ops =
13096 base_breakpoint_dtor,
13097 base_breakpoint_allocate_location,
13098 base_breakpoint_re_set,
13099 base_breakpoint_insert_location,
13100 base_breakpoint_remove_location,
13101 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit,
13102 base_breakpoint_check_status,
13103 base_breakpoint_resources_needed,
13104 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode,
13105 base_breakpoint_print_it,
13107 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail,
13108 base_breakpoint_print_mention,
13109 base_breakpoint_print_recreate,
13110 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_address,
13111 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal,
13112 base_breakpoint_decode_linespec,
13113 base_breakpoint_explains_signal,
13114 base_breakpoint_after_condition_true,
13117 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods. */
13120 bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
13122 /* FIXME: is this still reachable? */
13123 if (b->addr_string == NULL)
13125 /* Anything without a string can't be re-set. */
13126 delete_breakpoint (b);
13130 breakpoint_re_set_default (b);
13133 /* Copy SRC's shadow buffer and whatever else we'd set if we actually
13134 inserted DEST, so we can remove it later, in case SRC is removed
13138 bp_target_info_copy_insertion_state (struct bp_target_info *dest,
13139 const struct bp_target_info *src)
13141 dest->shadow_len = src->shadow_len;
13142 memcpy (dest->shadow_contents, src->shadow_contents, src->shadow_len);
13143 dest->placed_size = src->placed_size;
13147 bkpt_insert_location (struct bp_location *bl)
13149 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
13150 return target_insert_hw_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
13154 struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt = &bl->target_info;
13158 /* There is no need to insert a breakpoint if an unconditional
13159 raw/sss breakpoint is already inserted at that location. */
13160 sss_slot = find_single_step_breakpoint (bp_tgt->placed_address_space,
13161 bp_tgt->placed_address);
13164 struct bp_target_info *sss_bp_tgt = single_step_breakpoints[sss_slot];
13166 bp_target_info_copy_insertion_state (bp_tgt, sss_bp_tgt);
13170 return target_insert_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch, bp_tgt);
13175 bkpt_remove_location (struct bp_location *bl)
13177 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
13178 return target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch, &bl->target_info);
13181 struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt = &bl->target_info;
13182 struct address_space *aspace = bp_tgt->placed_address_space;
13183 CORE_ADDR address = bp_tgt->placed_address;
13185 /* Only remove the breakpoint if there is no raw/sss breakpoint
13186 still inserted at this location. Otherwise, we would be
13187 effectively disabling the raw/sss breakpoint. */
13188 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace, address))
13191 return target_remove_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch, bp_tgt);
13196 bkpt_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location *bl,
13197 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
13198 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
13200 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
13201 || ws->value.sig != GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP)
13204 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
13208 if (overlay_debugging /* unmapped overlay section */
13209 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
13210 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
13217 dprintf_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location *bl,
13218 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
13219 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
13221 if (dprintf_style == dprintf_style_agent
13222 && target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
13224 /* An agent-style dprintf never causes a stop. If we see a trap
13225 for this address it must be for a breakpoint that happens to
13226 be set at the same address. */
13230 return bkpt_breakpoint_hit (bl, aspace, bp_addr, ws);
13234 bkpt_resources_needed (const struct bp_location *bl)
13236 gdb_assert (bl->owner->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint);
13241 static enum print_stop_action
13242 bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs)
13244 struct breakpoint *b;
13245 const struct bp_location *bl;
13247 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
13249 gdb_assert (bs->bp_location_at != NULL);
13251 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
13252 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
13254 bp_temp = b->disposition == disp_del;
13255 if (bl->address != bl->requested_address)
13256 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bl->requested_address,
13259 annotate_breakpoint (b->number);
13261 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary breakpoint ");
13263 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nBreakpoint ");
13264 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
13266 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
13267 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT));
13268 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
13270 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
13271 ui_out_text (uiout, ", ");
13273 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
13277 bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
13279 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout))
13284 case bp_breakpoint:
13285 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
13286 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
13287 printf_filtered (_("Temporary breakpoint"));
13289 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint"));
13290 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
13291 if (b->type == bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver)
13292 printf_filtered (_(" at gnu-indirect-function resolver"));
13294 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
13295 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted breakpoint %d"), b->number);
13298 printf_filtered (_("Dprintf %d"), b->number);
13306 bkpt_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *tp, struct ui_file *fp)
13308 if (tp->type == bp_breakpoint && tp->disposition == disp_del)
13309 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "tbreak");
13310 else if (tp->type == bp_breakpoint)
13311 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "break");
13312 else if (tp->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint
13313 && tp->disposition == disp_del)
13314 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "thbreak");
13315 else if (tp->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
13316 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "hbreak");
13318 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
13319 _("unhandled breakpoint type %d"), (int) tp->type);
13321 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", tp->addr_string);
13322 print_recreate_thread (tp, fp);
13326 bkpt_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
13327 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13328 enum bptype type_wanted,
13329 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
13331 create_sals_from_address_default (arg, canonical, type_wanted,
13332 addr_start, copy_arg);
13336 bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
13337 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13339 char *extra_string,
13340 enum bptype type_wanted,
13341 enum bpdisp disposition,
13343 int task, int ignore_count,
13344 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
13345 int from_tty, int enabled,
13346 int internal, unsigned flags)
13348 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch, canonical,
13349 cond_string, extra_string,
13351 disposition, thread, task,
13352 ignore_count, ops, from_tty,
13353 enabled, internal, flags);
13357 bkpt_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
13358 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
13360 decode_linespec_default (b, s, sals);
13363 /* Virtual table for internal breakpoints. */
13366 internal_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
13370 /* Delete overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints; they
13371 will be reset later by breakpoint_re_set. */
13372 case bp_overlay_event:
13373 case bp_longjmp_master:
13374 case bp_std_terminate_master:
13375 case bp_exception_master:
13376 delete_breakpoint (b);
13379 /* This breakpoint is special, it's set up when the inferior
13380 starts and we really don't want to touch it. */
13381 case bp_shlib_event:
13383 /* Like bp_shlib_event, this breakpoint type is special. Once
13384 it is set up, we do not want to touch it. */
13385 case bp_thread_event:
13391 internal_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs)
13393 if (bs->breakpoint_at->type == bp_shlib_event)
13395 /* If requested, stop when the dynamic linker notifies GDB of
13396 events. This allows the user to get control and place
13397 breakpoints in initializer routines for dynamically loaded
13398 objects (among other things). */
13399 bs->stop = stop_on_solib_events;
13400 bs->print = stop_on_solib_events;
13406 static enum print_stop_action
13407 internal_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs)
13409 struct breakpoint *b;
13411 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
13415 case bp_shlib_event:
13416 /* Did we stop because the user set the stop_on_solib_events
13417 variable? (If so, we report this as a generic, "Stopped due
13418 to shlib event" message.) */
13419 print_solib_event (0);
13422 case bp_thread_event:
13423 /* Not sure how we will get here.
13424 GDB should not stop for these breakpoints. */
13425 printf_filtered (_("Thread Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13428 case bp_overlay_event:
13429 /* By analogy with the thread event, GDB should not stop for these. */
13430 printf_filtered (_("Overlay Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13433 case bp_longjmp_master:
13434 /* These should never be enabled. */
13435 printf_filtered (_("Longjmp Master Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13438 case bp_std_terminate_master:
13439 /* These should never be enabled. */
13440 printf_filtered (_("std::terminate Master Breakpoint: "
13441 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
13444 case bp_exception_master:
13445 /* These should never be enabled. */
13446 printf_filtered (_("Exception Master Breakpoint: "
13447 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
13451 return PRINT_NOTHING;
13455 internal_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
13457 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
13460 /* Virtual table for momentary breakpoints */
13463 momentary_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
13465 /* Keep temporary breakpoints, which can be encountered when we step
13466 over a dlopen call and solib_add is resetting the breakpoints.
13467 Otherwise these should have been blown away via the cleanup chain
13468 or by breakpoint_init_inferior when we rerun the executable. */
13472 momentary_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs)
13474 /* Nothing. The point of these breakpoints is causing a stop. */
13477 static enum print_stop_action
13478 momentary_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs)
13480 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
13482 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
13484 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
13489 ui_out_field_string
13491 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FUNCTION_FINISHED));
13495 ui_out_field_string
13497 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_LOCATION_REACHED));
13502 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
13506 momentary_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
13508 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
13511 /* Ensure INITIATING_FRAME is cleared when no such breakpoint exists.
13513 It gets cleared already on the removal of the first one of such placed
13514 breakpoints. This is OK as they get all removed altogether. */
13517 longjmp_bkpt_dtor (struct breakpoint *self)
13519 struct thread_info *tp = find_thread_id (self->thread);
13522 tp->initiating_frame = null_frame_id;
13524 momentary_breakpoint_ops.dtor (self);
13527 /* Specific methods for probe breakpoints. */
13530 bkpt_probe_insert_location (struct bp_location *bl)
13532 int v = bkpt_insert_location (bl);
13536 /* The insertion was successful, now let's set the probe's semaphore
13538 bl->probe.probe->pops->set_semaphore (bl->probe.probe,
13547 bkpt_probe_remove_location (struct bp_location *bl)
13549 /* Let's clear the semaphore before removing the location. */
13550 bl->probe.probe->pops->clear_semaphore (bl->probe.probe,
13554 return bkpt_remove_location (bl);
13558 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
13559 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13560 enum bptype type_wanted,
13561 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
13563 struct linespec_sals lsal;
13565 lsal.sals = parse_probes (arg, canonical);
13567 *copy_arg = xstrdup (canonical->addr_string);
13568 lsal.canonical = xstrdup (*copy_arg);
13570 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals, canonical->sals, &lsal);
13574 bkpt_probe_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
13575 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
13577 *sals = parse_probes (s, NULL);
13579 error (_("probe not found"));
13582 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in tracepoints. */
13585 tracepoint_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
13587 breakpoint_re_set_default (b);
13591 tracepoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location *bl,
13592 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
13593 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
13595 /* By definition, the inferior does not report stops at
13601 tracepoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint *self,
13602 struct ui_out *uiout)
13604 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) self;
13605 if (tp->static_trace_marker_id)
13607 gdb_assert (self->type == bp_static_tracepoint);
13609 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tmarker id is ");
13610 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "static-tracepoint-marker-string-id",
13611 tp->static_trace_marker_id);
13612 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
13617 tracepoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
13619 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout))
13624 case bp_tracepoint:
13625 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint"));
13626 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
13628 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
13629 printf_filtered (_("Fast tracepoint"));
13630 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
13632 case bp_static_tracepoint:
13633 printf_filtered (_("Static tracepoint"));
13634 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
13637 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
13638 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) b->type);
13645 tracepoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *self, struct ui_file *fp)
13647 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) self;
13649 if (self->type == bp_fast_tracepoint)
13650 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "ftrace");
13651 if (self->type == bp_static_tracepoint)
13652 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "strace");
13653 else if (self->type == bp_tracepoint)
13654 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "trace");
13656 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
13657 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) self->type);
13659 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", self->addr_string);
13660 print_recreate_thread (self, fp);
13662 if (tp->pass_count)
13663 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " passcount %d\n", tp->pass_count);
13667 tracepoint_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
13668 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13669 enum bptype type_wanted,
13670 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
13672 create_sals_from_address_default (arg, canonical, type_wanted,
13673 addr_start, copy_arg);
13677 tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
13678 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13680 char *extra_string,
13681 enum bptype type_wanted,
13682 enum bpdisp disposition,
13684 int task, int ignore_count,
13685 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
13686 int from_tty, int enabled,
13687 int internal, unsigned flags)
13689 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch, canonical,
13690 cond_string, extra_string,
13692 disposition, thread, task,
13693 ignore_count, ops, from_tty,
13694 enabled, internal, flags);
13698 tracepoint_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
13699 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
13701 decode_linespec_default (b, s, sals);
13704 struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
13706 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be use on tracepoints placed in a
13710 tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
13711 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13712 enum bptype type_wanted,
13713 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
13715 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
13716 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_address (arg, canonical, type_wanted,
13717 addr_start, copy_arg);
13721 tracepoint_probe_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
13722 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
13724 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
13725 bkpt_probe_decode_linespec (b, s, sals);
13728 static struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops;
13730 /* Dprintf breakpoint_ops methods. */
13733 dprintf_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
13735 breakpoint_re_set_default (b);
13737 /* This breakpoint could have been pending, and be resolved now, and
13738 if so, we should now have the extra string. If we don't, the
13739 dprintf was malformed when created, but we couldn't tell because
13740 we can't extract the extra string until the location is
13742 if (b->loc != NULL && b->extra_string == NULL)
13743 error (_("Format string required"));
13745 /* 1 - connect to target 1, that can run breakpoint commands.
13746 2 - create a dprintf, which resolves fine.
13747 3 - disconnect from target 1
13748 4 - connect to target 2, that can NOT run breakpoint commands.
13750 After steps #3/#4, you'll want the dprintf command list to
13751 be updated, because target 1 and 2 may well return different
13752 answers for target_can_run_breakpoint_commands().
13753 Given absence of finer grained resetting, we get to do
13754 it all the time. */
13755 if (b->extra_string != NULL)
13756 update_dprintf_command_list (b);
13759 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for dprintf. */
13762 dprintf_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *tp, struct ui_file *fp)
13764 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "dprintf %s%s", tp->addr_string,
13766 print_recreate_thread (tp, fp);
13769 /* Implement the "after_condition_true" breakpoint_ops method for
13772 dprintf's are implemented with regular commands in their command
13773 list, but we run the commands here instead of before presenting the
13774 stop to the user, as dprintf's don't actually cause a stop. This
13775 also makes it so that the commands of multiple dprintfs at the same
13776 address are all handled. */
13779 dprintf_after_condition_true (struct bpstats *bs)
13781 struct cleanup *old_chain;
13782 struct bpstats tmp_bs = { NULL };
13783 struct bpstats *tmp_bs_p = &tmp_bs;
13785 /* dprintf's never cause a stop. This wasn't set in the
13786 check_status hook instead because that would make the dprintf's
13787 condition not be evaluated. */
13790 /* Run the command list here. Take ownership of it instead of
13791 copying. We never want these commands to run later in
13792 bpstat_do_actions, if a breakpoint that causes a stop happens to
13793 be set at same address as this dprintf, or even if running the
13794 commands here throws. */
13795 tmp_bs.commands = bs->commands;
13796 bs->commands = NULL;
13797 old_chain = make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&tmp_bs.commands);
13799 bpstat_do_actions_1 (&tmp_bs_p);
13801 /* 'tmp_bs.commands' will usually be NULL by now, but
13802 bpstat_do_actions_1 may return early without processing the whole
13804 do_cleanups (old_chain);
13807 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used on static tracepoints with
13811 strace_marker_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
13812 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13813 enum bptype type_wanted,
13814 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
13816 struct linespec_sals lsal;
13818 lsal.sals = decode_static_tracepoint_spec (arg);
13820 *copy_arg = savestring (addr_start, *arg - addr_start);
13822 canonical->addr_string = xstrdup (*copy_arg);
13823 lsal.canonical = xstrdup (*copy_arg);
13824 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals, canonical->sals, &lsal);
13828 strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
13829 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13831 char *extra_string,
13832 enum bptype type_wanted,
13833 enum bpdisp disposition,
13835 int task, int ignore_count,
13836 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
13837 int from_tty, int enabled,
13838 int internal, unsigned flags)
13841 struct linespec_sals *lsal = VEC_index (linespec_sals,
13842 canonical->sals, 0);
13844 /* If the user is creating a static tracepoint by marker id
13845 (strace -m MARKER_ID), then store the sals index, so that
13846 breakpoint_re_set can try to match up which of the newly
13847 found markers corresponds to this one, and, don't try to
13848 expand multiple locations for each sal, given than SALS
13849 already should contain all sals for MARKER_ID. */
13851 for (i = 0; i < lsal->sals.nelts; ++i)
13853 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded;
13854 struct tracepoint *tp;
13855 struct cleanup *old_chain;
13858 expanded.nelts = 1;
13859 expanded.sals = &lsal->sals.sals[i];
13861 addr_string = xstrdup (canonical->addr_string);
13862 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string);
13864 tp = XCNEW (struct tracepoint);
13865 init_breakpoint_sal (&tp->base, gdbarch, expanded,
13867 cond_string, extra_string,
13868 type_wanted, disposition,
13869 thread, task, ignore_count, ops,
13870 from_tty, enabled, internal, flags,
13871 canonical->special_display);
13872 /* Given that its possible to have multiple markers with
13873 the same string id, if the user is creating a static
13874 tracepoint by marker id ("strace -m MARKER_ID"), then
13875 store the sals index, so that breakpoint_re_set can
13876 try to match up which of the newly found markers
13877 corresponds to this one */
13878 tp->static_trace_marker_id_idx = i;
13880 install_breakpoint (internal, &tp->base, 0);
13882 discard_cleanups (old_chain);
13887 strace_marker_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
13888 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
13890 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) b;
13892 *sals = decode_static_tracepoint_spec (s);
13893 if (sals->nelts > tp->static_trace_marker_id_idx)
13895 sals->sals[0] = sals->sals[tp->static_trace_marker_id_idx];
13899 error (_("marker %s not found"), tp->static_trace_marker_id);
13902 static struct breakpoint_ops strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
13905 strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint *b)
13907 return b->ops == &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
13910 /* Delete a breakpoint and clean up all traces of it in the data
13914 delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
13916 struct breakpoint *b;
13918 gdb_assert (bpt != NULL);
13920 /* Has this bp already been deleted? This can happen because
13921 multiple lists can hold pointers to bp's. bpstat lists are
13924 One example of this happening is a watchpoint's scope bp. When
13925 the scope bp triggers, we notice that the watchpoint is out of
13926 scope, and delete it. We also delete its scope bp. But the
13927 scope bp is marked "auto-deleting", and is already on a bpstat.
13928 That bpstat is then checked for auto-deleting bp's, which are
13931 A real solution to this problem might involve reference counts in
13932 bp's, and/or giving them pointers back to their referencing
13933 bpstat's, and teaching delete_breakpoint to only free a bp's
13934 storage when no more references were extent. A cheaper bandaid
13936 if (bpt->type == bp_none)
13939 /* At least avoid this stale reference until the reference counting
13940 of breakpoints gets resolved. */
13941 if (bpt->related_breakpoint != bpt)
13943 struct breakpoint *related;
13944 struct watchpoint *w;
13946 if (bpt->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
13947 w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt->related_breakpoint;
13948 else if (bpt->related_breakpoint->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
13949 w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt;
13953 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (w);
13955 /* Unlink bpt from the bpt->related_breakpoint ring. */
13956 for (related = bpt; related->related_breakpoint != bpt;
13957 related = related->related_breakpoint);
13958 related->related_breakpoint = bpt->related_breakpoint;
13959 bpt->related_breakpoint = bpt;
13962 /* watch_command_1 creates a watchpoint but only sets its number if
13963 update_watchpoint succeeds in creating its bp_locations. If there's
13964 a problem in that process, we'll be asked to delete the half-created
13965 watchpoint. In that case, don't announce the deletion. */
13967 observer_notify_breakpoint_deleted (bpt);
13969 if (breakpoint_chain == bpt)
13970 breakpoint_chain = bpt->next;
13972 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
13973 if (b->next == bpt)
13975 b->next = bpt->next;
13979 /* Be sure no bpstat's are pointing at the breakpoint after it's
13981 /* FIXME, how can we find all bpstat's? We just check stop_bpstat
13982 in all threads for now. Note that we cannot just remove bpstats
13983 pointing at bpt from the stop_bpstat list entirely, as breakpoint
13984 commands are associated with the bpstat; if we remove it here,
13985 then the later call to bpstat_do_actions (&stop_bpstat); in
13986 event-top.c won't do anything, and temporary breakpoints with
13987 commands won't work. */
13989 iterate_over_threads (bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback, bpt);
13991 /* Now that breakpoint is removed from breakpoint list, update the
13992 global location list. This will remove locations that used to
13993 belong to this breakpoint. Do this before freeing the breakpoint
13994 itself, since remove_breakpoint looks at location's owner. It
13995 might be better design to have location completely
13996 self-contained, but it's not the case now. */
13997 update_global_location_list (0);
13999 bpt->ops->dtor (bpt);
14000 /* On the chance that someone will soon try again to delete this
14001 same bp, we mark it as deleted before freeing its storage. */
14002 bpt->type = bp_none;
14007 do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup (void *b)
14009 delete_breakpoint (b);
14013 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
14015 return make_cleanup (do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup, b);
14018 /* Iterator function to call a user-provided callback function once
14019 for each of B and its related breakpoints. */
14022 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (struct breakpoint *b,
14023 void (*function) (struct breakpoint *,
14027 struct breakpoint *related;
14032 struct breakpoint *next;
14034 /* FUNCTION may delete RELATED. */
14035 next = related->related_breakpoint;
14037 if (next == related)
14039 /* RELATED is the last ring entry. */
14040 function (related, data);
14042 /* FUNCTION may have deleted it, so we'd never reach back to
14043 B. There's nothing left to do anyway, so just break
14048 function (related, data);
14052 while (related != b);
14056 do_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
14058 delete_breakpoint (b);
14061 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
14062 delete_breakpoint. */
14065 do_map_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
14067 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b, do_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
14071 delete_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
14073 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
14079 int breaks_to_delete = 0;
14081 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument. Do not delete
14082 internal breakpoints, these have to be deleted with an
14083 explicit breakpoint number argument. */
14084 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
14085 if (user_breakpoint_p (b))
14087 breaks_to_delete = 1;
14091 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
14093 || (breaks_to_delete && query (_("Delete all breakpoints? "))))
14095 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
14096 if (user_breakpoint_p (b))
14097 delete_breakpoint (b);
14101 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg, do_map_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
14105 all_locations_are_pending (struct bp_location *loc)
14107 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
14108 if (!loc->shlib_disabled
14109 && !loc->pspace->executing_startup)
14114 /* Subroutine of update_breakpoint_locations to simplify it.
14115 Return non-zero if multiple fns in list LOC have the same name.
14116 Null names are ignored. */
14119 ambiguous_names_p (struct bp_location *loc)
14121 struct bp_location *l;
14122 htab_t htab = htab_create_alloc (13, htab_hash_string,
14123 (int (*) (const void *,
14124 const void *)) streq,
14125 NULL, xcalloc, xfree);
14127 for (l = loc; l != NULL; l = l->next)
14130 const char *name = l->function_name;
14132 /* Allow for some names to be NULL, ignore them. */
14136 slot = (const char **) htab_find_slot (htab, (const void *) name,
14138 /* NOTE: We can assume slot != NULL here because xcalloc never
14142 htab_delete (htab);
14148 htab_delete (htab);
14152 /* When symbols change, it probably means the sources changed as well,
14153 and it might mean the static tracepoint markers are no longer at
14154 the same address or line numbers they used to be at last we
14155 checked. Losing your static tracepoints whenever you rebuild is
14156 undesirable. This function tries to resync/rematch gdb static
14157 tracepoints with the markers on the target, for static tracepoints
14158 that have not been set by marker id. Static tracepoint that have
14159 been set by marker id are reset by marker id in breakpoint_re_set.
14162 1) For a tracepoint set at a specific address, look for a marker at
14163 the old PC. If one is found there, assume to be the same marker.
14164 If the name / string id of the marker found is different from the
14165 previous known name, assume that means the user renamed the marker
14166 in the sources, and output a warning.
14168 2) For a tracepoint set at a given line number, look for a marker
14169 at the new address of the old line number. If one is found there,
14170 assume to be the same marker. If the name / string id of the
14171 marker found is different from the previous known name, assume that
14172 means the user renamed the marker in the sources, and output a
14175 3) If a marker is no longer found at the same address or line, it
14176 may mean the marker no longer exists. But it may also just mean
14177 the code changed a bit. Maybe the user added a few lines of code
14178 that made the marker move up or down (in line number terms). Ask
14179 the target for info about the marker with the string id as we knew
14180 it. If found, update line number and address in the matching
14181 static tracepoint. This will get confused if there's more than one
14182 marker with the same ID (possible in UST, although unadvised
14183 precisely because it confuses tools). */
14185 static struct symtab_and_line
14186 update_static_tracepoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct symtab_and_line sal)
14188 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) b;
14189 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker;
14194 find_line_pc (sal.symtab, sal.line, &pc);
14196 if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (pc, &marker))
14198 if (strcmp (tp->static_trace_marker_id, marker.str_id) != 0)
14199 warning (_("static tracepoint %d changed probed marker from %s to %s"),
14201 tp->static_trace_marker_id, marker.str_id);
14203 xfree (tp->static_trace_marker_id);
14204 tp->static_trace_marker_id = xstrdup (marker.str_id);
14205 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker);
14210 /* Old marker wasn't found on target at lineno. Try looking it up
14212 if (!sal.explicit_pc
14214 && sal.symtab != NULL
14215 && tp->static_trace_marker_id != NULL)
14217 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p) *markers;
14220 = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (tp->static_trace_marker_id);
14222 if (!VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers))
14224 struct symtab_and_line sal2;
14225 struct symbol *sym;
14226 struct static_tracepoint_marker *tpmarker;
14227 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
14229 tpmarker = VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers, 0);
14231 xfree (tp->static_trace_marker_id);
14232 tp->static_trace_marker_id = xstrdup (tpmarker->str_id);
14234 warning (_("marker for static tracepoint %d (%s) not "
14235 "found at previous line number"),
14236 b->number, tp->static_trace_marker_id);
14240 sal2.pc = tpmarker->address;
14242 sal2 = find_pc_line (tpmarker->address, 0);
14243 sym = find_pc_sect_function (tpmarker->address, NULL);
14244 ui_out_text (uiout, "Now in ");
14247 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "func",
14248 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym));
14249 ui_out_text (uiout, " at ");
14251 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "file",
14252 symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal2.symtab));
14253 ui_out_text (uiout, ":");
14255 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
14257 const char *fullname = symtab_to_fullname (sal2.symtab);
14259 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "fullname", fullname);
14262 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "line", sal2.line);
14263 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
14265 b->loc->line_number = sal2.line;
14266 b->loc->symtab = sym != NULL ? sal2.symtab : NULL;
14268 xfree (b->addr_string);
14269 b->addr_string = xstrprintf ("%s:%d",
14270 symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal2.symtab),
14271 b->loc->line_number);
14273 /* Might be nice to check if function changed, and warn if
14276 release_static_tracepoint_marker (tpmarker);
14282 /* Returns 1 iff locations A and B are sufficiently same that
14283 we don't need to report breakpoint as changed. */
14286 locations_are_equal (struct bp_location *a, struct bp_location *b)
14290 if (a->address != b->address)
14293 if (a->shlib_disabled != b->shlib_disabled)
14296 if (a->enabled != b->enabled)
14303 if ((a == NULL) != (b == NULL))
14309 /* Create new breakpoint locations for B (a hardware or software breakpoint)
14310 based on SALS and SALS_END. If SALS_END.NELTS is not zero, then B is
14311 a ranged breakpoint. */
14314 update_breakpoint_locations (struct breakpoint *b,
14315 struct symtabs_and_lines sals,
14316 struct symtabs_and_lines sals_end)
14319 struct bp_location *existing_locations = b->loc;
14321 if (sals_end.nelts != 0 && (sals.nelts != 1 || sals_end.nelts != 1))
14323 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one start location and one end
14325 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
14326 update_global_location_list (1);
14327 printf_unfiltered (_("Could not reset ranged breakpoint %d: "
14328 "multiple locations found\n"),
14333 /* If there's no new locations, and all existing locations are
14334 pending, don't do anything. This optimizes the common case where
14335 all locations are in the same shared library, that was unloaded.
14336 We'd like to retain the location, so that when the library is
14337 loaded again, we don't loose the enabled/disabled status of the
14338 individual locations. */
14339 if (all_locations_are_pending (existing_locations) && sals.nelts == 0)
14344 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
14346 struct bp_location *new_loc;
14348 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sals.sals[i].pspace);
14350 new_loc = add_location_to_breakpoint (b, &(sals.sals[i]));
14352 /* Reparse conditions, they might contain references to the
14354 if (b->cond_string != NULL)
14357 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
14359 s = b->cond_string;
14360 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
14362 new_loc->cond = parse_exp_1 (&s, sals.sals[i].pc,
14363 block_for_pc (sals.sals[i].pc),
14368 warning (_("failed to reevaluate condition "
14369 "for breakpoint %d: %s"),
14370 b->number, e.message);
14371 new_loc->enabled = 0;
14375 if (sals_end.nelts)
14377 CORE_ADDR end = find_breakpoint_range_end (sals_end.sals[0]);
14379 new_loc->length = end - sals.sals[0].pc + 1;
14383 /* Update locations of permanent breakpoints. */
14384 if (b->enable_state == bp_permanent)
14385 make_breakpoint_permanent (b);
14387 /* If possible, carry over 'disable' status from existing
14390 struct bp_location *e = existing_locations;
14391 /* If there are multiple breakpoints with the same function name,
14392 e.g. for inline functions, comparing function names won't work.
14393 Instead compare pc addresses; this is just a heuristic as things
14394 may have moved, but in practice it gives the correct answer
14395 often enough until a better solution is found. */
14396 int have_ambiguous_names = ambiguous_names_p (b->loc);
14398 for (; e; e = e->next)
14400 if (!e->enabled && e->function_name)
14402 struct bp_location *l = b->loc;
14403 if (have_ambiguous_names)
14405 for (; l; l = l->next)
14406 if (breakpoint_locations_match (e, l))
14414 for (; l; l = l->next)
14415 if (l->function_name
14416 && strcmp (e->function_name, l->function_name) == 0)
14426 if (!locations_are_equal (existing_locations, b->loc))
14427 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
14429 update_global_location_list (1);
14432 /* Find the SaL locations corresponding to the given ADDR_STRING.
14433 On return, FOUND will be 1 if any SaL was found, zero otherwise. */
14435 static struct symtabs_and_lines
14436 addr_string_to_sals (struct breakpoint *b, char *addr_string, int *found)
14439 struct symtabs_and_lines sals = {0};
14440 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
14442 gdb_assert (b->ops != NULL);
14445 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
14447 b->ops->decode_linespec (b, &s, &sals);
14451 int not_found_and_ok = 0;
14452 /* For pending breakpoints, it's expected that parsing will
14453 fail until the right shared library is loaded. User has
14454 already told to create pending breakpoints and don't need
14455 extra messages. If breakpoint is in bp_shlib_disabled
14456 state, then user already saw the message about that
14457 breakpoint being disabled, and don't want to see more
14459 if (e.error == NOT_FOUND_ERROR
14460 && (b->condition_not_parsed
14461 || (b->loc && b->loc->shlib_disabled)
14462 || (b->loc && b->loc->pspace->executing_startup)
14463 || b->enable_state == bp_disabled))
14464 not_found_and_ok = 1;
14466 if (!not_found_and_ok)
14468 /* We surely don't want to warn about the same breakpoint
14469 10 times. One solution, implemented here, is disable
14470 the breakpoint on error. Another solution would be to
14471 have separate 'warning emitted' flag. Since this
14472 happens only when a binary has changed, I don't know
14473 which approach is better. */
14474 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
14475 throw_exception (e);
14479 if (e.reason == 0 || e.error != NOT_FOUND_ERROR)
14483 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
14484 resolve_sal_pc (&sals.sals[i]);
14485 if (b->condition_not_parsed && s && s[0])
14487 char *cond_string, *extra_string;
14490 find_condition_and_thread (s, sals.sals[0].pc,
14491 &cond_string, &thread, &task,
14494 b->cond_string = cond_string;
14495 b->thread = thread;
14498 b->extra_string = extra_string;
14499 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
14502 if (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint && !strace_marker_p (b))
14503 sals.sals[0] = update_static_tracepoint (b, sals.sals[0]);
14513 /* The default re_set method, for typical hardware or software
14514 breakpoints. Reevaluate the breakpoint and recreate its
14518 breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint *b)
14521 struct symtabs_and_lines sals, sals_end;
14522 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded = {0};
14523 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded_end = {0};
14525 sals = addr_string_to_sals (b, b->addr_string, &found);
14528 make_cleanup (xfree, sals.sals);
14532 if (b->addr_string_range_end)
14534 sals_end = addr_string_to_sals (b, b->addr_string_range_end, &found);
14537 make_cleanup (xfree, sals_end.sals);
14538 expanded_end = sals_end;
14542 update_breakpoint_locations (b, expanded, expanded_end);
14545 /* Default method for creating SALs from an address string. It basically
14546 calls parse_breakpoint_sals. Return 1 for success, zero for failure. */
14549 create_sals_from_address_default (char **arg,
14550 struct linespec_result *canonical,
14551 enum bptype type_wanted,
14552 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
14554 parse_breakpoint_sals (arg, canonical);
14557 /* Call create_breakpoints_sal for the given arguments. This is the default
14558 function for the `create_breakpoints_sal' method of
14562 create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
14563 struct linespec_result *canonical,
14565 char *extra_string,
14566 enum bptype type_wanted,
14567 enum bpdisp disposition,
14569 int task, int ignore_count,
14570 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
14571 int from_tty, int enabled,
14572 int internal, unsigned flags)
14574 create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch, canonical, cond_string,
14576 type_wanted, disposition,
14577 thread, task, ignore_count, ops, from_tty,
14578 enabled, internal, flags);
14581 /* Decode the line represented by S by calling decode_line_full. This is the
14582 default function for the `decode_linespec' method of breakpoint_ops. */
14585 decode_linespec_default (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
14586 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
14588 struct linespec_result canonical;
14590 init_linespec_result (&canonical);
14591 decode_line_full (s, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
14592 (struct symtab *) NULL, 0,
14593 &canonical, multiple_symbols_all,
14596 /* We should get 0 or 1 resulting SALs. */
14597 gdb_assert (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical.sals) < 2);
14599 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical.sals) > 0)
14601 struct linespec_sals *lsal;
14603 lsal = VEC_index (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, 0);
14604 *sals = lsal->sals;
14605 /* Arrange it so the destructor does not free the
14607 lsal->sals.sals = NULL;
14610 destroy_linespec_result (&canonical);
14613 /* Prepare the global context for a re-set of breakpoint B. */
14615 static struct cleanup *
14616 prepare_re_set_context (struct breakpoint *b)
14618 struct cleanup *cleanups;
14620 input_radix = b->input_radix;
14621 cleanups = save_current_space_and_thread ();
14622 if (b->pspace != NULL)
14623 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (b->pspace);
14624 set_language (b->language);
14629 /* Reset a breakpoint given it's struct breakpoint * BINT.
14630 The value we return ends up being the return value from catch_errors.
14631 Unused in this case. */
14634 breakpoint_re_set_one (void *bint)
14636 /* Get past catch_errs. */
14637 struct breakpoint *b = (struct breakpoint *) bint;
14638 struct cleanup *cleanups;
14640 cleanups = prepare_re_set_context (b);
14641 b->ops->re_set (b);
14642 do_cleanups (cleanups);
14646 /* Re-set all breakpoints after symbols have been re-loaded. */
14648 breakpoint_re_set (void)
14650 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
14651 enum language save_language;
14652 int save_input_radix;
14653 struct cleanup *old_chain;
14655 save_language = current_language->la_language;
14656 save_input_radix = input_radix;
14657 old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
14659 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
14661 /* Format possible error msg. */
14662 char *message = xstrprintf ("Error in re-setting breakpoint %d: ",
14664 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, message);
14665 catch_errors (breakpoint_re_set_one, b, message, RETURN_MASK_ALL);
14666 do_cleanups (cleanups);
14668 set_language (save_language);
14669 input_radix = save_input_radix;
14671 jit_breakpoint_re_set ();
14673 do_cleanups (old_chain);
14675 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
14676 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
14677 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
14678 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
14681 /* Reset the thread number of this breakpoint:
14683 - If the breakpoint is for all threads, leave it as-is.
14684 - Else, reset it to the current thread for inferior_ptid. */
14686 breakpoint_re_set_thread (struct breakpoint *b)
14688 if (b->thread != -1)
14690 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid))
14691 b->thread = pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid);
14693 /* We're being called after following a fork. The new fork is
14694 selected as current, and unless this was a vfork will have a
14695 different program space from the original thread. Reset that
14697 b->loc->pspace = current_program_space;
14701 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
14702 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
14703 which ends with a period (no newline). */
14706 set_ignore_count (int bptnum, int count, int from_tty)
14708 struct breakpoint *b;
14713 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
14714 if (b->number == bptnum)
14716 if (is_tracepoint (b))
14718 if (from_tty && count != 0)
14719 printf_filtered (_("Ignore count ignored for tracepoint %d."),
14724 b->ignore_count = count;
14728 printf_filtered (_("Will stop next time "
14729 "breakpoint %d is reached."),
14731 else if (count == 1)
14732 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next crossing of breakpoint %d."),
14735 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next %d "
14736 "crossings of breakpoint %d."),
14739 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
14743 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bptnum);
14746 /* Command to set ignore-count of breakpoint N to COUNT. */
14749 ignore_command (char *args, int from_tty)
14755 error_no_arg (_("a breakpoint number"));
14757 num = get_number (&p);
14759 error (_("bad breakpoint number: '%s'"), args);
14761 error (_("Second argument (specified ignore-count) is missing."));
14763 set_ignore_count (num,
14764 longest_to_int (value_as_long (parse_and_eval (p))),
14767 printf_filtered ("\n");
14770 /* Call FUNCTION on each of the breakpoints
14771 whose numbers are given in ARGS. */
14774 map_breakpoint_numbers (char *args, void (*function) (struct breakpoint *,
14779 struct breakpoint *b, *tmp;
14781 struct get_number_or_range_state state;
14784 error_no_arg (_("one or more breakpoint numbers"));
14786 init_number_or_range (&state, args);
14788 while (!state.finished)
14790 const char *p = state.string;
14794 num = get_number_or_range (&state);
14797 warning (_("bad breakpoint number at or near '%s'"), p);
14801 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, tmp)
14802 if (b->number == num)
14805 function (b, data);
14809 printf_unfiltered (_("No breakpoint number %d.\n"), num);
14814 static struct bp_location *
14815 find_location_by_number (char *number)
14817 char *dot = strchr (number, '.');
14821 struct breakpoint *b;
14822 struct bp_location *loc;
14827 bp_num = get_number (&p1);
14829 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number);
14831 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
14832 if (b->number == bp_num)
14837 if (!b || b->number != bp_num)
14838 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number);
14841 loc_num = get_number (&p1);
14843 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), number);
14847 for (;loc_num && loc; --loc_num, loc = loc->next)
14850 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), dot+1);
14856 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
14857 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
14858 which ends with a period (no newline). */
14861 disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
14863 /* Never disable a watchpoint scope breakpoint; we want to
14864 hit them when we leave scope so we can delete both the
14865 watchpoint and its scope breakpoint at that time. */
14866 if (bpt->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
14869 /* You can't disable permanent breakpoints. */
14870 if (bpt->enable_state == bp_permanent)
14873 bpt->enable_state = bp_disabled;
14875 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
14876 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
14878 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14879 && current_trace_status ()->running && is_tracepoint (bpt))
14881 struct bp_location *location;
14883 for (location = bpt->loc; location; location = location->next)
14884 target_disable_tracepoint (location);
14887 update_global_location_list (0);
14889 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
14892 /* A callback for iterate_over_related_breakpoints. */
14895 do_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
14897 disable_breakpoint (b);
14900 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
14901 disable_breakpoint. */
14904 do_map_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
14906 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b, do_disable_breakpoint, NULL);
14910 disable_command (char *args, int from_tty)
14914 struct breakpoint *bpt;
14916 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
14917 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt))
14918 disable_breakpoint (bpt);
14922 char *num = extract_arg (&args);
14926 if (strchr (num, '.'))
14928 struct bp_location *loc = find_location_by_number (num);
14935 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
14937 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14938 && current_trace_status ()->running && loc->owner
14939 && is_tracepoint (loc->owner))
14940 target_disable_tracepoint (loc);
14942 update_global_location_list (0);
14945 map_breakpoint_numbers (num, do_map_disable_breakpoint, NULL);
14946 num = extract_arg (&args);
14952 enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint *bpt, enum bpdisp disposition,
14955 int target_resources_ok;
14957 if (bpt->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
14960 i = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
14961 target_resources_ok =
14962 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
14964 if (target_resources_ok == 0)
14965 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
14966 else if (target_resources_ok < 0)
14967 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
14970 if (is_watchpoint (bpt))
14972 /* Initialize it just to avoid a GCC false warning. */
14973 enum enable_state orig_enable_state = 0;
14974 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
14976 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
14978 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt;
14980 orig_enable_state = bpt->enable_state;
14981 bpt->enable_state = bp_enabled;
14982 update_watchpoint (w, 1 /* reparse */);
14986 bpt->enable_state = orig_enable_state;
14987 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr, e, _("Cannot enable watchpoint %d: "),
14993 if (bpt->enable_state != bp_permanent)
14994 bpt->enable_state = bp_enabled;
14996 bpt->enable_state = bp_enabled;
14998 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
14999 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
15001 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
15002 && current_trace_status ()->running && is_tracepoint (bpt))
15004 struct bp_location *location;
15006 for (location = bpt->loc; location; location = location->next)
15007 target_enable_tracepoint (location);
15010 bpt->disposition = disposition;
15011 bpt->enable_count = count;
15012 update_global_location_list (1);
15014 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
15019 enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
15021 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt, bpt->disposition, 0);
15025 do_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *arg)
15027 enable_breakpoint (bpt);
15030 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
15031 enable_breakpoint. */
15034 do_map_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
15036 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b, do_enable_breakpoint, NULL);
15039 /* The enable command enables the specified breakpoints (or all defined
15040 breakpoints) so they once again become (or continue to be) effective
15041 in stopping the inferior. */
15044 enable_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15048 struct breakpoint *bpt;
15050 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
15051 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt))
15052 enable_breakpoint (bpt);
15056 char *num = extract_arg (&args);
15060 if (strchr (num, '.'))
15062 struct bp_location *loc = find_location_by_number (num);
15069 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
15071 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
15072 && current_trace_status ()->running && loc->owner
15073 && is_tracepoint (loc->owner))
15074 target_enable_tracepoint (loc);
15076 update_global_location_list (1);
15079 map_breakpoint_numbers (num, do_map_enable_breakpoint, NULL);
15080 num = extract_arg (&args);
15085 /* This struct packages up disposition data for application to multiple
15095 do_enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *arg)
15097 struct disp_data disp_data = *(struct disp_data *) arg;
15099 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt, disp_data.disp, disp_data.count);
15103 do_map_enable_once_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *ignore)
15105 struct disp_data disp = { disp_disable, 1 };
15107 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt, do_enable_breakpoint_disp, &disp);
15111 enable_once_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15113 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_enable_once_breakpoint, NULL);
15117 do_map_enable_count_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *countptr)
15119 struct disp_data disp = { disp_disable, *(int *) countptr };
15121 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt, do_enable_breakpoint_disp, &disp);
15125 enable_count_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15127 int count = get_number (&args);
15129 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_enable_count_breakpoint, &count);
15133 do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *ignore)
15135 struct disp_data disp = { disp_del, 1 };
15137 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt, do_enable_breakpoint_disp, &disp);
15141 enable_delete_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15143 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
15147 set_breakpoint_cmd (char *args, int from_tty)
15152 show_breakpoint_cmd (char *args, int from_tty)
15156 /* Invalidate last known value of any hardware watchpoint if
15157 the memory which that value represents has been written to by
15161 invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change (struct inferior *inferior,
15162 CORE_ADDR addr, ssize_t len,
15163 const bfd_byte *data)
15165 struct breakpoint *bp;
15167 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp)
15168 if (bp->enable_state == bp_enabled
15169 && bp->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
15171 struct watchpoint *wp = (struct watchpoint *) bp;
15173 if (wp->val_valid && wp->val)
15175 struct bp_location *loc;
15177 for (loc = bp->loc; loc != NULL; loc = loc->next)
15178 if (loc->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
15179 && loc->address + loc->length > addr
15180 && addr + len > loc->address)
15182 value_free (wp->val);
15190 /* Create and insert a raw software breakpoint at PC. Return an
15191 identifier, which should be used to remove the breakpoint later.
15192 In general, places which call this should be using something on the
15193 breakpoint chain instead; this function should be eliminated
15197 deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
15198 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
15200 struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt;
15201 struct bp_location *bl;
15203 bp_tgt = XCNEW (struct bp_target_info);
15205 bp_tgt->placed_address_space = aspace;
15206 bp_tgt->placed_address = pc;
15208 /* If an unconditional non-raw breakpoint is already inserted at
15209 that location, there's no need to insert another. However, with
15210 target-side evaluation of breakpoint conditions, if the
15211 breakpoint that is currently inserted on the target is
15212 conditional, we need to make it unconditional. Note that a
15213 breakpoint with target-side commands is not reported even if
15214 unconditional, so we need to remove the commands from the target
15216 bl = find_non_raw_software_breakpoint_inserted_here (aspace, pc);
15218 && VEC_empty (agent_expr_p, bl->target_info.conditions)
15219 && VEC_empty (agent_expr_p, bl->target_info.tcommands))
15221 bp_target_info_copy_insertion_state (bp_tgt, &bl->target_info);
15225 if (target_insert_breakpoint (gdbarch, bp_tgt) != 0)
15227 /* Could not insert the breakpoint. */
15235 /* Remove a breakpoint BP inserted by
15236 deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint. */
15239 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, void *bp)
15241 struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt = bp;
15242 struct address_space *aspace = bp_tgt->placed_address_space;
15243 CORE_ADDR address = bp_tgt->placed_address;
15244 struct bp_location *bl;
15247 bl = find_non_raw_software_breakpoint_inserted_here (aspace, address);
15249 /* Only remove the raw breakpoint if there are no other non-raw
15250 breakpoints still inserted at this location. Otherwise, we would
15251 be effectively disabling those breakpoints. */
15253 ret = target_remove_breakpoint (gdbarch, bp_tgt);
15254 else if (!VEC_empty (agent_expr_p, bl->target_info.conditions)
15255 || !VEC_empty (agent_expr_p, bl->target_info.tcommands))
15257 /* The target is evaluating conditions, and when we inserted the
15258 software single-step breakpoint, we had made the breakpoint
15259 unconditional and command-less on the target side. Reinsert
15260 to restore the conditions/commands. */
15261 ret = target_insert_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch, &bl->target_info);
15271 /* Create and insert a breakpoint for software single step. */
15274 insert_single_step_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
15275 struct address_space *aspace,
15280 if (single_step_breakpoints[0] == NULL)
15282 bpt_p = &single_step_breakpoints[0];
15283 single_step_gdbarch[0] = gdbarch;
15287 gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints[1] == NULL);
15288 bpt_p = &single_step_breakpoints[1];
15289 single_step_gdbarch[1] = gdbarch;
15292 /* NOTE drow/2006-04-11: A future improvement to this function would
15293 be to only create the breakpoints once, and actually put them on
15294 the breakpoint chain. That would let us use set_raw_breakpoint.
15295 We could adjust the addresses each time they were needed. Doing
15296 this requires corresponding changes elsewhere where single step
15297 breakpoints are handled, however. So, for now, we use this. */
15299 *bpt_p = deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, aspace, next_pc);
15300 if (*bpt_p == NULL)
15301 error (_("Could not insert single-step breakpoint at %s"),
15302 paddress (gdbarch, next_pc));
15305 /* Check if the breakpoints used for software single stepping
15306 were inserted or not. */
15309 single_step_breakpoints_inserted (void)
15311 return (single_step_breakpoints[0] != NULL
15312 || single_step_breakpoints[1] != NULL);
15315 /* Remove and delete any breakpoints used for software single step. */
15318 remove_single_step_breakpoints (void)
15320 gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints[0] != NULL);
15322 /* See insert_single_step_breakpoint for more about this deprecated
15324 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch[0],
15325 single_step_breakpoints[0]);
15326 single_step_gdbarch[0] = NULL;
15327 single_step_breakpoints[0] = NULL;
15329 if (single_step_breakpoints[1] != NULL)
15331 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch[1],
15332 single_step_breakpoints[1]);
15333 single_step_gdbarch[1] = NULL;
15334 single_step_breakpoints[1] = NULL;
15338 /* Delete software single step breakpoints without removing them from
15339 the inferior. This is intended to be used if the inferior's address
15340 space where they were inserted is already gone, e.g. after exit or
15344 cancel_single_step_breakpoints (void)
15348 for (i = 0; i < 2; i++)
15349 if (single_step_breakpoints[i])
15351 xfree (single_step_breakpoints[i]);
15352 single_step_breakpoints[i] = NULL;
15353 single_step_gdbarch[i] = NULL;
15357 /* Detach software single-step breakpoints from INFERIOR_PTID without
15361 detach_single_step_breakpoints (void)
15365 for (i = 0; i < 2; i++)
15366 if (single_step_breakpoints[i])
15367 target_remove_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch[i],
15368 single_step_breakpoints[i]);
15371 /* Find the software single-step breakpoint that inserted at PC.
15372 Returns its slot if found, and -1 if not found. */
15375 find_single_step_breakpoint (struct address_space *aspace,
15380 for (i = 0; i < 2; i++)
15382 struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt = single_step_breakpoints[i];
15384 && breakpoint_address_match (bp_tgt->placed_address_space,
15385 bp_tgt->placed_address,
15393 /* Check whether a software single-step breakpoint is inserted at
15397 single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace,
15400 return find_single_step_breakpoint (aspace, pc) >= 0;
15403 /* Returns 0 if 'bp' is NOT a syscall catchpoint,
15404 non-zero otherwise. */
15406 is_syscall_catchpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint *bp)
15408 if (syscall_catchpoint_p (bp)
15409 && bp->enable_state != bp_disabled
15410 && bp->enable_state != bp_call_disabled)
15417 catch_syscall_enabled (void)
15419 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data *inf_data
15420 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (current_inferior ());
15422 return inf_data->total_syscalls_count != 0;
15426 catching_syscall_number (int syscall_number)
15428 struct breakpoint *bp;
15430 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp)
15431 if (is_syscall_catchpoint_enabled (bp))
15433 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) bp;
15435 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
15439 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
15441 if (syscall_number == iter)
15451 /* Complete syscall names. Used by "catch syscall". */
15452 static VEC (char_ptr) *
15453 catch_syscall_completer (struct cmd_list_element *cmd,
15454 const char *text, const char *word)
15456 const char **list = get_syscall_names ();
15457 VEC (char_ptr) *retlist
15458 = (list == NULL) ? NULL : complete_on_enum (list, word, word);
15464 /* Tracepoint-specific operations. */
15466 /* Set tracepoint count to NUM. */
15468 set_tracepoint_count (int num)
15470 tracepoint_count = num;
15471 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("tpnum"), num);
15475 trace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
15477 struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
15478 const char *arg_cp = arg;
15480 if (arg && probe_linespec_to_ops (&arg_cp))
15481 ops = &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops;
15483 ops = &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
15485 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15487 NULL, 0, NULL, 1 /* parse arg */,
15489 bp_tracepoint /* type_wanted */,
15490 0 /* Ignore count */,
15491 pending_break_support,
15495 0 /* internal */, 0);
15499 ftrace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
15501 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15503 NULL, 0, NULL, 1 /* parse arg */,
15505 bp_fast_tracepoint /* type_wanted */,
15506 0 /* Ignore count */,
15507 pending_break_support,
15508 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops,
15511 0 /* internal */, 0);
15514 /* strace command implementation. Creates a static tracepoint. */
15517 strace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
15519 struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
15521 /* Decide if we are dealing with a static tracepoint marker (`-m'),
15522 or with a normal static tracepoint. */
15523 if (arg && strncmp (arg, "-m", 2) == 0 && isspace (arg[2]))
15524 ops = &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
15526 ops = &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
15528 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15530 NULL, 0, NULL, 1 /* parse arg */,
15532 bp_static_tracepoint /* type_wanted */,
15533 0 /* Ignore count */,
15534 pending_break_support,
15538 0 /* internal */, 0);
15541 /* Set up a fake reader function that gets command lines from a linked
15542 list that was acquired during tracepoint uploading. */
15544 static struct uploaded_tp *this_utp;
15545 static int next_cmd;
15548 read_uploaded_action (void)
15552 VEC_iterate (char_ptr, this_utp->cmd_strings, next_cmd, rslt);
15559 /* Given information about a tracepoint as recorded on a target (which
15560 can be either a live system or a trace file), attempt to create an
15561 equivalent GDB tracepoint. This is not a reliable process, since
15562 the target does not necessarily have all the information used when
15563 the tracepoint was originally defined. */
15565 struct tracepoint *
15566 create_tracepoint_from_upload (struct uploaded_tp *utp)
15568 char *addr_str, small_buf[100];
15569 struct tracepoint *tp;
15571 if (utp->at_string)
15572 addr_str = utp->at_string;
15575 /* In the absence of a source location, fall back to raw
15576 address. Since there is no way to confirm that the address
15577 means the same thing as when the trace was started, warn the
15579 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d has no "
15580 "source location, using raw address"),
15582 xsnprintf (small_buf, sizeof (small_buf), "*%s", hex_string (utp->addr));
15583 addr_str = small_buf;
15586 /* There's not much we can do with a sequence of bytecodes. */
15587 if (utp->cond && !utp->cond_string)
15588 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d condition "
15589 "has no source form, ignoring it"),
15592 if (!create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15594 utp->cond_string, -1, NULL,
15595 0 /* parse cond/thread */,
15597 utp->type /* type_wanted */,
15598 0 /* Ignore count */,
15599 pending_break_support,
15600 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops,
15602 utp->enabled /* enabled */,
15604 CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED))
15607 /* Get the tracepoint we just created. */
15608 tp = get_tracepoint (tracepoint_count);
15609 gdb_assert (tp != NULL);
15613 xsnprintf (small_buf, sizeof (small_buf), "%d %d", utp->pass,
15616 trace_pass_command (small_buf, 0);
15619 /* If we have uploaded versions of the original commands, set up a
15620 special-purpose "reader" function and call the usual command line
15621 reader, then pass the result to the breakpoint command-setting
15623 if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr, utp->cmd_strings))
15625 struct command_line *cmd_list;
15630 cmd_list = read_command_lines_1 (read_uploaded_action, 1, NULL, NULL);
15632 breakpoint_set_commands (&tp->base, cmd_list);
15634 else if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr, utp->actions)
15635 || !VEC_empty (char_ptr, utp->step_actions))
15636 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d actions "
15637 "have no source form, ignoring them"),
15640 /* Copy any status information that might be available. */
15641 tp->base.hit_count = utp->hit_count;
15642 tp->traceframe_usage = utp->traceframe_usage;
15647 /* Print information on tracepoint number TPNUM_EXP, or all if
15651 tracepoints_info (char *args, int from_tty)
15653 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
15656 num_printed = breakpoint_1 (args, 0, is_tracepoint);
15658 if (num_printed == 0)
15660 if (args == NULL || *args == '\0')
15661 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No tracepoints.\n");
15663 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No tracepoint matching '%s'.\n", args);
15666 default_collect_info ();
15669 /* The 'enable trace' command enables tracepoints.
15670 Not supported by all targets. */
15672 enable_trace_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15674 enable_command (args, from_tty);
15677 /* The 'disable trace' command disables tracepoints.
15678 Not supported by all targets. */
15680 disable_trace_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15682 disable_command (args, from_tty);
15685 /* Remove a tracepoint (or all if no argument). */
15687 delete_trace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
15689 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
15695 int breaks_to_delete = 0;
15697 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument.
15698 Do not delete internal or call-dummy breakpoints, these
15699 have to be deleted with an explicit breakpoint number
15701 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
15702 if (is_tracepoint (b) && user_breakpoint_p (b))
15704 breaks_to_delete = 1;
15708 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
15710 || (breaks_to_delete && query (_("Delete all tracepoints? "))))
15712 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
15713 if (is_tracepoint (b) && user_breakpoint_p (b))
15714 delete_breakpoint (b);
15718 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg, do_map_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
15721 /* Helper function for trace_pass_command. */
15724 trace_pass_set_count (struct tracepoint *tp, int count, int from_tty)
15726 tp->pass_count = count;
15727 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (&tp->base);
15729 printf_filtered (_("Setting tracepoint %d's passcount to %d\n"),
15730 tp->base.number, count);
15733 /* Set passcount for tracepoint.
15735 First command argument is passcount, second is tracepoint number.
15736 If tracepoint number omitted, apply to most recently defined.
15737 Also accepts special argument "all". */
15740 trace_pass_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15742 struct tracepoint *t1;
15743 unsigned int count;
15745 if (args == 0 || *args == 0)
15746 error (_("passcount command requires an "
15747 "argument (count + optional TP num)"));
15749 count = strtoul (args, &args, 10); /* Count comes first, then TP num. */
15751 args = skip_spaces (args);
15752 if (*args && strncasecmp (args, "all", 3) == 0)
15754 struct breakpoint *b;
15756 args += 3; /* Skip special argument "all". */
15758 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
15760 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
15762 t1 = (struct tracepoint *) b;
15763 trace_pass_set_count (t1, count, from_tty);
15766 else if (*args == '\0')
15768 t1 = get_tracepoint_by_number (&args, NULL);
15770 trace_pass_set_count (t1, count, from_tty);
15774 struct get_number_or_range_state state;
15776 init_number_or_range (&state, args);
15777 while (!state.finished)
15779 t1 = get_tracepoint_by_number (&args, &state);
15781 trace_pass_set_count (t1, count, from_tty);
15786 struct tracepoint *
15787 get_tracepoint (int num)
15789 struct breakpoint *t;
15791 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t)
15792 if (t->number == num)
15793 return (struct tracepoint *) t;
15798 /* Find the tracepoint with the given target-side number (which may be
15799 different from the tracepoint number after disconnecting and
15802 struct tracepoint *
15803 get_tracepoint_by_number_on_target (int num)
15805 struct breakpoint *b;
15807 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
15809 struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
15811 if (t->number_on_target == num)
15818 /* Utility: parse a tracepoint number and look it up in the list.
15819 If STATE is not NULL, use, get_number_or_range_state and ignore ARG.
15820 If the argument is missing, the most recent tracepoint
15821 (tracepoint_count) is returned. */
15823 struct tracepoint *
15824 get_tracepoint_by_number (char **arg,
15825 struct get_number_or_range_state *state)
15827 struct breakpoint *t;
15829 char *instring = arg == NULL ? NULL : *arg;
15833 gdb_assert (!state->finished);
15834 tpnum = get_number_or_range (state);
15836 else if (arg == NULL || *arg == NULL || ! **arg)
15837 tpnum = tracepoint_count;
15839 tpnum = get_number (arg);
15843 if (instring && *instring)
15844 printf_filtered (_("bad tracepoint number at or near '%s'\n"),
15847 printf_filtered (_("No previous tracepoint\n"));
15851 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t)
15852 if (t->number == tpnum)
15854 return (struct tracepoint *) t;
15857 printf_unfiltered ("No tracepoint number %d.\n", tpnum);
15862 print_recreate_thread (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
15864 if (b->thread != -1)
15865 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " thread %d", b->thread);
15868 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " task %d", b->task);
15870 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "\n");
15873 /* Save information on user settable breakpoints (watchpoints, etc) to
15874 a new script file named FILENAME. If FILTER is non-NULL, call it
15875 on each breakpoint and only include the ones for which it returns
15879 save_breakpoints (char *filename, int from_tty,
15880 int (*filter) (const struct breakpoint *))
15882 struct breakpoint *tp;
15884 struct cleanup *cleanup;
15885 struct ui_file *fp;
15886 int extra_trace_bits = 0;
15888 if (filename == 0 || *filename == 0)
15889 error (_("Argument required (file name in which to save)"));
15891 /* See if we have anything to save. */
15892 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp)
15894 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
15895 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp))
15898 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
15899 if (filter && !filter (tp))
15904 if (is_tracepoint (tp))
15906 extra_trace_bits = 1;
15908 /* We can stop searching. */
15915 warning (_("Nothing to save."));
15919 filename = tilde_expand (filename);
15920 cleanup = make_cleanup (xfree, filename);
15921 fp = gdb_fopen (filename, "w");
15923 error (_("Unable to open file '%s' for saving (%s)"),
15924 filename, safe_strerror (errno));
15925 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (fp);
15927 if (extra_trace_bits)
15928 save_trace_state_variables (fp);
15930 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp)
15932 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
15933 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp))
15936 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
15937 if (filter && !filter (tp))
15940 tp->ops->print_recreate (tp, fp);
15942 /* Note, we can't rely on tp->number for anything, as we can't
15943 assume the recreated breakpoint numbers will match. Use $bpnum
15946 if (tp->cond_string)
15947 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " condition $bpnum %s\n", tp->cond_string);
15949 if (tp->ignore_count)
15950 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " ignore $bpnum %d\n", tp->ignore_count);
15952 if (tp->type != bp_dprintf && tp->commands)
15954 volatile struct gdb_exception ex;
15956 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " commands\n");
15958 ui_out_redirect (current_uiout, fp);
15959 TRY_CATCH (ex, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
15961 print_command_lines (current_uiout, tp->commands->commands, 2);
15963 ui_out_redirect (current_uiout, NULL);
15966 throw_exception (ex);
15968 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " end\n");
15971 if (tp->enable_state == bp_disabled)
15972 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "disable\n");
15974 /* If this is a multi-location breakpoint, check if the locations
15975 should be individually disabled. Watchpoint locations are
15976 special, and not user visible. */
15977 if (!is_watchpoint (tp) && tp->loc && tp->loc->next)
15979 struct bp_location *loc;
15982 for (loc = tp->loc; loc != NULL; loc = loc->next, n++)
15984 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "disable $bpnum.%d\n", n);
15988 if (extra_trace_bits && *default_collect)
15989 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "set default-collect %s\n", default_collect);
15992 printf_filtered (_("Saved to file '%s'.\n"), filename);
15993 do_cleanups (cleanup);
15996 /* The `save breakpoints' command. */
15999 save_breakpoints_command (char *args, int from_tty)
16001 save_breakpoints (args, from_tty, NULL);
16004 /* The `save tracepoints' command. */
16007 save_tracepoints_command (char *args, int from_tty)
16009 save_breakpoints (args, from_tty, is_tracepoint);
16012 /* Create a vector of all tracepoints. */
16014 VEC(breakpoint_p) *
16015 all_tracepoints (void)
16017 VEC(breakpoint_p) *tp_vec = 0;
16018 struct breakpoint *tp;
16020 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (tp)
16022 VEC_safe_push (breakpoint_p, tp_vec, tp);
16029 /* This help string is used for the break, hbreak, tbreak and thbreak
16030 commands. It is defined as a macro to prevent duplication.
16031 COMMAND should be a string constant containing the name of the
16033 #define BREAK_ARGS_HELP(command) \
16034 command" [PROBE_MODIFIER] [LOCATION] [thread THREADNUM] [if CONDITION]\n\
16035 PROBE_MODIFIER shall be present if the command is to be placed in a\n\
16036 probe point. Accepted values are `-probe' (for a generic, automatically\n\
16037 guessed probe type) or `-probe-stap' (for a SystemTap probe).\n\
16038 LOCATION may be a line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
16039 If a line number is specified, break at start of code for that line.\n\
16040 If a function is specified, break at start of code for that function.\n\
16041 If an address is specified, break at that exact address.\n\
16042 With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of the selected\n\
16043 stack frame. This is useful for breaking on return to a stack frame.\n\
16045 THREADNUM is the number from \"info threads\".\n\
16046 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
16048 Multiple breakpoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
16049 conditions are different.\n\
16051 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints."
16053 /* List of subcommands for "catch". */
16054 static struct cmd_list_element *catch_cmdlist;
16056 /* List of subcommands for "tcatch". */
16057 static struct cmd_list_element *tcatch_cmdlist;
16060 add_catch_command (char *name, char *docstring,
16061 cmd_sfunc_ftype *sfunc,
16062 completer_ftype *completer,
16063 void *user_data_catch,
16064 void *user_data_tcatch)
16066 struct cmd_list_element *command;
16068 command = add_cmd (name, class_breakpoint, NULL, docstring,
16070 set_cmd_sfunc (command, sfunc);
16071 set_cmd_context (command, user_data_catch);
16072 set_cmd_completer (command, completer);
16074 command = add_cmd (name, class_breakpoint, NULL, docstring,
16076 set_cmd_sfunc (command, sfunc);
16077 set_cmd_context (command, user_data_tcatch);
16078 set_cmd_completer (command, completer);
16082 clear_syscall_counts (struct inferior *inf)
16084 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data *inf_data
16085 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (inf);
16087 inf_data->total_syscalls_count = 0;
16088 inf_data->any_syscall_count = 0;
16089 VEC_free (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts);
16093 save_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
16095 printf_unfiltered (_("\"save\" must be followed by "
16096 "the name of a save subcommand.\n"));
16097 help_list (save_cmdlist, "save ", all_commands, gdb_stdout);
16100 struct breakpoint *
16101 iterate_over_breakpoints (int (*callback) (struct breakpoint *, void *),
16104 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
16106 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
16108 if ((*callback) (b, data))
16115 /* Zero if any of the breakpoint's locations could be a location where
16116 functions have been inlined, nonzero otherwise. */
16119 is_non_inline_function (struct breakpoint *b)
16121 /* The shared library event breakpoint is set on the address of a
16122 non-inline function. */
16123 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event)
16129 /* Nonzero if the specified PC cannot be a location where functions
16130 have been inlined. */
16133 pc_at_non_inline_function (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc,
16134 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
16136 struct breakpoint *b;
16137 struct bp_location *bl;
16139 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
16141 if (!is_non_inline_function (b))
16144 for (bl = b->loc; bl != NULL; bl = bl->next)
16146 if (!bl->shlib_disabled
16147 && bpstat_check_location (bl, aspace, pc, ws))
16155 /* Remove any references to OBJFILE which is going to be freed. */
16158 breakpoint_free_objfile (struct objfile *objfile)
16160 struct bp_location **locp, *loc;
16162 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp)
16163 if (loc->symtab != NULL && loc->symtab->objfile == objfile)
16164 loc->symtab = NULL;
16168 initialize_breakpoint_ops (void)
16170 static int initialized = 0;
16172 struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
16178 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherit by all kinds of
16179 breakpoints (real breakpoints, i.e., user "break" breakpoints,
16180 internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
16181 ops = &bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
16182 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
16183 ops->re_set = bkpt_re_set;
16184 ops->insert_location = bkpt_insert_location;
16185 ops->remove_location = bkpt_remove_location;
16186 ops->breakpoint_hit = bkpt_breakpoint_hit;
16187 ops->create_sals_from_address = bkpt_create_sals_from_address;
16188 ops->create_breakpoints_sal = bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal;
16189 ops->decode_linespec = bkpt_decode_linespec;
16191 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular breakpoints. */
16192 ops = &bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
16193 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
16194 ops->re_set = bkpt_re_set;
16195 ops->resources_needed = bkpt_resources_needed;
16196 ops->print_it = bkpt_print_it;
16197 ops->print_mention = bkpt_print_mention;
16198 ops->print_recreate = bkpt_print_recreate;
16200 /* Ranged breakpoints. */
16201 ops = &ranged_breakpoint_ops;
16202 *ops = bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
16203 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint;
16204 ops->resources_needed = resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint;
16205 ops->print_it = print_it_ranged_breakpoint;
16206 ops->print_one = print_one_ranged_breakpoint;
16207 ops->print_one_detail = print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint;
16208 ops->print_mention = print_mention_ranged_breakpoint;
16209 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint;
16211 /* Internal breakpoints. */
16212 ops = &internal_breakpoint_ops;
16213 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
16214 ops->re_set = internal_bkpt_re_set;
16215 ops->check_status = internal_bkpt_check_status;
16216 ops->print_it = internal_bkpt_print_it;
16217 ops->print_mention = internal_bkpt_print_mention;
16219 /* Momentary breakpoints. */
16220 ops = &momentary_breakpoint_ops;
16221 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
16222 ops->re_set = momentary_bkpt_re_set;
16223 ops->check_status = momentary_bkpt_check_status;
16224 ops->print_it = momentary_bkpt_print_it;
16225 ops->print_mention = momentary_bkpt_print_mention;
16227 /* Momentary breakpoints for bp_longjmp and bp_exception. */
16228 ops = &longjmp_breakpoint_ops;
16229 *ops = momentary_breakpoint_ops;
16230 ops->dtor = longjmp_bkpt_dtor;
16232 /* Probe breakpoints. */
16233 ops = &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops;
16234 *ops = bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
16235 ops->insert_location = bkpt_probe_insert_location;
16236 ops->remove_location = bkpt_probe_remove_location;
16237 ops->create_sals_from_address = bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_address;
16238 ops->decode_linespec = bkpt_probe_decode_linespec;
16241 ops = &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
16242 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
16243 ops->dtor = dtor_watchpoint;
16244 ops->re_set = re_set_watchpoint;
16245 ops->insert_location = insert_watchpoint;
16246 ops->remove_location = remove_watchpoint;
16247 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_watchpoint;
16248 ops->check_status = check_status_watchpoint;
16249 ops->resources_needed = resources_needed_watchpoint;
16250 ops->works_in_software_mode = works_in_software_mode_watchpoint;
16251 ops->print_it = print_it_watchpoint;
16252 ops->print_mention = print_mention_watchpoint;
16253 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_watchpoint;
16254 ops->explains_signal = explains_signal_watchpoint;
16256 /* Masked watchpoints. */
16257 ops = &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
16258 *ops = watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
16259 ops->insert_location = insert_masked_watchpoint;
16260 ops->remove_location = remove_masked_watchpoint;
16261 ops->resources_needed = resources_needed_masked_watchpoint;
16262 ops->works_in_software_mode = works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint;
16263 ops->print_it = print_it_masked_watchpoint;
16264 ops->print_one_detail = print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint;
16265 ops->print_mention = print_mention_masked_watchpoint;
16266 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_masked_watchpoint;
16269 ops = &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
16270 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
16271 ops->re_set = tracepoint_re_set;
16272 ops->breakpoint_hit = tracepoint_breakpoint_hit;
16273 ops->print_one_detail = tracepoint_print_one_detail;
16274 ops->print_mention = tracepoint_print_mention;
16275 ops->print_recreate = tracepoint_print_recreate;
16276 ops->create_sals_from_address = tracepoint_create_sals_from_address;
16277 ops->create_breakpoints_sal = tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal;
16278 ops->decode_linespec = tracepoint_decode_linespec;
16280 /* Probe tracepoints. */
16281 ops = &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops;
16282 *ops = tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
16283 ops->create_sals_from_address = tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_address;
16284 ops->decode_linespec = tracepoint_probe_decode_linespec;
16286 /* Static tracepoints with marker (`-m'). */
16287 ops = &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
16288 *ops = tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
16289 ops->create_sals_from_address = strace_marker_create_sals_from_address;
16290 ops->create_breakpoints_sal = strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal;
16291 ops->decode_linespec = strace_marker_decode_linespec;
16293 /* Fork catchpoints. */
16294 ops = &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops;
16295 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
16296 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_fork;
16297 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_fork;
16298 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_fork;
16299 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_fork;
16300 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_fork;
16301 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_fork;
16302 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_fork;
16304 /* Vfork catchpoints. */
16305 ops = &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops;
16306 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
16307 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_vfork;
16308 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_vfork;
16309 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork;
16310 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_vfork;
16311 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_vfork;
16312 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_vfork;
16313 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_vfork;
16315 /* Exec catchpoints. */
16316 ops = &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops;
16317 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
16318 ops->dtor = dtor_catch_exec;
16319 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_exec;
16320 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_exec;
16321 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_exec;
16322 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_exec;
16323 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_exec;
16324 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_exec;
16325 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_exec;
16327 /* Syscall catchpoints. */
16328 ops = &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops;
16329 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
16330 ops->dtor = dtor_catch_syscall;
16331 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_syscall;
16332 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_syscall;
16333 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_syscall;
16334 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_syscall;
16335 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_syscall;
16336 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_syscall;
16337 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_syscall;
16339 /* Solib-related catchpoints. */
16340 ops = &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops;
16341 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
16342 ops->dtor = dtor_catch_solib;
16343 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_solib;
16344 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_solib;
16345 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_solib;
16346 ops->check_status = check_status_catch_solib;
16347 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_solib;
16348 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_solib;
16349 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_solib;
16350 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_solib;
16352 ops = &dprintf_breakpoint_ops;
16353 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
16354 ops->re_set = dprintf_re_set;
16355 ops->resources_needed = bkpt_resources_needed;
16356 ops->print_it = bkpt_print_it;
16357 ops->print_mention = bkpt_print_mention;
16358 ops->print_recreate = dprintf_print_recreate;
16359 ops->after_condition_true = dprintf_after_condition_true;
16360 ops->breakpoint_hit = dprintf_breakpoint_hit;
16363 /* Chain containing all defined "enable breakpoint" subcommands. */
16365 static struct cmd_list_element *enablebreaklist = NULL;
16368 _initialize_breakpoint (void)
16370 struct cmd_list_element *c;
16372 initialize_breakpoint_ops ();
16374 observer_attach_solib_unloaded (disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib);
16375 observer_attach_free_objfile (disable_breakpoints_in_freed_objfile);
16376 observer_attach_inferior_exit (clear_syscall_counts);
16377 observer_attach_memory_changed (invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change);
16379 breakpoint_objfile_key
16380 = register_objfile_data_with_cleanup (NULL, free_breakpoint_probes);
16382 catch_syscall_inferior_data
16383 = register_inferior_data_with_cleanup (NULL,
16384 catch_syscall_inferior_data_cleanup);
16386 breakpoint_chain = 0;
16387 /* Don't bother to call set_breakpoint_count. $bpnum isn't useful
16388 before a breakpoint is set. */
16389 breakpoint_count = 0;
16391 tracepoint_count = 0;
16393 add_com ("ignore", class_breakpoint, ignore_command, _("\
16394 Set ignore-count of breakpoint number N to COUNT.\n\
16395 Usage is `ignore N COUNT'."));
16397 add_com_alias ("bc", "ignore", class_breakpoint, 1);
16399 add_com ("commands", class_breakpoint, commands_command, _("\
16400 Set commands to be executed when a breakpoint is hit.\n\
16401 Give breakpoint number as argument after \"commands\".\n\
16402 With no argument, the targeted breakpoint is the last one set.\n\
16403 The commands themselves follow starting on the next line.\n\
16404 Type a line containing \"end\" to indicate the end of them.\n\
16405 Give \"silent\" as the first line to make the breakpoint silent;\n\
16406 then no output is printed when it is hit, except what the commands print."));
16408 c = add_com ("condition", class_breakpoint, condition_command, _("\
16409 Specify breakpoint number N to break only if COND is true.\n\
16410 Usage is `condition N COND', where N is an integer and COND is an\n\
16411 expression to be evaluated whenever breakpoint N is reached."));
16412 set_cmd_completer (c, condition_completer);
16414 c = add_com ("tbreak", class_breakpoint, tbreak_command, _("\
16415 Set a temporary breakpoint.\n\
16416 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
16417 so it will be deleted when hit. Equivalent to \"break\" followed\n\
16418 by using \"enable delete\" on the breakpoint number.\n\
16420 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("tbreak")));
16421 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16423 c = add_com ("hbreak", class_breakpoint, hbreak_command, _("\
16424 Set a hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
16425 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint requires hardware support,\n\
16426 some target hardware may not have this support.\n\
16428 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("hbreak")));
16429 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16431 c = add_com ("thbreak", class_breakpoint, thbreak_command, _("\
16432 Set a temporary hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
16433 Like \"hbreak\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
16434 so it will be deleted when hit.\n\
16436 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("thbreak")));
16437 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16439 add_prefix_cmd ("enable", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
16440 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
16441 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
16442 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
16443 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
16444 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."),
16445 &enablelist, "enable ", 1, &cmdlist);
16447 add_com ("ab", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
16448 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
16449 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
16450 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
16451 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
16452 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."));
16454 add_com_alias ("en", "enable", class_breakpoint, 1);
16456 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
16457 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
16458 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
16459 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
16460 May be abbreviated to simply \"enable\".\n"),
16461 &enablebreaklist, "enable breakpoints ", 1, &enablelist);
16463 add_cmd ("once", no_class, enable_once_command, _("\
16464 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16465 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
16468 add_cmd ("delete", no_class, enable_delete_command, _("\
16469 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16470 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
16473 add_cmd ("count", no_class, enable_count_command, _("\
16474 Enable breakpoints for COUNT hits. Give count and then breakpoint numbers.\n\
16475 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
16476 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
16479 add_cmd ("delete", no_class, enable_delete_command, _("\
16480 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16481 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
16484 add_cmd ("once", no_class, enable_once_command, _("\
16485 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16486 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
16489 add_cmd ("count", no_class, enable_count_command, _("\
16490 Enable breakpoints for COUNT hits. Give count and then breakpoint numbers.\n\
16491 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
16492 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
16495 add_prefix_cmd ("disable", class_breakpoint, disable_command, _("\
16496 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
16497 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16498 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16499 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."),
16500 &disablelist, "disable ", 1, &cmdlist);
16501 add_com_alias ("dis", "disable", class_breakpoint, 1);
16502 add_com_alias ("disa", "disable", class_breakpoint, 1);
16504 add_com ("sb", class_breakpoint, disable_command, _("\
16505 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
16506 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16507 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16508 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."));
16510 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias, disable_command, _("\
16511 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
16512 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16513 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16514 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled.\n\
16515 This command may be abbreviated \"disable\"."),
16518 add_prefix_cmd ("delete", class_breakpoint, delete_command, _("\
16519 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
16520 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16521 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16523 Also a prefix command for deletion of other GDB objects.\n\
16524 The \"unset\" command is also an alias for \"delete\"."),
16525 &deletelist, "delete ", 1, &cmdlist);
16526 add_com_alias ("d", "delete", class_breakpoint, 1);
16527 add_com_alias ("del", "delete", class_breakpoint, 1);
16529 add_com ("db", class_breakpoint, delete_command, _("\
16530 Delete some breakpoints.\n\
16531 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16532 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n"));
16534 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias, delete_command, _("\
16535 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
16536 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16537 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16538 This command may be abbreviated \"delete\"."),
16541 add_com ("clear", class_breakpoint, clear_command, _("\
16542 Clear breakpoint at specified line or function.\n\
16543 Argument may be line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
16544 If line number is specified, all breakpoints in that line are cleared.\n\
16545 If function is specified, breakpoints at beginning of function are cleared.\n\
16546 If an address is specified, breakpoints at that address are cleared.\n\
16548 With no argument, clears all breakpoints in the line that the selected frame\n\
16549 is executing in.\n\
16551 See also the \"delete\" command which clears breakpoints by number."));
16552 add_com_alias ("cl", "clear", class_breakpoint, 1);
16554 c = add_com ("break", class_breakpoint, break_command, _("\
16555 Set breakpoint at specified line or function.\n"
16556 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("break")));
16557 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16559 add_com_alias ("b", "break", class_run, 1);
16560 add_com_alias ("br", "break", class_run, 1);
16561 add_com_alias ("bre", "break", class_run, 1);
16562 add_com_alias ("brea", "break", class_run, 1);
16565 add_com_alias ("ba", "break", class_breakpoint, 1);
16569 add_abbrev_prefix_cmd ("stop", class_breakpoint, stop_command, _("\
16570 Break in function/address or break at a line in the current file."),
16571 &stoplist, "stop ", 1, &cmdlist);
16572 add_cmd ("in", class_breakpoint, stopin_command,
16573 _("Break in function or address."), &stoplist);
16574 add_cmd ("at", class_breakpoint, stopat_command,
16575 _("Break at a line in the current file."), &stoplist);
16576 add_com ("status", class_info, breakpoints_info, _("\
16577 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16578 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16579 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16580 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16581 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16582 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16583 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16584 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16586 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16587 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16588 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16589 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16590 breakpoint set."));
16593 add_info ("breakpoints", breakpoints_info, _("\
16594 Status of specified breakpoints (all user-settable breakpoints if no argument).\n\
16595 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16596 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16597 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16598 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16599 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16600 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16601 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16603 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16604 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16605 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16606 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16607 breakpoint set."));
16609 add_info_alias ("b", "breakpoints", 1);
16612 add_com ("lb", class_breakpoint, breakpoints_info, _("\
16613 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16614 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16615 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16616 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16617 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16618 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16619 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16620 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16622 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16623 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16624 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16625 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16626 breakpoint set."));
16628 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_maintenance, maintenance_info_breakpoints, _("\
16629 Status of all breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16630 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16631 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16632 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16633 \tlongjmp - internal breakpoint used to step through longjmp()\n\
16634 \tlongjmp resume - internal breakpoint at the target of longjmp()\n\
16635 \tuntil - internal breakpoint used by the \"until\" command\n\
16636 \tfinish - internal breakpoint used by the \"finish\" command\n\
16637 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16638 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16639 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16640 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16642 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16643 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16644 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16645 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16647 &maintenanceinfolist);
16649 add_prefix_cmd ("catch", class_breakpoint, catch_command, _("\
16650 Set catchpoints to catch events."),
16651 &catch_cmdlist, "catch ",
16652 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist);
16654 add_prefix_cmd ("tcatch", class_breakpoint, tcatch_command, _("\
16655 Set temporary catchpoints to catch events."),
16656 &tcatch_cmdlist, "tcatch ",
16657 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist);
16659 add_catch_command ("fork", _("Catch calls to fork."),
16660 catch_fork_command_1,
16662 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_permanent,
16663 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_temporary);
16664 add_catch_command ("vfork", _("Catch calls to vfork."),
16665 catch_fork_command_1,
16667 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_permanent,
16668 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_temporary);
16669 add_catch_command ("exec", _("Catch calls to exec."),
16670 catch_exec_command_1,
16674 add_catch_command ("load", _("Catch loads of shared libraries.\n\
16675 Usage: catch load [REGEX]\n\
16676 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
16677 catch_load_command_1,
16681 add_catch_command ("unload", _("Catch unloads of shared libraries.\n\
16682 Usage: catch unload [REGEX]\n\
16683 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
16684 catch_unload_command_1,
16688 add_catch_command ("syscall", _("\
16689 Catch system calls by their names and/or numbers.\n\
16690 Arguments say which system calls to catch. If no arguments\n\
16691 are given, every system call will be caught.\n\
16692 Arguments, if given, should be one or more system call names\n\
16693 (if your system supports that), or system call numbers."),
16694 catch_syscall_command_1,
16695 catch_syscall_completer,
16699 c = add_com ("watch", class_breakpoint, watch_command, _("\
16700 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16701 Usage: watch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16702 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16703 an expression changes.\n\
16704 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16705 the memory to which it refers."));
16706 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
16708 c = add_com ("rwatch", class_breakpoint, rwatch_command, _("\
16709 Set a read watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16710 Usage: rwatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16711 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16712 an expression is read.\n\
16713 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16714 the memory to which it refers."));
16715 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
16717 c = add_com ("awatch", class_breakpoint, awatch_command, _("\
16718 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16719 Usage: awatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16720 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16721 an expression is either read or written.\n\
16722 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16723 the memory to which it refers."));
16724 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
16726 add_info ("watchpoints", watchpoints_info, _("\
16727 Status of specified watchpoints (all watchpoints if no argument)."));
16729 /* XXX: cagney/2005-02-23: This should be a boolean, and should
16730 respond to changes - contrary to the description. */
16731 add_setshow_zinteger_cmd ("can-use-hw-watchpoints", class_support,
16732 &can_use_hw_watchpoints, _("\
16733 Set debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
16734 Show debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
16735 If zero, gdb will not use hardware for new watchpoints, even if\n\
16736 such is available. (However, any hardware watchpoints that were\n\
16737 created before setting this to nonzero, will continue to use watchpoint\n\
16740 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints,
16741 &setlist, &showlist);
16743 can_use_hw_watchpoints = 1;
16745 /* Tracepoint manipulation commands. */
16747 c = add_com ("trace", class_breakpoint, trace_command, _("\
16748 Set a tracepoint at specified line or function.\n\
16750 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("trace") "\n\
16751 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16752 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16754 add_com_alias ("tp", "trace", class_alias, 0);
16755 add_com_alias ("tr", "trace", class_alias, 1);
16756 add_com_alias ("tra", "trace", class_alias, 1);
16757 add_com_alias ("trac", "trace", class_alias, 1);
16759 c = add_com ("ftrace", class_breakpoint, ftrace_command, _("\
16760 Set a fast tracepoint at specified line or function.\n\
16762 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("ftrace") "\n\
16763 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16764 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16766 c = add_com ("strace", class_breakpoint, strace_command, _("\
16767 Set a static tracepoint at specified line, function or marker.\n\
16769 strace [LOCATION] [if CONDITION]\n\
16770 LOCATION may be a line number, function name, \"*\" and an address,\n\
16771 or -m MARKER_ID.\n\
16772 If a line number is specified, probe the marker at start of code\n\
16773 for that line. If a function is specified, probe the marker at start\n\
16774 of code for that function. If an address is specified, probe the marker\n\
16775 at that exact address. If a marker id is specified, probe the marker\n\
16776 with that name. With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of\n\
16777 the selected stack frame.\n\
16778 Static tracepoints accept an extra collect action -- ``collect $_sdata''.\n\
16779 This collects arbitrary user data passed in the probe point call to the\n\
16780 tracing library. You can inspect it when analyzing the trace buffer,\n\
16781 by printing the $_sdata variable like any other convenience variable.\n\
16783 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
16785 Multiple tracepoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
16786 conditions are different.\n\
16788 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints.\n\
16789 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16790 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16792 add_info ("tracepoints", tracepoints_info, _("\
16793 Status of specified tracepoints (all tracepoints if no argument).\n\
16794 Convenience variable \"$tpnum\" contains the number of the\n\
16795 last tracepoint set."));
16797 add_info_alias ("tp", "tracepoints", 1);
16799 add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, delete_trace_command, _("\
16800 Delete specified tracepoints.\n\
16801 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16802 No argument means delete all tracepoints."),
16804 add_alias_cmd ("tr", "tracepoints", class_trace, 1, &deletelist);
16806 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, disable_trace_command, _("\
16807 Disable specified tracepoints.\n\
16808 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16809 No argument means disable all tracepoints."),
16811 deprecate_cmd (c, "disable");
16813 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, enable_trace_command, _("\
16814 Enable specified tracepoints.\n\
16815 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16816 No argument means enable all tracepoints."),
16818 deprecate_cmd (c, "enable");
16820 add_com ("passcount", class_trace, trace_pass_command, _("\
16821 Set the passcount for a tracepoint.\n\
16822 The trace will end when the tracepoint has been passed 'count' times.\n\
16823 Usage: passcount COUNT TPNUM, where TPNUM may also be \"all\";\n\
16824 if TPNUM is omitted, passcount refers to the last tracepoint defined."));
16826 add_prefix_cmd ("save", class_breakpoint, save_command,
16827 _("Save breakpoint definitions as a script."),
16828 &save_cmdlist, "save ",
16829 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist);
16831 c = add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint, save_breakpoints_command, _("\
16832 Save current breakpoint definitions as a script.\n\
16833 This includes all types of breakpoints (breakpoints, watchpoints,\n\
16834 catchpoints, tracepoints). Use the 'source' command in another debug\n\
16835 session to restore them."),
16837 set_cmd_completer (c, filename_completer);
16839 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, save_tracepoints_command, _("\
16840 Save current tracepoint definitions as a script.\n\
16841 Use the 'source' command in another debug session to restore them."),
16843 set_cmd_completer (c, filename_completer);
16845 c = add_com_alias ("save-tracepoints", "save tracepoints", class_trace, 0);
16846 deprecate_cmd (c, "save tracepoints");
16848 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance, set_breakpoint_cmd, _("\
16849 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
16850 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
16851 pending breakpoint behavior"),
16852 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist, "set breakpoint ",
16853 0/*allow-unknown*/, &setlist);
16854 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance, show_breakpoint_cmd, _("\
16855 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
16856 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
16857 pending breakpoint behavior"),
16858 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist, "show breakpoint ",
16859 0/*allow-unknown*/, &showlist);
16861 add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("pending", no_class,
16862 &pending_break_support, _("\
16863 Set debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
16864 Show debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
16865 If on, an unrecognized breakpoint location will cause gdb to create a\n\
16866 pending breakpoint. If off, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in\n\
16867 an error. If auto, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in a\n\
16868 user-query to see if a pending breakpoint should be created."),
16870 show_pending_break_support,
16871 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
16872 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
16874 pending_break_support = AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO;
16876 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("auto-hw", no_class,
16877 &automatic_hardware_breakpoints, _("\
16878 Set automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
16879 Show automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
16880 If set, the debugger will automatically use hardware breakpoints for\n\
16881 breakpoints set with \"break\" but falling in read-only memory. If not set,\n\
16882 a warning will be emitted for such breakpoints."),
16884 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints,
16885 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
16886 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
16888 add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("always-inserted", class_support,
16889 &always_inserted_mode, _("\
16890 Set mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
16891 Show mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
16892 When this mode is off, breakpoints are inserted in inferior when it is\n\
16893 resumed, and removed when execution stops. When this mode is on,\n\
16894 breakpoints are inserted immediately and removed only when the user\n\
16895 deletes the breakpoint. When this mode is auto (which is the default),\n\
16896 the behaviour depends on the non-stop setting (see help set non-stop).\n\
16897 In this case, if gdb is controlling the inferior in non-stop mode, gdb\n\
16898 behaves as if always-inserted mode is on; if gdb is controlling the\n\
16899 inferior in all-stop mode, gdb behaves as if always-inserted mode is off."),
16901 &show_always_inserted_mode,
16902 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
16903 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
16905 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("condition-evaluation", class_breakpoint,
16906 condition_evaluation_enums,
16907 &condition_evaluation_mode_1, _("\
16908 Set mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
16909 Show mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
16910 When this is set to \"host\", breakpoint conditions will be\n\
16911 evaluated on the host's side by GDB. When it is set to \"target\",\n\
16912 breakpoint conditions will be downloaded to the target (if the target\n\
16913 supports such feature) and conditions will be evaluated on the target's side.\n\
16914 If this is set to \"auto\" (default), this will be automatically set to\n\
16915 \"target\" if it supports condition evaluation, otherwise it will\n\
16916 be set to \"gdb\""),
16917 &set_condition_evaluation_mode,
16918 &show_condition_evaluation_mode,
16919 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
16920 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
16922 add_com ("break-range", class_breakpoint, break_range_command, _("\
16923 Set a breakpoint for an address range.\n\
16924 break-range START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION\n\
16925 where START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION can be one of the following:\n\
16926 LINENUM, for that line in the current file,\n\
16927 FILE:LINENUM, for that line in that file,\n\
16928 +OFFSET, for that number of lines after the current line\n\
16929 or the start of the range\n\
16930 FUNCTION, for the first line in that function,\n\
16931 FILE:FUNCTION, to distinguish among like-named static functions.\n\
16932 *ADDRESS, for the instruction at that address.\n\
16934 The breakpoint will stop execution of the inferior whenever it executes\n\
16935 an instruction at any address within the [START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION]\n\
16936 range (including START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION)."));
16938 c = add_com ("dprintf", class_breakpoint, dprintf_command, _("\
16939 Set a dynamic printf at specified line or function.\n\
16940 dprintf location,format string,arg1,arg2,...\n\
16941 location may be a line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
16942 If a line number is specified, break at start of code for that line.\n\
16943 If a function is specified, break at start of code for that function."));
16944 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16946 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("dprintf-style", class_support,
16947 dprintf_style_enums, &dprintf_style, _("\
16948 Set the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
16949 Show the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
16950 This setting chooses how GDB will do a dynamic printf.\n\
16951 If the value is \"gdb\", then the printing is done by GDB to its own\n\
16952 console, as with the \"printf\" command.\n\
16953 If the value is \"call\", the print is done by calling a function in your\n\
16954 program; by default printf(), but you can choose a different function or\n\
16955 output stream by setting dprintf-function and dprintf-channel."),
16956 update_dprintf_commands, NULL,
16957 &setlist, &showlist);
16959 dprintf_function = xstrdup ("printf");
16960 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-function", class_support,
16961 &dprintf_function, _("\
16962 Set the function to use for dynamic printf"), _("\
16963 Show the function to use for dynamic printf"), NULL,
16964 update_dprintf_commands, NULL,
16965 &setlist, &showlist);
16967 dprintf_channel = xstrdup ("");
16968 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-channel", class_support,
16969 &dprintf_channel, _("\
16970 Set the channel to use for dynamic printf"), _("\
16971 Show the channel to use for dynamic printf"), NULL,
16972 update_dprintf_commands, NULL,
16973 &setlist, &showlist);
16975 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("disconnected-dprintf", no_class,
16976 &disconnected_dprintf, _("\
16977 Set whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
16978 Show whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
16979 Use this to let dprintf commands continue to hit and produce output\n\
16980 even if GDB disconnects or detaches from the target."),
16983 &setlist, &showlist);
16985 add_com ("agent-printf", class_vars, agent_printf_command, _("\
16986 agent-printf \"printf format string\", arg1, arg2, arg3, ..., argn\n\
16987 (target agent only) This is useful for formatted output in user-defined commands."));
16989 automatic_hardware_breakpoints = 1;
16991 observer_attach_about_to_proceed (breakpoint_about_to_proceed);
16992 observer_attach_thread_exit (remove_threaded_breakpoints);